places to visit in london in 2 days

2 days in London: Itinerary for your weekend + My Best Tips

How to spend 2 days in london: the best itinerary + where to stay.

You’re planning to spend 2 days in London and you’re looking for the best things to do?

You’re at the right place!

In order to help you plan your stay , I have prepared for you this perfectly optimized 2-day itinerary in London that will allow you to discover the must-see attractions of the city.

In addition to the best places to visit and activities for each stage of your itinerary, I will also give you all my best tips and accommodation suggestions depending on your budget.

So, what are the best places to visit in London in 2 days? Where to stay?

Let’s find out!

1. The London Pass

2 days in london: must-see attractions:, one last tip for a perfect 2-day stay in london, b. westminster abbey, c. buckingham palace, d. trafalgar square/the national gallery, e. london eye, f. tate britain and/or tate modern, a. st paul’s paul’s cathedral, b. the city of london, c. the tower of london, d. tower bridge, e. the shard, a. notting hill, b. the natural history museum, c. hyde park, d. oxford street, e. soho/piccadilly circus/covent garden, where to stay in london, london in 2 days with kids, other places to visit during your 2 days in london, map of your 2-day itinerary in london, 2 days in london: flight prices, you’re traveling to england these articles will help you , how to avoid waiting in line (and save a lot of time) at london’s tourist attractions.

With tens of thousands of visitors flocking to London every day , the UK capital is undeniably one of the world’s top tourist destinations.

All year-round, crowds of people come to see the city’s iconic landmarks such as the Tower of London or Buckingham Palace .

You’ll quickly notice the long waiting lines in front of the city’s must-see attractions as soon as they open, and they don’t get any shorter during the day!

However, there is a good news: you can avoid this!

Yes, you actually have 2 ways to save a lot of time (and money!) during your 2 days in London.

Here they are:

If you want to save time and money during your 2-day trip to London, you best option is to buy the London Pass before you go.

You can find city passes like this one for all major European cities such as Rome , Amsterdam and Barcelona for example. They are simply the best way to get into the most famous attractions without having to queue!

The London Pass is valid for between 1 and 10 days (depending on what you choose at the time of booking), so you can use it throughout your 48 hours in London .

As it’s a digital pass, you can simply download it to your smartphone and scan it at the entrance of each attraction or activities you will do during your stay.

The London Pass works by giving you tourist credits that are deducted whenever you enter a site: for example the 2-day London Pass comes with 325 credits which corresponds to €325 in entrance fees, even though the pass costs only €101 to buy!

With the 48h London Pass, you will get:

• Entry to London’s 80 top attractions , including: the Tower of London, Tower Bridge, Westminster Abbey and many more.
• A trip on the hop-on hop-off tourist bus , perfect to discover the city without tiring yourself out or if you’re visiting London with kids.
• Discounts in some souvenir shops
• A tourist guide to the city with opening times and details of how to get to the attractions during your weekend in London.

Buying your London City Pass is quick and easy – you just need to click on the green button below:

As an alternative, there’s also the London Go City Explorer Pass. For this one, you will need to purchase a pass based on the number of attractions you want to see. So you can buy a pass for 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7 attractions.

You can book it by clicking there!

2. Fast track tickets for London’s best places to visit and activities

The second solution to skip the line at London’s best places to visit is to buy fast track tickets for each attractions or activities individually, depending on what you want to see during your 2 days in London.

To make it easier for you, I’ve listed the main tickets a bit below. I will of course mention them again through the itinerary, when talking about each point of interest.

Simply click on the orange links or the green buttons throughout this guide to book your tickets.

• Westminster Abbey
• Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace
• Tower Bridge
• The Tower of London
• Cruise on the Thames
• See a musical
• Madame Tussauds
• St Paul’s Cathedral
• Harry Potter-themed guided tour – an amazing tour you shouldn’t miss if you like Harry Potter!
• The hop-on hop-off double-decker bus

If you already know your travel dates (or as soon as you will have them!) , you should really book your accommodation.

As London is one of the most touristic cities in the world , the hotels offering the best value for money are often fully booked months in advance.

As a seasoned traveler, I can assure you that it’s always by planning as far in advance as possible that I’ve found the best hotels or apartments deals.

You agree that it would be a shame to somewhat ruin your stay in London by ending up in a not-so-great hotel that costed you a fortune, right? 😅

So your best bet is to take 5 minutes now to have a look at  traveler’s favorite hotels in London.

And if you like one of the hotels you find, book it!

It’s fast, it’s easy and most accommodation offer free cancellation. That’s the best way to protect yourself from the inconvenience of finding nothing but mediocre rooms at exorbitant prices.

To check the best hotels deals in London , simply click on the green button below:

After securing your dream stay, it’s time to continue reading this guide!

2 days in London: the ultimate itinerary

It’s now time to plan your 48h itinerary in London!

For this itinerary, I assume that you’ll be spending 2 full days in London and purchased the London Pass or fast track tickets in advance. That’s the best way to save time and money during your stay!

If you have any questions or need help planning your trip once you’ve read the article, just get in touch with me via the comments section.

So, what should you see during your 2 days in London?

Day 1 of this London itinerary – The historic centre

Day 1 tourist attractions:

A. Big Ben B. Westminster Abbey C. Buckingham Palace D. Trafalgar Square E. London Eye F. Tate Britain and/or Tate Modern

You can’t spend 2 days in London without seeing one of the city’s most iconic landmarks: the famous Big Ben.

Known around the world, this 106-metre tall clock tower forms part of the Palace of Westminster , perhaps better known as the Houses of Parliament.

Contrary to what most people think, Big Ben is not the name of the tower. It’s instead the name of the bell inside the tower, which chimes every hour.

The tower itself is called the Elizabeth Tower. There are 4 clocks at the top, one on each face, and each measuring 7 metres in diameter .

The Clock Tower is located on the banks of the Thames in the historic centre of London . Personally, I really liked the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben’s Neo-Gothic architecture!

Unfortunately, you probably won’t be able to go to the top of the Elizabeth Tower during your 2 days in London, for 2 reasons:

• You need to be a UK Resident
• You need to submit an official request several months in advance.

But that’s ok, Big Ben looks amazing from the outside too!

Very close to Big Ben, you can visit Westminster Abbey , one of the city’s major historical landmarks .

Several British monarchs were crowned here and you can see some of their tombs inside the abbey (including that of Mary, Queen of Scots).

To learn more about the Abbey, you should really take the audio guide that’s available at the entrance. You can then choose one of the several itineraries suggested, including the short 30 minutes visit, the classic 1 hour tour or even a “fun version”, made with children in mind.

If you don’t want to queue for 2 hours to see Westminster Abbey, don’t forget to get the London Pass or fast track tickets by clicking on the green button below:

Ideally, you should get to the abbey for when it opens (9.30 am on weekdays, 9.00 am on Saturday – closed on Sundays).

You can also book a 2-hour guided tour by clicking here!

Your 2-day itinerary in London will now take you to Buckingham Palace , the Queen of England’s residence.

The Palace is very close to Big Ben, and you should get there for around 10.30 in the morning if you want to see the Changing of the Guard.

This spectacular and solemn ceremony following the rhythm of the band, takes place every Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Sunday.

The parade starts at 11.00 am, but you should really get there a bit before to get a good spot: the event attracts a crowd of tourists every day!

The Changing of the Guard ceremony doesn’t take place in heavy rain. You can check on this online calendar whether it’s going ahead or has been cancelled.

Visiting inside Buckingham Palace is permitted only during 2 months of the year, generally August and September.

You really need to book in advance, as tickets are being sold out very quickly!

• Ticket for the State Rooms , so you can see the main ceremonial rooms
• Entrance to the Queen’s Gallery, to discover a large collection of works of art
• Entrance to the Royal Mews (stables) , where the Royal Family’s carriages can be seen.

Let’s continue your 2-day tour of London by heading to Trafalgar Square , one of the best known squares in London.

Trafalgar Square, with its 4 statues of black lions, is just a 15-20-minute walk from Buckingham Palace. To get there, you should walk through St James’s Park , a lovely green space with wonderful flowerbeds situated just opposite the Palace.

Once you get to Trafalgar Square, you can take a walk around, rest for a while, get a bite to eat and watch the street performers.

Following this short break, you should visit the National Gallery which overlooks the square. This museum of art is one of the most beautiful museums in London!

Founded in 1824, the gallery has gained a global reputation and houses and impressive collection of authentic European works, in particular paintings by Picasso, da Vinci, Van Gogh, Monet, Cézanne and Rembrandt.

And just like all national museums in England, entrance is free for everyone.

There are several options to see the museum with an audio guide, including a 1-hour tour designed with children in mind.

Opening times can be found on the official website.

Following this cultural break, you should go back to the historical centre and head to the London Eye.

From Trafalgar Square, it’s a 10-15 minute walk or bus ride away.

You will have already seen the London Eye (the biggest Ferris wheel in Europe) during the morning, as it’s located close to Big Ben, on the opposite bank of the Thames.

Take a ride on this huge Ferris wheel and enjoy incredible panoramic views over the whole city from an altitude of 130 metres!

You must book your tickets to the London Eye in advance by clicking on the green button below:

To save money, you can also get this combined ticket: London Eye + Thames Cruise + Hop-on Hop-off Bus.

After admiring London from the sky, you can end the day with a visit to 1 or 2 of the best Museums of the city, The Tate Britain and the Tate Modern Museums

As entry to the UK’s national museums is free of charge, it would be a shame to miss out during your 2 days London!

1) The Tate Britain , located on the north bank of the Thames, is dedicated to classical British art . In particular, you can see works by Turner, Hogarth and William Blake there.

2) The Tate Modern , dedicated to modern art, is situated on the south bank.

A river bus operates between the two museums every 30 minutes, so it’s quite easy to visit them one after the other without wasting any time!

The opening hours can be found on the official website.

If you want to see London by night, you can swap the Tate museums with the ride on the London Eye.

Once you leave the National Gallery , head for the Thames and Embankment Pier. The river bus will take you to Millbank Pier in front of the entrance to the Tate Britain.

For the Tate Modern , alight at Bankside Pier.

Day 2 of your weekend in London: Things to see and do (option 1)

Day 2 tourist attractions:

A. St Paul’s Cathedral B. The City C. The Tower of London D. Tower Bridge E. The Shard

For your second day in London , you will explore The City of London district.

London’s business district includes a few well known historical landmarks.

You will start the morning with a visit to St Paul’s Cathedral . This baroque cathedral was built in the 17th century to replace the old church that had been ravaged by fire in 1666.

It’s really a must see during your two-day itinerary of London!

During your visit to St Paul’s Cathedral, you will have to chance to see:

• The magnificent nave
• The mysterious Whispering Gallery and its astonishing acoustics
• The Stone Gallery
• The Golden Gallery
• Superb panoramic views over the area from the 85-metre high dome.

Entry to St Paul’s is included in the London Pass.

If you don’t have the pass, you can book your fast track tickets here:

You should continue the morning by exploring the area on foot.

The City of London district , also known as London’s business district is the geographical centre of London.

Simply take a stroll, wander around, admire the building, the streets, and soak up the atmosphere of this financial district.

You shouldn’t miss the icon of this district, the atypical “Gherkin” skyscraper (some people like to call it “the suppository” instead!)

You should also visit the Sky Garden , the highest public garden in the city featuring an incredible 360° panoramic view . It’s free of charge to get to the top, but you must book your places in advance on this website.

In the City of London district, you can also find the famous Tower of London .

Located on the banks of the Thames, a 15-minute walk from The Gherkin, this historic fortress dates back to 1066 and has been designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site .

It has served as a royal residence, a prison, and a place of execution.

Nowadays, the Tower of London is a museum that focuses in particular on the macabre history of medieval London . For example, you can visit the former torture chamber and hear stories of execution told by guides in period costume.

Despite the theme, it’s a fun and unusual tour that kids really enjoy.

Inside the Tower of London, you can also see The Crown Jewels . Everyday, a crowd of curious visitors come here to admire them through the security glass.

Of course, don’t forget to get your fast track tickets in advance, to avoid the endless queue!

You can visit the Tower of London with your London Pass or you can buy your skip the line tickets by clicking here:

A guided visit is included in the price of the ticket . Tours leave from the main entrance every 30 minutes.

You will for sure have seen it on your way to the Tower of London: the Tower Bridge is right next to it, straddling the Thames.

The Tower Bridge is another iconic landmark of the city, a must-see of your 2-day itinerary in London that is both aesthetically pleasing and impressive-looking. You will recognize it at first glance thanks to its two Gothic towers and turquoise blue ironwork .

This bridge, built in the 19th century to connect the north and south banks of London, was the most sophisticated bascule bridge in the world at that time.

You can admire it from the bank , walk across it, and even go up one of the towers to visit the old engine rooms.

And on the highest level, the glass walkway will make you feel like you’re floating above the river!

Entry to Tower Bridge is included in the London Pass.

The charming small marina of St Katharine Docks is right at the foot of Tower Bridge .

If you have the time, you really should take look around here, and why not enjoy dinner in one of the restaurants with a direct view over the Thames.

You’re already almost at the end of your 2-day stay in London.

To end your city trip in London in style, you should go to the top of The Shard at over 300 metres high.

The shard , the tallest skyscraper in London, is only a 10-minute walk from Tower Bridge. The building, inaugurated in 2012 and opened to the public in 2013 is home to offices and luxury apartments. It’s also the highest viewing platform in western Europe !

Visitors can go up to the top to enjoy one of the most spectacular views over the city of London.

In addition to the view, you can also learn more about the history of London thanks to the multimedia displays installed there.

You need to book your tickets to the Shard here:

Day 2 in London: attractions to visit (option 2)

There are so many things to see in London that I am going to to suggest you a 2nd option for the second day.

2 days in London is quite short, so you’ll have to choose what you wanna visit and pick one of these 2 itineraries depending on your preferences.

A. Notting Hill B. The Natural History Museum C. Hyde Park D. Oxford Street E. Soho/ Piccadilly Circus/ Covent Garden

Notting Hill is the fashionable district you should visit in west London.

This quiet and elegant area is perfect for a romantic stroll and to spend a part of the morning exploring Portobello Road Market .

If you want to be certain you don’t miss anything, you should book this guided tour:

London’s Natural History Museum is one of the city’s most beautiful and largest museums . It’s also the most visited natural history museum in Europe!

It’s so big and full of wonders that you can’t see it all in one visit, unless you spend the whole day there.

In my opinion, you should spend a maximum of 2 hours at the museum, so you have enough time left for the rest of the itinerary.

Hyde Park is London’s biggest green space and one of the most beautiful city parks in the world, so why not enjoy a picnic and/or a walk in the fresh air?

In winter, it’s home to the Christmas Market and the Winter Wonderland fair.

In summer, several concerts and festivals are held here.

The north-east exit of Hyde Park marks the start of Oxford Street , London’s main shopping street and the perfect place to do a bit of shopping and window-shopping!

Soho is the most vibrant area of London and the perfect place for partying .

It’s home to an impressive concentration of pubs, theatres, restaurants, cinemas and clubs.

And it’s in Soho that you can attend the best musicals in London , but tickets are in big demand so don’t forget to book your tickets in advance:

• If you want to see the famous musical “Les Misérables” at the Sondheim Theatre in London, make sure you buy your tickets in advance here.
• If you’d prefer to see the no less famous “Phantom of the Opera”, you need to book it here!

As you stroll through Soho at night, you will inevitably come across Piccadilly Circus and its huge advertising screens.

You will also see Covent Garden , another lively area of London that attracts many tourists.

If you’re looking for an original experience in Soho, you really should opt for the Harry Potter-themed guided tour .

Departing from Soho, your guide will take you to the cult locations from the films including Diagon Alley, Gringotts, platform 9 3/4, Knockturn Alley and much more besides. It’s a really good tour and the guide is amazing!

To book your Harry Potter guided tour , simply click on the button below:

So there you are, you have everything you need to get the best out of your 2 days in London!

There’s just one last thing to address: where to stay in London?

To be honest, it’s really not easy to find budget accommodation in London. As you’d expect in a city that attracts so many tourists, the hotels have no hesitation in charging high prices, especially the ones in central London.

As good deals vanish pretty quickly, you should book your accommodation in London as early as possible to get the best prices.

Here’s my selection of the best hotels for your 2 days in London:

• The Chamberlain: Close to Tower Bridge, the Tower of London and the banks of the Thames. This British-style hotel offers cosy, comfortable double rooms from 120€ per night, breakfast 12€. Strong points: a smartphone is made available, excellent locations, the welcoming staff and the comfortable bed linen. It’s my favourite for its excellent value for money!
• Hotel Indigo London – Kensington: This hotel is in the borough of Kensington and Chelsea, and very close to a tube station. Well-equipped, quiet and warm double room from 200€, breakfast from 19€. Strong points: the quiet area, cosy ambience cosy, the smiling and efficient staff.
• Haymarket Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: 5* hotel close to London’s “theatreland”, minutes on foot from St James Park and 15 minutes from Buckingham Palace. Really comfortable, spacious and quiet double room from 390€ per night, breakfast 20€. Strong points: perfect location, charming staff and excellent bed linen. The best choice for a romantic stay in London!
• The Soho Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: A luxury hotel right in the heart of London, 5 minutes from Oxford Street and Soho, and just 10 minutes from Piccadilly Circus. Really spacious designer and magnificently decorated double room from 500€ per night, breakfast 29€. Strong points: the perfect geographical location, magnificent bedrooms, the sumptuous breakfast. The best hotel in London for a luxury stay!

If you’d prefer a London hotel that isn’t too expensive, you should check out the “Z Hotel” chain. You can find them in lots of different areas of London, and prices start of 60€ per night. They’re the best bet for budget accommodation in London.

• The Z Hotel Shoreditch
• The Z Hotel Gloucester Place
• The Z Hotel City
• The Z Hotel Victoria
• The Z Hotel Piccadilly
• The Z Hotel Soho

If you’re going to visit London in 2 days with your family, here are a few suggestions to make the most of your stay:

• Spend a bit less time in the museums and more in the parks instead (if the weather permits!). But also remember that most of London’s museums offer fun tours and activities for kids.
• The Tower of London is one of the attractions kids love the most!
• The Natural History Museum in London will amaze them (although a 2-hour visit might be a bit too long for very young children).
• Get tickets for a musical in Soho for a memorable family evening.
• Take the famous red double-decker buses to get around: kids love them. You need to book the double-decker hop-on hop-off bus tour by clicking here!

The Tate Britain and Tate Modern museum visits on the first day may not be very interesting for younger children.

Instead, you should maybe go to Madame Tussauds wax museum or take a walk in Regent’s Park, for example.

If you’ve done everything I am talking about in this itinerary for 2 days in London and still have time to explore more, you should read my guide of London.

It’s packed with ideas for an amazing two-day trip to London!

You can read it here: The 20 Best Things to do in London

It might even make you want to stay longer in London, so why not spend 3 or 4 days in the city?

To help you visualize your daily itineraries during your 2 days in London, I have created this map with all the places to visit day by day . You can view the map’s legend by clicking on the top left button, the one with a little arrow.

As always, you should book your plane tickets as early as possible to get the best prices.

To check the rates and schedules for flights to London, you can use our flight comparator, in partnership with Skyscanner:

Discover all my articles about London : All my articles to help you plan your trip to England are listed there.

• London: Top 20 best things to do
• 2 days in London – The perfect itinerary for 48h!
• 3 Days in London – The best 72h itinerary
• 4 Days in London – The defitinive guide to plan your trip
• 5 Days in London – How to plan your itinerary + My best tips!
• One week in London – The perfect 7-day itinerary
• Where to stay in London? My guide of the best places to stay for all budgets

You’re using Pinterest? Here is the picture to pin!

Creator of the Voyage Tips blog, travel and photography lover. I give you all my best tips to plan your next trip.

Related Stories

2 Days in Granada: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)

One week in Tuscany: Epic 6-7-8 Day Itinerary (First Time Visit)

4 days in Milan: the perfect Itinerary (first time visit)

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your Name (required)

Your Email (required)

Your Website (optional)

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Middle East
• North America
• Cheap car rentals: my best advice
• Back to Homepage

Finding the Universe

Travel tales, photography and a dash of humor

2 Days in London: The Perfect London Itinerary

Last updated: April 20, 2024 . Written by Laurence Norah - 75 Comments

In today’s post, I’m going to share with you everything that I would recommend to the first-time visitor looking for a great two-day London itinerary.

This is not going to be a list of hidden gems, even though London has plenty of those.

This is a list of all the places you’re going to want to visit on your first time to London – the iconic sights that you’ve seen in postcards and films – plus a couple of curve-balls you might not have thought of, but may be worth your time to visit.

I’ve also grouped these in a logical order in terms of visiting, so as to maximise your sight-seeing over your two days in London.

This itinerary would fit well into a longer tour of either Europe or the UK, and we suggest you take a look at our 2 week UK itinerary and 2 week Europe itinerary for some suggestions of what those might look like.

Jess and I are huge fans of London. I lived in central London for a couple of years, and we visit the city multiple times a year. So this guide is very much based oñ our personal experiences of London.

There’s just so much to see and do, from some of England’s loveliest city parks through to thousand year old castles and churches. And that’s before I’ve even thought about all the culture on offer, from museums to musicals, theatre shows, live music and fine dining.

Every time we visit we find something new to do!

London is a big place with a lot to see and do, so you’re not going to be able to get everywhere, and I don’t want you to be spending all your time on public transport – the goal here is give you an itinerary whereby you can see as much as possible with minimal downtime for transport between sights. In fact, you might be pleasantly surprised to find out just how walkable London is on this two day itinerary! Let’s get started!

A 2 Day London Itinerary

London itinerary: day 1, tower of london.

What better place to start your London itinerary than with a visit to the Tower of London, home to the English Crown Jewels and the site of numerous key historical events, including the execution of all sorts of people who were deemed inappropriate by whoever was in charge at the time.

These days there’s less blood running on the grass, but you will still find plenty to do, from popping in to see the monarch’s crown through to exploring the White Castle at the centre of the keep.

My advice for getting the most out of your visit is to arrive as soon as the Tower opens, which is around 9am, and beating the crowds to the crown jewels. You’re likely going to want to spend at least an hour here, if not two – there is a lot to see (and photograph!) here.

Entry is ticketed, but it’s included in the London Pass .

Alternatively you can buy a ticket online on GetYourGuide in advance here .

We also recommend checking prices on the official website  here , as pricing can vary. It’s also worth comparing the refund policies as these can vary.

You see opening times and other information for your visit on the official site.

Tower Bridge Exhibition

On from the Tower of London, you’re going to find yourself right next to Tower Bridge, the most iconic of all the London bridges. If you want to learn more about the bridge and not just take some classic photos, then you should visit the Tower Bridge Exhibition .

Here you can learn about the history of the bridge, including how it was built and how the lifting mechanism works to allow ships through. More excitingly, you can walk the glass floor walkway, a 42 meter high walkway that will definitely test any fear of heights you may have! This is a lot of fun, and well worth the entry price alone in our opinion.

There’s an entry fee, and you can see opening times and prices here . Included on the London Pass .

HMS Belfast

After you’ve crossed tower bridge, you might consider visiting HMS Belfast , which is permanently moored on the Thames a short walk from Tower Bridge on the south bank.

This historic warship, operated today by Imperial War Museums, will definitely be of interest to military buffs, or anyone with even a slight interest in boats.

Launched just before the outbreak of World War 2, this Royal Navy Light Cruiser saw action in both World War 2 and the Korean War, before being decommissioned in 1963.

Since 1971 she’s been a popular London tourist attraction, and you can spend a good deal of time learning all about operational life on board a warship, as well as the history of HMS Belfast specifically. Definitely a worthwhile part of your visit.

Entry is ticketed, see opening times and prices here . Tickets can be purchased at the ship or on the official website.

For a truly spectacular view of London, you’re going to want to head up London’s tallest building, the Shard. This 95 storey skyscraper was opened in 2012, with the viewing deck opened in 2013.

From the top you get incredible views of the majority of London, up and down the Thames. There are two floors from which you can take pictures, and this is one of my recommended photography locations in London .

Entry is ticketed and ideally should be booked in advance as this works out cheaper. You can see opening times and prices here .

You can book tickets in advance either on the official site, or here on Tiqets . The View from the Shard is also included on the London Pass , so if you have one of those it is definitely worth visiting this viewpoint.

As an alternative to the Shard, you might instead want to visit the London Eye . This doesn’t go quite as high as the Shard, but you are closer to Westminster so get great views of the Houses of Parliament. You could also do both of course! They are both included on the London Pass, which you can buy here .

If you want to do the London Eye, we’ve generally found the best prices if you book in advance on the official site here .

We also have a complete guide to visiting the London Eye .

Houses of Parliament

From The Shard, my suggestion is that you head to London Bridge Tube station and take the Jubilee line to Westminster tube, two stops away. This is a 12-minute journey, and the only public transport you’re going to need to take during the day.

Alternatively, if you want a nice walk, or are interested in some of the optional extras I go into below, then you should walk along the lovely south bank of the Thames.

This is one of my favourite walks in London, and if you have the time (around 45 minutes without stops), is well worth it. Along the way you’ll see sights like Shakespeare’s Globe, the Golden Hind, Tate Modern Museum and St. Paul’s Cathedral.

Another option is to take the river boat – this is going to be a little more expensive than the tube, but is a unique way to get around London , and it will take you straight to Westminster Pier. A day pass on the river boat is included for holders of the London Pass.

Either way, you’re going to find yourself by the Houses of Parliament, officially known as the Palace of Westminster. This is the seat of government in England, home to the House of Commons and the House of Lords, and is where the politics in England takes place.

Whilst it is possible to go inside and take a tour , I’d suggest just taking photos from the outside of this beautiful building, particularly of the Elizabeth Tower, home to Big Ben, and then heading on to:

Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey is definitely one of the UK’s most impressive churches. It’s here that key events in the life of the British Royal Family take place including Royal Weddings (17 to date) and Coronations (the majority of British rulers since 1066!).

Westminster Abbey is also one of the most desirable burial sites in the UK, with countless famous figures from British history buried here, including Isaac Newton, Charles Darwin, Chaucer, and multiple British royals, prime ministers and more.

Even if you’re not interested in the Royal family or the buried dead though, you can’t help but be impressed by this gorgeous gothic style building. Again, there is plenty to see and do here (and the line to get in can take a little while), so plan at least an hour or two to fully appreciate the property.

There’s a fee to get in to Westminster Abbey. See prices and opening hours here . Included on the London Pass. You can also book your tickets online in advance here.

Churchill War Rooms

Depending on how much you like to do in a day, you might still have time to fit in one last attraction.

If so, last on our list for the day are the Churchill War Rooms .

Set below the heart of the government buildings in London, this huge underground bunker is where Winston Churchill directed the majority of the war effort during World War 2.

This maze of rooms is now open as a tourist attraction, and is a really fascinating place to explore, covering both the life and times of Churchill, as well as providing insight into the rooms themselves, and the people who spent so many years of their lives working away in secrecy underneath London during the war years.

An excellent audio guide is included as part of the tour, and again, you can easily spend a couple of hours here soaking everything in.

When you’re done, you’ll emerge blinking into the light, where you might want to take a stroll around St. James Park, or head through Whitehall to see the home of the British Prime Minster at No. 10 Downing Street, before finishing up at Trafalgar Square, where you’ve got full access to all the shows in the West End – an excellent way to spend the evening ahead!

The Churchill War Rooms are very popular, so we advise booking in advance. You can see prices and opening times here .

Another option we can personally recommend if you are particularly interested in Winston Churchill and the London Blitz, is the “ London Churchill War Room ” tour by Context Travel (use link above to get 10% off the price of any Context Travel tours).

This tour is around three hours in length and includes a guided visit to the Churchill War Rooms as well other sites in London related to the Blitz. You can book a small group tour or a private tour. Alternatively, this walking tour of Westminster also includes the Churchill War Rooms.

Optional Extras on Your Route:

I appreciate that you might not be totally in to some of the ideas I’ve floated above, or be a super-quick sight-seer.

Fear not, London has more for you! Along the south bank (always worth a wander), you can stop in at Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, the Tate Modern Art Gallery, and even quickly cross the Millennium bridge for a visit to St. Paul’s Cathedral.

The Globe and St. Paul’s Cathedral are both included on the London Pass, whilst the Tate Modern is free to enter.

London Itinerary: Day 2

Kensington palace.

On your second day in London you’re going to head a little to the west, and take in some of the sights in this area, starting with Kensington Palace .

Inextricably linked with Queen Victoria, who was born here, Kensington Palace is a Royal Residence, and has been since the 17th century.

Today it’s occupied by Princes William and his family, and whilst you can’t visit the private Royal Residence, you can tour the State Rooms.

These have actually been open to the public for a long time, in a practice started by Queen Victoria in 1899, and today Kensington Palace is one of the most popular of the Royal Palaces for visitors.

There are a series of four themed routes through the palace, covering different aspects of the history of the palace, and all four are worth doing.

Then, when you’re done, there’s an excellent café where you can have a hot drink and a sandwich, before embarking on the rest of your day’s adventures.

There’s a fee for entry, and you can see opening times and prices here . It’s free for holders of the London Pass – get yours here .

Note that due to this being a popular attraction, it can get quite busy, so we recommend purchasing your ticket in advance here if you are visiting without a London Pass.

Holders of the London Pass have access to the priority queue for ticket holders and do not need to reserve a timeslot (see Kensington Palace FAQ section on London Pass here ).

However, it is recommended you turn up near to opening time, as capacity is limited, and if you arrive later in the day, you may be subject to lengthy wait times – this is why we have this first for the day on this itinerary.

Royal Albert Hall

From Kensington Palace, it’s a lovely walk through Kensington Gardens to the Royal Albert Hall. This was opened by Queen Victoria in 1871, and is named in memory of her husband Albert, who had died six years earlier.

Purpose built as an entertainment space, today the hall is most famous for hosting the annual Proms – an eight week long series of classical music concerts and events. It also hosts all sorts of other events, from film screenings to tennis, so there’s always something going on.

Even if there isn’t anything going on though, it’s worth a visit, with hour long guided tours available, where you’ll be able to visit that gorgeous auditorium, the Queen’s private suites, as well as learn a bit about the architecture and history of performances at the venue, which are now in excess of 150,000 since it opened. Pretty impressive stuff.

Tours carry a fee, and you should book in advance to avoid disappointment. You can see tour times and prices here . Free for holders of the London Pass, although you can’t book in advance.

V&A Museum

Keeping with the Queen Victoria theme, your next stop is one of our favourite museums in London – the Victoria and Albert Museum, usually known as the V&A.

Free to visit (although there are usually special exhibitions for a fee), this is the world’s largest museum of decorative arts and design, with over two million objects in the collection spanning 5,000 years of human existence.

As you might imagine, that’s quite a lot to take in, and you could likely spend multiple days here exploring all the artefacts on offer.

Entry is free, except to special exhibits. See opening times here .

Buckingham Palace

Moving on from the V&A, and the last stop on the tour is Buckingham Palace. Depending on the time of year you visit, you have a number of options for visiting Buckingham Palace.

Personally, I’d advise going in the afternoon, after you’ve visited all the above, and to finish off your day. You’ll avoid the crowds associated with the changing of the guard ceremony, and have an overall far more pleasant experience.

I do know however that lots of people do wish do experience the Changing of the Guard ceremony, so if that’s you, you’ll need to juggle the above itinerary a little as the ceremony takes place over 45 minutes in the middle of the day.

Finally, in the summer months, you can actually tour parts of Buckingham Palace. These tours last around two hours, and operate quite late into the evenings, so you could definitely do this at the end of the day. If this is something you want to do you definitely need to book in advance to ensure you get a ticket.

London Transport Museum

From Buckingham Palace you’re going to head to Covent Garden, one of London’s most well-known markets and a good place to watch street performers and grab a bite to eat or drink.

Here you’ll also find the excellent London Transport Museum , which we think is well worth visiting. It covers the history of transport in London, from horse drawn carriages and trams through to the evolution of the tube.

It’s definitely a popular place to visit, especially if you are visiting London with family. See opening times and prices here . Included on the London Pass.

From here you are well placed for the West End of London, where you can take in a show or just take advantage of some of the early evening pre-dinner dining deals!

Optional Extras On Your Route:

Again, there is loads more to see and do in this area, really depending on what you’re interested in. Harrods, the world-famous shopping experience, is a brief walk from the V&A museum.

You could also really go museum crazy, and drop in at either the Natural History Museum or Science Museum, both of which are free.

If you’re into pageantry, just round the corner from Buckingham Palace, and officially part of the grounds, the Royal Mews is a fascinating place to visit, and much less popular than its exhibits deserve.

Finally, if you’re into afternoon tea, you can experience a fashionable take on the high tea experience at the Berkeley .

2 Day London Itinerary Map

To help you visualise all the above we’ve put together a map so you can see where all the sights are and plan your accommodation and public transport appropriately. You can see this on Google maps here .

2 Day London Itinerary Overview

• Day 1: Tower of London, Tower Bridge, HMS Belfast, The Shard, Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, Churchill War Rooms
• Day 2: Kensington Palace, Royal Albert Hall, V&A Museum, Buckingham Palace, London Transport Museum

How to Save Money on Your London Itinerary Sight-Seeing

Whilst London does have many excellent free museums and sights, a good many of the sights in the list above are not free to enter. In fact, if you add up all the prices for just the main attractions on the list, without any optional extras, you’re looking at over £200 in entry fees alone!

Thankfully, there is a way to save on sight-seeing, as well as take advantage of skip the line access, plus get free entry to loads more attractions should you end up having a bit more time to spare.

The London Pass ( get yours on the official site here ) is the answer.

For your two-day trip, you can pick up a two day London pass which will get you free access to the majority of the main attractions on the list above (plus lots more!), for only £159. Here’s a breakdown of the savings based on our itinerary, looking at the attractions the London Pass includes.

When you look at the cost of the attractions a couple will save around £40. And you could easily visit another attraction or two like St. Paul’s Cathedral, London Eye or the London Bridge Experience for even more savings.

Check out all the attractions that the London Pass gives you free access to, and then order yours here .

We’ve used them on multiple trips to London, and just love how easy they are to use. They’re available in a variety of lengths to suit any stay.

For more information and an overview of the savings for various lengths of trips and sights that the London Pass offers, check out the full London Pass review that Jess put together on her blog.

Bonus tip: Hop on Hop off Bus tour & River Cruise

If you do invest in a London Pass, then you could take advantage of a couple of travel options it comes with. The first of these is a hop-on, hop off bus tour : with the London Pass you can use one of these for a day. They operate throughout the year, and are always a nice way to see a number of sights and learn about them.

Then there’s the Thames River Cruise . You get twenty-four-hour access to this service with a London Pass, with 23 stops available along the river. I’d recommend this as the transport option on Day 1, between Tower Bridge and Westminster, meaning you can skip the tube and get some lovely views of London from the River Thames.

Given that these two items usually cost just around £60 together, and are included on the London Pass, to me this is just another excellent example of the value for money that the London Pass offers the London visitor.

If you don’t get a London Pass – Book in Advance

If you decide not to invest in a London Pass but still want to see some of the sights in London, then I would highly recommend booking tickets in advance online for each attraction you want to visit.

Advance tickets are normally a little bit cheaper than the price on the door, plus they also usually let you skip the ticket lines and get straight in.

For busier attractions which have timed entry, an advance ticket is a must so as not to waste time. Here’s a list of some of the attractions on our itinerary with links to the advance ticket sales.

Note that you usually have a choice between the official site and a third party site when booking tickets.

We generally use GetYourGuide when booking tickets as the prices are normally either the same or very similar compared to the official site.

The main advantage is that the majority of tickets they offer have the ability to cancel for a full refund if you do so more than 24 hours in advance of your trip. Most official sites do not offer refunds, so the peace of mind if we need to cancel is really handy. Of course, you will need to check the ticket description for the exact policy before purchasing.

• Tower of London – book tickets here
• Tower Bridge Experience – book tickets here
• HMS Belfast – book tickets here
• The Shard – book tickets here
• The London Eye – book tickets here
• Westminster Abbey – book tickets here
• Churchill War Rooms – book tickets here
• Kensington Palace – book tickets here
• Royal Albert Hall – book tickets here

Hopefully this will help you get your tickets all sorted out before your trip so you are ready to go when you arrive and won’t have to waste time queuing!

Getting Around London

London is really easy to get around, with an excellent public transport network. It’s also wonderfully walkable, as hopefully my itinerary makes clear.

For public transport, you should consider investing in an Oyster Card. Available both online and from most tube stations, this prepaid card is the most cost-effective way to get around in London, offering fares that are significantly cheaper compared to buying individual tickets with cash.

You just have to load it up, and then tap in and out as you go through tube stops. It also works on London buses and river boats. Note that if you have a contactless bank card or Apple Pay / Google Pay device, this might end up better value – check out my post comparing Oyster and contactless to figure out which is best for you.

For more information on getting around London, check out my detailed Guide To Transportation Options in London .

Walking Tours in London

If you like walking tours, we recommend the company Take Walks , who are behind the popular walking tour company Walks of Italy.

They have expanded their portfolio, and now have a number of walks in London, including this London in a Day walking tour that includes the changing of the guard.

A walking tour of London is a good way to learn a lot in a relatively short time, and also to meet someone who can give you local insights and tips about the city. Obviously you will need to adjust your itinerary to include a walking tour.

Our suggestion would be to perhaps do the  London in a Day  tour on your first day, which covers the majority of the sites covered in our itinerary, and then continue with the second day as it is.

Another option we suggest are  these tours by City Wonders , they offer a wide range of tours in London, from introductory tours through to more detailed and specific tours.

We have a full guide to some of the best walking tours in London , which is also worth reviewing if you are interested in a walking tour while you are in the city.

Where to Go After London – Day Trips & More

We’re often asked where to head to from London after this two day itinerary is over, or just for suggestions on good day trips from London.

We’ve done quite a few day trips from London, including a day trip to Oxford,  a day trip to Stonehenge from London , and a day trip to Blenheim and the Cotswolds from London . Based on these experiences we wanted to share some ideas for both day trips from the city and longer trips to see more of the country.

• Stonehenge, Bath and the Cotswolds are really popular destinations, and you can easily do these together as part of a day trip from London. This tour features all of those destinations, as well as Windsor Castle. It even includes lunch!
• A tour of Oxford, the Cotswolds and Stratford . Three popular destinations from London that you can visit as part of a day trip. Also see my guide to visiting Oxford for more ideas.
• A private tour down to Portsmouth , perfect for those of you interested in naval history and visiting a lovely seaside city. See our guide to things to do in Portsmouth for more inspiration
• Lovers of Downton Abbey will want to visit Highclere Castle where the show was filmed. See our guide to visiting Highclere Castle , which includes tips for visiting as a day trip from London
• For a longer trip, check out my 10 day UK itinerary by public transport , which starts with a couple of days in London, but then has you touring some highlights of the rest of the country. We also have 1 week and 2 week self drive itineraries .
• If you want to take a longer guided tour from London and see more of the UK, we recommend  this small group tour , which takes eight days to take you from London to Edinburgh. There’s also this 5 day tour which covers South West England and Wales.

Hopefully these give you a starting point for the next stage in your trip!

Where to Stay in London

Accommodation wise, London has a wide range of options, ranging from hostels, through to self catered apartments and seriously upscale hotels. There’s something to suit every budget, with en-suite double rooms starting from around $80 a night.

For this itinerary, we’d advise staying somewhere fairly central so you can get around easily. We’d suggest staying somewhere in the region between Kensington in the west and Canary Wharf in the east.

For examples of properties at different price points that are centrally located, here are some options:

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel – A well reviewed centrally located hostel
• The Z hotel in Shoreditch – excellent value in a lively and popular part of London with great dining options
• Point A Hotel – This hotel is within the well-priced Point A hotel range. It’s a 17 minute walk to Parliament Square and Westminster Abbey. We’ve stayed here; the rooms are tiny but clean and it’s a great budget option.
• Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
• The Resident Victoria Hotel – a well reviewed and centrally located hotel offering excellent value for money. The room we stayed in was quite compact, but it had everything we needed including a small kitchenette. Larger rooms are of course available, depending on budget.
• The Savoy – true luxury as close to the city centre as you can get!

Generally when searching for somewhere to stay our first choice is booking.com. They’re easy to use, usually have the best prices, and have everything from hotels to hostels , guest-houses and even apartments .  Try them for London and see!

If you prefer an apartment, then we recommend either Plum Guide or Vrbo .

Plum Guide doesn’t have quite so many choices, but they carefully curate their listings so their options tend to be of a very high quality whilst still being available at a range of price points.  See their listings for London here .

You also can read our detailed Plum Guide review to learn more about this service and our experiences using it.

If you can’t find what you want from the above choices, or you want some new options to try out, we wrote a whole post on the best alternatives to AirBnB and a guide to our favourite holiday cottage accommodation in the UK  which you should check out!

Between these options, you should find the best prices and places to stay for your trip, as well as a good selection of reviews and feedback to help you make an informed decision.

Practicalities for Visiting London

London, and the wider UK, use a 220v standard for electricity, with a three pin plug. Travellers from most of the rest of the world, including mainland Europe and the US will need an adapter like this .

US travellers will also want to check their equipment supports the 220v standard, as the US uses a 110v standard. The voltage a device supports will be written clearly on the power adapter, usually in the form of 110v – 240v.

In our experience laptops, phone and camera chargers and other small electronics are universal, whilst larger devices like hair dryers and hair straighteners are not.

See more on travel adapters and how to choose one for your trip in our guide to the best travel adapters .

London uses the British pound, which is accepted across the British Isles. You can get Pounds from ATM’s, banks and currency exchanges, although credit cards are widely accepted, and there is no need to carry large quantities of currency. It is helpful to have some change and some bills of course, but it is rare to find an instance where a card isn’t accepted.

If you do use a credit or debit card, just make sure it doesn’t charge foreign exchange fees or have a poor currency conversion rate. There are a number of excellent credit cards for travellers, and it’s always worth checking to be sure you have a good deal before travelling and racking up unexpected fees.

Internet Access

Internet access is widely available in the form of WiFi all around the city, including in hotels and coffee shops, so you shouldn’t have any trouble getting online. You can also pick up local SIM cards if you have an unlocked phone. These are usually excellent value as data rates in the UK are very competitive.

For more options on getting online when travelling, check out our guide to getting online when travelling to help you figure out the best options. We also have a guide to picking the best travel router , which can help you extend a weak WiFi network and share it across multiple devices.

Water 

The water in the taps in London is safe to drink unless otherwise indicated. If you don’t like the taste, bottled water is widely available. We usually recommend you travel with a re-usable water bottle like this to save on having to buy water bottles.

London is a safe city in our experience, although as with any major city, of course you need to keep your wits about you – keep your possessions in view all the time, keep your wallet or phone in a front pocket (with a zip if possible), and don’t do anything that you wouldn’t do at home. If you’re going to use a taxi, make sure you use a licensed operator such as a black cab.

Further Reading For Your 2 Days In London

If you’re looking for more inspiration for your London trip, here are some resources to help you out:

• Our detailed guide to what to pack for London , to help you prepare for your trip to London.
• Tips on finding the best Photography Locations in London that I put together
• If you’re short on time, or just really want to focus on the highlights, check out my guide to  spending 1 Day in London , and if you’re here for longer or just want some more ideas for you visit, check out our detailed itineraries for  three days in London and  six days in London .
• For the Harry Potter fans amongst you, take a look at our guide to finding  Harry Potter in London
• 8 Things to Do in Kensington , London, in case you wanted to focus more on a specific region of the city
• We have detailed guides to visiting the Tower of London and the London Eye which includes information on planning your visit and how to save money on these popular attractions
• If you enjoy military museums, take a look at our guide to London’s Best Military Museums and Memorials
• Tips on spending Two Weeks in the UK , should you want to have London as the start of a bigger adventure
• For budget planning, see our guide to how much it costs to travel in the UK
• Our experience taking a full day walking tour of London , in case you like the idea of a fully guided day
• Thoughts on visiting Stonehenge from London as a day trip
• Other good day or weekend trips from London include Oxford and Cambridge. See our guide to Oxford in a day . our guide to spending a weekend in York as well as our suggested things to do in Cambridge for ideas.
• Heading further north? We have loads of content on Scotland , including a 2 Day Edinburgh itinerary , a guide to the North Coast 500 and a 2 Day Glasgow itinerary
• How about heading to Paris from London? We have a detailed guide to the best way to get from London to Paris to help you plan
• The Eyewitness Travel Guide to London , which has all sorts of information within, including more itineraries and ideas for your trip
• Rick Steve’s London  guide, the #1 bestseller on Amazon for UK travel guides, and always an excellent source of relevant information

And that’s it for my two day London Itinerary post! Got a favourite part of London that I missed? Let us know about it in the comments below!

Enjoyed this post? Why not share it!

There are 75 comments on this post

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Marina Olshansky says

14th April 2024 at 10:52 pm

Hello, I have looked at dozens of itineraries and yours is PERFECT. You not only answered my and my husband’s questions, but thought of things we didn’t. Do you offer your services so we can refine our itinerary? Thanks very much.

Laurence Norah says

15th April 2024 at 5:33 pm

Glad to be of help! So we don’t currently offer services for itinerary planning as you describe (although we get asked a lot so maybe we should!). However, if you do have any questions or would like some input, feel free to leave a comment and we’ll do our best to help out 🙂

Safe travels!

Chaitra says

14th May 2023 at 3:13 pm

Hi ! This is such a useful information blog post thank you for the effort !!!! Im travelling from India this June 2023 for an exam at liverpool … So I would be starting my Uk trip starting from Liverpool what would be the best route plan to start from liverpool? Could you please help me put

20th May 2023 at 2:25 pm

Hi Chaitra,

Sure thing. What are you hoping to see in the UK?

30th March 2022 at 3:39 pm

Just stumbled on to your website and it is fantastic! So much relevant info. Myself and my two adult sons are heading to the UK from Canada for ten days in middle April, starting in London and finishing up in Dublin. I really appreciate all the detail you have put into this, it’s taken a lot of the stress out of planning. I will definitely be using the provided links for any of the passes etc. Thanks again!

30th March 2022 at 3:41 pm

Thank you so much, it means a lot! I hope you have a great time in London, Dublin, and everywhere in between! Hopefully you also found our Dublin content as well, like our 3 day Dublin itinerary . Also, if you have any questions or queries about your trip, feel free to ask, we’re always happy to help 🙂

POLLY TAYLOR says

9th August 2020 at 5:23 pm

What a great post and site. Wow, professional travel bloggers – so cool. I’ll have to check out come of your recommendations before my next visit to the capital. Polly x

9th August 2020 at 5:58 pm

Thanks Polly – have a great trip to London when you get to go!

Smita John says

1st February 2020 at 6:01 pm

Hi Laurance & Jessica, Your blog has been really helpful, but i need some more help to plan my remaining UK trip. I’ll be coming to UK in May this year for two weeks, with my husband and two kids (9 & 12). Based on your inputs and some more research I’ve prepared an itinerary with 3 days in London. For the remaining days I want to see the following but I’m not sure how many days each place needs and what is the route I should take (we’ll be depended on public transport, no option for private car.) Oxford + Stonehenge + Bath + Bristol + Stafford upon Avon + Manchester + York + Lake district + Scotland Is this doable or too ambitious. I’ve not started my research on Scotland so don’t know how many days to keep for that and which all place to visit. My budget is modest. Thanks

1st February 2020 at 6:59 pm

Thanks very much! So the route you describe is actually very similar to our 10 day UK itinerary by public transport . You should be able to easily adjust that plan to switch Liverpool for Manchester, and add Stratford. Stratford has a number of attractions, but it can be comfortably visited in a day. The Lake District will be more of a challenge, as you have to cross the country, and whilst it is possible to visit by public transport, and to get around by public transport as well, obviously it will be less easy than a city or town.

For Scotland, my recommendation would be to spend a couple of days in Edinburgh, and then maybe take the train up to Inverness. From here you can explore Loch Ness, the Cairngorms National Parks, and lots of other attractions. We have a lot of content on Scotland across both our sites, but to start with our guide to day trips from Inverness should be a good starting point.

Let me know if I can be of any more assistance!

2nd February 2020 at 5:12 pm

Thanks Laurence! I’ll work on my itinerary some more and come back to you if i have more questions. Cheers Smita

Xuan Nhi says

27th October 2019 at 4:47 pm

Hi Laurence,

Thank you for the planned trips and ideas for day tour. We will be in London about 2.5 days. Would you please help us with the half-day planning on arrival. We are planning to buy the 2-day London Pass, and Oyster card at the airport. I know you can use the Oyster card on the Heathrow Express, but does the costs of taking it get factored into the Oyster Card daily cap? If not, I want to buy my Heathrow express in advance.

Day 1: (really on half day). We will be landing at LHR at 1:00 pm. I am thinking of taking the Heathrow Express to Paddington because our hotel is about 5-min walk from there. I really want to to take my son to tour Chelsea FC stadium that afternoon. Please help me plan this and a few things to see this to maximize our time. Day 2: similar to yours. Day 3: Stonehenge day tour Day 4: we need to be back at the airport by 10:00 am.

Thank you so much for your help. I look forward to your response.

27th October 2019 at 4:52 pm

My pleasure. I will do my best to help 🙂

So the Heathrow Express is not factored into the cost of the Oyster Card. So you will want to buy that in advance. If it’s still a bit expensive, consider the Heathrow Connect service. It’s a bit slower, but around half the price 🙂

Based on your landing time I would estimate you will not get into central London until around 3pm given the time to clear immigration, get to Paddington and check in to your hotel. It’s then 20-25 minutes to Chelsea by tube from Paddington. So it is most likely the Chelsea FC tour will be the only thing you will really have time for. However, you could visit some locations like Tower Bridge, Covent Garden or the Shard. The latter is open late, and for the former you can see them from the outside .

I hope this helps a bit 🙂

Have a great trip!

Laveena says

6th September 2019 at 9:25 pm

Hi Laurence, Really am enjoying your website. My husband and I and 2 children’s(7years and 7 months old baby) will spend 4 days in London 24th to 27th of September. Our hotel is located near south kensignton. 1. Could you suggest us how to make itinerary for 4 days. 2. Traveling with 7 months old baby little difficult, need little break in between! 3. Should I buy the London Pass? What would you recommend? 4. What are attractions places for 7 years old child? Thank you for support in advance.

7th September 2019 at 8:42 am

Hi Laveena,

Thanks very much 🙂 So for four days, I’d suggest looking at our three day itinerary and our six day London itinerary , and picking what you think will be the best from those activities. However, I would say that all our itineraries are pretty full, so you might find that spreading the 2 or 3 day itinerary over 4 days would be easier with a family.

The London Pass will definitely save you money if you visit enough attractions, so we suggest you decide where you want to visit and compare prices with the London Pass price. In our experience, you need to visit 2 – 3 attractions per day for the 3-4 day passes to make it worth the price.

We don’t have children or travel with them, so it’s hard for us to advise on this specifically. We also think that every kid is different, so different things will interest them 🙂 We know the Science Museum in Kensington is certainly a popular option for kids for example, and I used to love visiting that and the Natural history museum when I was younger (and still today!). So those are two good options which are also free.

Have a great trip to London!

john baptist says

9th August 2019 at 10:15 pm

How do I book the Shard with the London pass….date and time.

10th August 2019 at 9:54 pm

In our experience, and based on conversations with the folks from the London Pass and the Shard, you don’t need to prebook the Shard with the London Pass, you should just be able to turn up and get access,

8th August 2019 at 6:01 am

Thank you very much for the info. We will be traveling in late November and I’m wondering if we could visit Big Ben, Buckingham Palace…in late evening since we only stay 1 night in London. Thank you.

8th August 2019 at 9:19 am

Our pleasure! So you can visit them in the late evening as with both of these attractions you only see the outside, so the evening is fine too. Just one thing to note, Big Ben is actually the name of the bell inside the clock tower on the Palace of Westminster, more commonly known as the Houses of Parliament. The tower with the clock on is usually referred to as Big Ben, but you can’t actually see the bell. I would also add that right now most of the tower is covered in scaffolding due to refurbishment work, so it’s not as impressive as it might otherwise be!

Have a great trip,

24th July 2019 at 2:56 am

Hi Laurence, Really am enjoying your website, and this blog in particular. My husband and I will spend 2 days in London in August. I understand this is a very busy time of year in London and that for many attractions the lines are particularly long for tickets and security, regardless of being a London Pass holder (for some attractions). That being said, is it still possible to do this itinerary in August, or is it more feasible to focus on one major attraction each day?

24th July 2019 at 8:53 am

I am delighted to have been of help. So it is hard to exactly predict how busy each attraction will be, but certainly on average it will be busier in August than many other times of year. I think you could do more than one major attraction each day, but perhaps focus on 2 or 3 rather than all of them. Personally I prefer to visit less attractions and give each one a bit more time, but often when folks ask for itineraries they prefer to see as much as possible due to limited time. If you prefer to take your time though, I think you will still have a great experience by focusing on a smaller number of attractions.

I’d also add that many of the attractions on the list can just be seen from the outside, so do at least do that, even if you don’t go inside 🙂

Have a wonderful time in London, and let me know if we can be of any more help!

24th July 2019 at 5:12 pm

Thank you so very much!!

16th July 2019 at 6:44 pm

Thank you so much – this is very helpful. I was wondering the best way to group things together so we don’t spend time zipping back and forth across the city. I really appreciate your insights!

17th July 2019 at 4:46 pm

My pleasure 🙂 So the itinerary is laid out to be as time efficient as possible, with everything already grouped as best as I could so you can see more things and spend less time travelling!

I hope this helps – have a great trip!

Nikhil Kumar says

20th May 2019 at 12:16 pm

I am a student travelling to UK for an academic purpose, however, I extended my stay by three days from 10th JUne 2019 and I have my flight to catch on 13th JUne 2019. Which area will be suitable for me to book the hotel in budget price and it will be connected to other attractions of london. Kindly help.

21st May 2019 at 12:58 pm

So you could try either the Kensington or Elephant and Castle areas, or the area around Kings Cross train station. London is definitely not a budget city, but there are hostels and budget hotels available. If you don’t mind shared accommodation like bunk rooms, then you can make the cost very low. I’d recommend trying any of the following thre to start with:

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel
• The Z hotel in Shoreditch
• Point A Hotel

Bonnie Lowe says

1st May 2019 at 1:26 am

Hi Laurence! Great information!! We (2 adults) will be arriving at Heathrow on a Wednesday morning in late May, 2019 staying for 3 nights prior to a cruise. Our hotel is located on Tothill Street and it looks like it’s fairly close to Westminster Abbey. Questions: 1) what is a budget friendly way to get from Heathrow to our hotel? We will have luggage 2) thinking about a 2 day London Pass… should we add the Oyster card? We enjoy walking but not miles! Thanks for your help and all the great information! Take care, Bonnie

2nd May 2019 at 8:33 pm

The cheapest way is most likely going to be the tube from Heathrow to the nearest stop nearest your hotel, most likely St. James’s Park. This also answers your second question, in that the easiest way to get into London is going to be easiest if you have a travel card. However, you can’t pickup the London Pass at Heathrow. So I would advise skipping the travel portion of the London Pass and just buying an Oyster card at Heathrow. You can get them from the machines or ticket counters at the Underground station. There’s no cost saving to buying the travel card with the London Pass, it’s more of a convenience thing.

I hope this helps – have a great trip and let me know if you have any more questions!

21st March 2019 at 11:27 pm

Hello! thank you for this awesome information. However, I have a question, if I will buy the 2 day London Pass, how can I use that pass for those attractions that need to be prebook early? I checked the each attractions websites, in order to prebook a certain time you need to buy the individual ticket first. the attractions I want to visits are the Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, The Shard. Hope my question make sense. Thank you!

21st March 2019 at 11:40 pm

For the London Pass you normally don’t need to prebook a timeslot, you can just turn up with the pass – even for attractions where you can book a time online. If any attractions do require you to book a timeslot, this will be highlighted in the London Pass guidebook, along with instructions for how to do so 🙂

We can also suggest contacting the London Pass directly, who will also be able to clarify how this works 😀

22nd March 2019 at 3:28 pm

Thanks for your reply Laurence. I am thinking just buying the one day London Pass. Do you think this itinerary below is doable? 9:30 – Westminster Abbey – will stay for 1 to 2 hours 11:45 – Tower Bridge – will stay for an hour. If time is tight I can skip this. 2PM – Tower of London – will stay for 1 hour & 30mins 4PM – Hop Onn & Hop Off bus- probably 1H & 30mins 6PM – Thames River Cruise 8PM – The Shard.

And also can you recommend where is the best neighborhood to stay where it is close to everything, like cafes and restaurants. Looking for those affordable hotel or AirBnB.

Hope to hear from you again. Thank you so much

22nd March 2019 at 3:34 pm

I would say this is doable yes. Just make sure you consider transport time, probably the longest trip will be from Westminster Abbey to Tower Bridge, which will likely take 20 – 25 minutes I suspect. An hour in Westminster Abbey should be enough though.

In terms of a neighbourhood that is close to everything, but also good value (always a challenge!), south of the river in Elephant and Castle might be a good option. We can recommend the Point A Hotel , the rooms are tiny but they are private and the prices are very good.

22nd March 2019 at 8:39 pm

Thank you so much Laurence! I appreciate this a lot. More power in your venture.

13th March 2019 at 3:45 am

Thanks for the info. Few questions, I’m leaving Germany by plane at 7am. It says the flight is an hour and half. We’re going to be in London on that day and the next. I was thinking about the hop on and off tour bus. What’s your opinion on this. I think I can get a river cruise and walking tour with it I think. I’m just worried I won’t have much time that first day since our check in is at 2pm. Do I have to base everything around that? I hadn’t planned on going in many places but a few. Wasn’t sure I would have time. Thanks

13th March 2019 at 9:54 am

So if you are staying at a hotel then the check-in time will usually be the earliest you can check in, however they should also let you check in later. If the hotel has a 24 hour reception, then you should be able to check in any time after 2pm. That said, you might not want to carry your bags with you, so depending on the location of the hotel, I would personally go to the hotel first, drop off my bags and complete the check-in formalities, and then go sight seeing until you are done.

I think you should have time to do the hop on hop off bus, river cruise and walking tour no problem on that first day 🙂

Carolyn Raymaker says

8th February 2019 at 9:14 pm

This sounds perfect for us – we are starting our trip with 10 days walking through the Cotswolds. Is there a printable version? I don’t see anywhere to do that. Just going to Print, it’s 76 pages. Thanks so much.

10th February 2019 at 6:04 pm

Hi Carolyn!

We don’t currently have the option for printed versions of our posts unfortunately. The best option is likely to save it to a word or google drive document and then edit it from there.

17th October 2019 at 6:43 pm

I appreciate this might be a bit late for your trip, but for others reading and in case you use our site in the future for other trips, we’ve now added a print button on all our posts ?

Happy travels!

6th January 2019 at 4:51 pm

This is really great! Question about timing, at what time do we start both days? I’m just wondering loosely how long we should hang around each attraction.

Thanks so much for this amazing post!

6th January 2019 at 6:44 pm

Our pleasure 🙂 The days are quite packed so our advice would be to start as soon as the attractions open! So for the Tower of London on Day 1 that’s 9am or 10am (depending on the day of week). If it’s a day when the start is 10am, you could start with the Tower Bridge Exhibition, which opens at 9.30 and is just next door 🙂

Kensington Palace on Day 2 opens at 10am every day as far as I know.

Enjoy your trip!

6th January 2019 at 9:03 pm

Great ! Thank you so much!!! SO helpful!

6th January 2019 at 10:23 pm

My pleasure 😀

Bidish says

28th November 2018 at 4:45 pm

So helpful Laurence . Ill be going to London in about 2 weeks for 3 days. This piece was brilliant and very apt.

Just wondering whether you can recommend food torus in london as well as some more information of getting to Bath as well as Baker street in London (Sherlock Holmes fan )

28th November 2018 at 5:37 pm

Thanks very much, and it would be my pleasure to help out! We’ve not personally done a food tour of London, however there’s a great selection here to choose from. Our advice is usually to pick a tour with good reviews that covers what you are interested in 🙂

For Baker Street, the easiest thing to do is take the underground to Baker Street tube station. The Sherlock Holmes Museum is just across the street from the tube station, and the Sherlock Holmes statue is just outside.

For Bath, the easiest way to get there from central London is to take a train – they take around 90 minutes each way and depart / arrive from London Paddington Station. If you decide to do this, definitely book your ticket in advance for the cheapest prices. You can do that here . Altneratively, it’s also possible to visit Bath as part of a guided day trip from London, which will also include sights like Stonehenge. You can see our guide to doing that here , which also has some suggested tour ideas.

I hope this helps! Have a great trip 🙂

9th November 2018 at 9:35 am

This is such an awesome, informative, and well-written article! Thanks for taking the time to write this out. Will be using this for my 2 days in London next month.

9th November 2018 at 9:36 am

Thanks Ziv – our pleasure! Have a great trip 😀

Miriam says

7th November 2018 at 3:43 pm

Very informative, it surely does help for my 3 day stay in London.,

7th November 2018 at 3:45 pm

Thanks Miriam 🙂

10th August 2018 at 5:56 pm

Love your blog! I just purchased tickets for a 11 day vacation to UK for the middle of May 2019. I was thinking of spending perhaps 2 1/2 day in London staying at the Doubletree and then go explore the country for the remaining part of the trip. Any countryside trips you recommend? I love small villages over big touristy cities. Was thinking of perhaps Rock, Cardiff, wales area and wander all over. Any tips???

10th August 2018 at 6:42 pm

Hey Aaron! Sure, we’d be happy to help. Are you looking for a self-drive trip, a group tour, or to travel by public transport?

10th August 2018 at 8:25 pm

My thought after arriving at LHR, using the train to perhaps Doubletree Hotel at West Minster and stay there for 2 -3 nights and then get a rent a car back at the airport and self drive for the next 8 days. Would you recommend public transportation over self drive?

10th August 2018 at 9:02 pm

I would recommend self-driving for sure, it’s our favourite way to travel when we visit a destination, but we appreciate not everyone wants to hire a car in a foreign country, especially if you’re not used to driving on the left side 😉

So I think if you prefer the countryside Wales would be a good option, stopping off in Oxford, the Cotswolds and Bath on the way across. You might also consider the Lake District, Cornwall, the Yorkshire moors and/or the Scottish borders / Northumberland.

We actually have a couple of itineraries as a guide, although they focus a bit more on the cities. https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/uk-itinerary-one-week-road-trip/ https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/two-weeks-in-ukmy-perfect-itinerary/

These should give you an idea of what’s achievable. We’d also advise checkout out our England content for lots more inspiration 🙂 https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/category/destinations/europe/uk/england/

4th August 2018 at 5:34 pm

Wow, Thank you for writing about this! My husband and I might have the opportunity to do a 2 day trip to London. And I had no idea where to begin with my planning! Question though, what are your thoughts on doing this itinerary “backwards”, starting with “day 2” on day 1?

5th August 2018 at 10:23 am

Hi Lucia, of course, you can do the days in any order you like, it won’t make any difference! Just be sure to check opening times for the days you are visiting for each attraction 🙂

28th July 2018 at 1:06 am

This is a wonderfully readable and helpful guide! Thank you!

28th July 2018 at 4:07 pm

My pleasure David – thanks for your comment!

6th July 2018 at 1:05 am

Hi Laurence, thank you for sharing your London knowledge with all of us. It’s really one of the best online. I hope you can help us with our own two and half days London itinerary.

We are visiting London this summer. Our flight arrives on a Saturday at 11:30am. Our hotel is close to Saint Paul’s Cathedral. We anticipate start touring the city around 2:30pm, as follows:

Day 1 – Saturday St Paul’s Cathedral Tower of London Tower Bridge HMS Belfast The Shad Shakespeare Globe Dinner around Shakespeare Globe? Thames Cruise Boat (if too late, move to day 3)

Day 2 – Sunday Buckingham Palace (Change of Guard @ 10am) Hyde Park / Princes Diana Fountain Kensington Palace Albert Memorial / Royal Albert Hall Lunch at Harrod’s food court (opens @ 11:30am) Westminster Abbey Palace of Westminster Big Ben London Eye (closes at 8:30pm) Dinner – Piccadilly Circus area?

Day 3 – Monday Trafalgar Square The National Gallery Covent Garden China Town British Museum Dinner – Mayfair area?

Sorry for the long post…Any suggestions would be really appreciated!

6th July 2018 at 9:48 am

That’s certainly a full trip! I would say that if you plan to go inside the attractions, that Day 1 is a little bit too busy. I would perhaps move the tower of london to first thing in the morning of Day 3. I’d also put the Shard last as that’s open later, and check opening times for Shakespeare’s Globe if you intend on going inside as it might not be open that late. Most attractions do not stay open too late, so you definitely want to check opening times. Day 2 looks more achievable, as does Day 3.

I hope this helps!

Have a great trip

7th July 2018 at 12:55 pm

Hello Laurence! Thank you for your reply. We really want to see as much as we can, without turning it into a stress vacation. So we will adjust the itinerary per your recommendations and hope to see as much as we can. Again, thank you for your advice!

7th July 2018 at 9:34 pm

My pleasure! Have a fun time!

24th May 2018 at 10:54 pm

Thanks so much for your very informative writeup. We are 2 families of 8, with (2) 18 yr old sons and a 14 yr old daughter. I’d love to get your feedback on this proposed itinerary. Is it doable? Too aggressive?

Sat: 09:00-10:30 Tower 10:30-11:30 Bridge 11:30-12:30 Belfast (tour) & Hinde (walkby) 12:30-02:00 Shard for lunch (or ?) 02:00-02:30 take underground to St. Pauls 02:30-03:15 St. Pauls 03:15-03:45 take underground to Westminster 03:45-05:15 Churchill War Rooms 05:30 Westminster Abbey (walkby)

Sunday: 09:30-10:00 Houses of P, Big Ben, West. Palace- walkby 10:30-12:00 Buckingham Palace, Changing of Guard 12:00-12:15 hop on bus to lunch 12:15-01:45 lunch at Picacadilly Square? 01:45-02:00 bus to British Museum? 02:15-04:00 British Museum how to get from museum to palace? bus? underground? 8 minute walk to Goodge Street 04:30-05:30 Kensington Palace 06:00-08:00 dinner where? 08:30 London Eye

25th May 2018 at 8:51 pm

Wow, that is planned with some military efficiency. Nice job! It looks great, but if I may suggest a couple of tweaks:

The Bridge doesn’t need a whole hour, I’d suggest adding fifteen minutes to the Tower of London visit, or just using that time as flexible time 🙂

If you plan on climbing to the top of St. Pauls you might need a little longer, depending on queues.

The changing of the guard is quite quick at Buckingham Palace, so you could probably get away with a bit less time here.

For transport, I’d always recommend the tube above any other form of transport in London as it doesn’t get stuck in traffic 🙂

I hope this helps – I’d say it’s very doable especially as you have a good plan in place! Have an amazing trip!

9th April 2018 at 12:15 am

This is fantastic and will be my guide for my two day stay at the end of May (25th and 26th). I have two quick questions. Id like to stop by either the National Gallery or the National Portrait Gallery. Which one would you recommend and what is the best place on the itenirary to detour?

11th April 2018 at 4:12 pm

Hi Walt – sorry about the slow response, I’m on a trip with limited internet. I’d probably suggest the National Gallery of the two. It would be tight on the first day, but after Buckingham Palace on the second day it should be do-able! Have a wonderful trip – do stop by and let us know how it went!

Carina says

31st March 2018 at 12:12 pm

How can I get 2 days London Pass with 79£? I only see it with 94£… 🙁

31st March 2018 at 12:14 pm

Hi Carina! The pass prices have recently changed. I’ve updated the post to reflect this, as well as the fact that prices for most attractions have gone up this year. Based on this, the Pass is actually even better value, despite being a little bit more expensive.

Shelly Singh says

4th March 2018 at 11:21 pm

I am planning a family trip with my boys. Appreciate the beautifully put together itinerary! Its exactly what I needed, very helpful 🙂

Kind Regards, Shelly

5th March 2018 at 12:11 am

My pleasure Shelly, have a fabulous trip 🙂

Ashwini Shevde Bhatavadekar says

31st August 2017 at 5:59 pm

Great info!!!..Absolutely addresses all my concerns,

Laurence says

1st September 2017 at 5:32 pm

Delighted to hear that 🙂

Tanmayi says

25th August 2017 at 3:07 pm

Thank you for this ! I really found it useful

8th April 2017 at 5:01 am

This is great info, I will be in the UK for 10 days but only 2 in London. Thanks for the insight

8th April 2017 at 9:13 am

Thanks Paran – have a great trip!

Christine says

20th February 2017 at 7:13 am

Thanks for the information! I’ll be in London for 2 days this July and this was just the thing I needed!

24th March 2017 at 2:38 pm

Pleased you found it useful. Have a great trip!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Let me know when there's a reply to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips. This also makes you eligible to enter our monthly giveaways!

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store your data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

Posted on Published: 10th February 2023  - Last updated: 2nd January 2024 Categories London Travel Tips

By: Author Julianna Barnaby

2 Days in London Itinerary – The Insider’s Guide

Love This? Save and Share!

Planning a short visit to London and not sure what to see? I’ve created the perfect 2 days in London itinerary: everything you need to know to plan the perfect trip.

As a born and bred Londoner, it can be too easy to take my hometown for granted. Buckingham Palace – been there, done that. London Eye? Literally used to work there. 

For someone who loves my hometown, I was close to becoming a little bit (dare I say it?)… jaded.

Utterly ridiculous right? I agree. So I decided to fix the situation and spend 2 days in London like a tourist. 

The result? IMHO the best London itinerary that you can get your hands on. 

If you’re planning your trip to the city and wondering what to do in London in 2 days, hold it right there. Put your comfortable walking shoes on and prepare yourself for this perfectly storming tour of gritty, grimy, beautiful London,

PS… Have even less time? Here’s my guide to exploring London in one day .

2 Days in London Itinerary 

10am – hyde park.

Start your two days in London in Hyde Park, one of London’s Royal Parks and my second favourite London park (the first is St James’s Park – don’t worry, we’ll pop in there later).

I love visiting Hyde Park in the morning – it somehow feels so utterly quaint. Low-key celebrity joggers, dog walkers with some of London’s most pampered pooches in well-ordered clusters at heel, a few ambitious souls swimming in the Serpentine (the lake in the middle of the park).

It’s a nice way to introduce you to London – enjoy some peace and quiet while you can, you’re about to enter the fray. 

After Hyde Park, cross over to walk through Green Park and over to Buckingham Palace. 

11am – Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace

I mean, you can’t take a trip to London and not visit old Queenie at Buckingham Palace . 

Buckingham Palace is every bit as large and ostentatious as you’d expect for the official residence of the monarch. I mean, it’s all a bit embarrassing really, 775 rooms (no, that’s not a typo) including 188 bedrooms for the staff alone and 78 bathrooms in case you were wondering.

You can visit the State Rooms during the summer months (I think they’re a bit overrated, to be honest. Liz isn’t letting the general public anywhere near the good stuff for love nor money) or satisfy yourself by taking a million pictures of the palace’s exterior.

Anyway, we’re not actually here to visit Buckingham Palace. We’re here to see something much more exciting. The Changing of the Guard .

The Changing of the Guard is officially when The Queen’s Guard hands over responsibility for protecting Buckingham Palace and St. James’s Palace to the New Guard. Whatever that means…

In reality, it’s a glorious display of slightly ridiculous but iconic tradition as the guards strut (sorry, march) around in their bright scarlet tunics and skyscraper bearskin hats, accompanied by music.

Unfortunately, the powers that be don’t think we could deal with the excitement of the Changing of the Guard every day, so it only takes place on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays and Sundays in the winter months, though it is daily during the summer months. Days and times can change or be cancelled. Check before you go.

We’ve just about got time to pop into St James’s Park for a little stroll. 

Sandwiched between Buckingham Palace, Downing Street and Horse Guards Parade, St James’s Park is a little bit of bliss in central London.

If you had more time, I’d suggest you plop yourself down on one of the benches with an ice cream and soak up the idyllic setting. But you don’t. So onwards we go.

12pm – Westminster Abbey, the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben

Can I make a confession? 

I hadn’t actually visited Westminster Abbey until recently. Walked past it? A million times. Actually made the effort to go inside? Nope.  Westminster was for tourists.

Turns out I was missing a lot.

Westminster Abbey dates back to 1245 in its present form and the site has been the country’s coronation church (when the monarch is officially crowned) since 1066. It’s also one of the most spectacular gothic buildings in the UK – make sure you have plenty of space on your memory card.

I’m not that bothered about seeing the graves of past monarchs, but you shouldn’t miss Poet’s Corner, where some of the nation’s leading literary figures are buried or commemorated.

On a slightly less macabre note, pop out of Westminster Abbey and cross the road to see the Houses of Parliament in the Palace of Westminster.

The Houses of Parliament is the seat of British government, and another pretty impressive Gothic building as well. It’s not hard to imagine the cogs of politics running their course in the depths of this grand old building.

The Houses of Parliament are also famous for their role in the notorious gunpowder plot, when Guy Fawkes, Robert Catesby and a band of Catholic dissenters tried to blow up the Houses of Parliament and the then king, James I.

Didn’t work out so well for them, but it was the inspiration for our much-loved Fireworks Night, so they’ve made their mark in the history books in one way.

Big Ben is perched next to the Houses of Parliament (well, actually it’s a part of the Palace of Westminster too). 

I should warn you that Big Ben is currently undergoing some serious renovations for the next couple of years… you can still see one of the clock faces, but it’s not quite the ‘gram opportunity you’d hope for. 

Nevermind, it gives you a great excuse to come back in a couple of years right?

2pm – Lunch at The Cinnamon Club

You’ve been working hard. All that walking, paying attention, dodging the angry Londoners stalking the pavement. It’s really hard work – I get it. Time to treat yourself to lunch at The Cinnamon Club.

The Cinnamon Club is one of my favourite restaurants in London for one reason. Because it serves fabulous food. You have not TASTED a curry until you’ve had it there. This isn’t one of your greasy spoon, slop it on a plate kind of curry. This is high-end Indian dining in a pretty swanky setting.

Its close proximity to the Houses of Parliament means it’s not unusual to spot a politician or two either. You’ll be too busy savouring your food to care.

4pm – Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery

Now that you’re rested and refreshed, it’s time to take on another one of the city’s iconic landmarks on your London itinerary: Trafalgar Square . 

This large public square sits at the end of Whitehall, the proud home of Nelson’s Column and the National Gallery.

Trafalgar Square is at the heart of the central London community. For me, it’s filled with the memories of Christmases past – bright lights and a dazzling tree, and of so many events it’s hard to keep track.

There’s pretty much always something going on at Trafalgar Square: Ashes victory celebrations, live screenings from the nearby Royal Opera House in Covent Garden , live performances from West End productions – check the calendar to see what’s on.

The National Gallery couldn’t be more of a contrast to the busy square – there’s something so peaceful about leaving the crowds and the noise to step into the home of our national art collection. It’s busy, of course, but in that shuffling and muted manner typical of most galleries.

I’ve always loved the National Gallery, even when I was knee-high and most other galleries bored me to tears. 

Masterpiece after masterpiece, you can walk through the history of art in the course of a few hours. And all for free (good time to note that most of London’s museums and galleries are free – though you need to pay to enter any special exhibitions).

Read More: The Insider’s Guide to Visiting Trafalgar Square

7pm – The London Eye

For full disclosure, I used to work at the London Eye . I gorged myself silly at the age of 17 on all the free rides, my face pressed against the glass while I soaked up the far-reaching views down the river Thames.

It felt like adequate payback for a period in life in which my most used words were “ How many tickets ” and “ Toilets are to the left and down the stairs ”. 

Turns out there really is too much of a good thing though. I’ve never been able to face going on the damned thing again.

Still. Unless you have been on there umpteenth times, I’d be remiss if I didn’t add it to your London 2 day itinerary. 

If you can time your visit for sunset, the sight of dusk falling over the city from up high, bathing the river and the buildings in its rosy hues is something of a heart-warming spectacle.

In addition to the verging on rip-off normal priced tickets, you can also book all kinds of VIP tickets and even hire a private capsule to yourself. If I’m frank, I’d save my money for something better (like cocktails!) – paying nearly £25 ($35) for a 30 minute spin seems steep enough.

Time to hop on the Tube. Walk to Waterloo and take the Bakerloo Line (the brown line) to Oxford Circus station.

8pm – Oxford Street, Piccadilly Circus and Leicester Square

Controversial opinion alert. Don’t bother going shopping on Oxford Street . If you’ve ever been to a high street I can guarantee you that you’ve seen what it’s got to offer. In fact, I would say don’t bother with Oxford Street at all.

Still, I know that you won’t believe me until you’ve seen it for yourself. Just don’t blame me when you get trampled by a hoard of camera-touting cowboys who flatten you to the pavement without any sign of realising you even exist.

Once you’re done with that funfair/ circus/ inner circle of hell, take yourself down Regent’s Street to another one of London’s big landmarks Piccadilly Circus . Us Londoners have got a little bit of a chip on our shoulder because it’s not quite as cool as Times Square. But you can’t miss it on your London trip, chip or no chip.

Next up is Leicester Square . DON’T eat anything, buy anything or drink anything in Leicester Square – it’s almost certainly going to be shit and overpriced. I’m sorry, but it’s the cold, hard truth. 

I could extend this to saying don’t go to Leicester Square, but that seems churlish. It’s home to a ridiculous number of cinemas, so it’s definitely a winner if you want to go to watch a flick. But we’ve got bigger and better plans so we will wave farewell.

9pm – Cocktails and Dinner at Bob Bob Ricard in Soho

I hope you’ve been saving your pennies because it’s time to splurge them on the most ridiculously good meal you can eat in London. 

Welcome, my friends, to Bob Bob Ricard .

This Russian-European restaurant combines Belle-Epoque style, high-end food (my god, the lobster is so delicious, you’ll dream about it for weeks), great cocktails and some natty dining booths with actual buttons you can press for champagne. It’s exactly what you want and deserve to recuperate after your busy day.

Want to know more? Read my full review of Bob Bob Ricard now .

11pm – Late night cocktails at Disrepute Soho

OK, so I will confess. I love a cocktail. Oh, you do too? I knew we were meant to be friends.

Soho is not short of a cocktail bar or two and most of them are actually pretty good too. But if you only want the best, Disrepute is the place to go.

Book a table and settle in for perfectly-executed, devilishly sippable cocktails. Life is hard. Suck it up. Just not too many cocktails though, you’re only halfway through your London trip and you need your energy for tomorrow… not a stinking hangover.

Read Next: The Best Bars in Soho

Day Two 

9am – the tower of london and tower bridge.

It’s an early start today guys and I’m sorry. Kind of. Turns out the list of things you must see in London in 2 days is pretty long.

I’m a big believer in early starts (blame it on my father who would always get everywhere about five hours early to beat the crowds), so here we are at the Tower of London at 9am, coffee in hand, eyelids propped open.

The Tower of London is intrinsically linked with London’s history. The capital’s castle, many of the country’s high and mighty have been imprisoned within its walls – perhaps most famously Elizabeth I during her half sister Mary I’s reign.

The Tower of London has a pretty gruesome past, as the list of people executed there attests. It’s not all doom and gloom though, it’s also the site of more pleasant relics and traditions, including the Crown Jewels and the strangely attired Beefeaters.

Just a few paces away from The Tower of London, you’ll come to another of London’s icons: Tower Bridge . The neo-Gothic Bridge has been raising its ramparts to allow tall ships to pass since 1894. 

The bridge is also rumoured to be the subject of a rather amusing cock-up: it’s said that an American tycoon Robert McCulloch accidentally purchased the much less impressive London Bridge rather than the intended Tower Bridge and had it shipped all the way to Arizona in the 1960s.

Unfortunately, it looks like this is a vicious rumour and that McCulloch had always intended to buy London Bridge, but it’s a fun story nonetheless.

Entrance to the Tower of London Experience is included in the London Pass.

Read more: Cool but Crazy Facts About London

10am – The Shard

From the old to the new. If you haven’t heard the hype, The Shard is the tallest building in London, so it should come as no surprise that it’s one of the best places to see London in its full glory and must see for London in 2 days. 

The rather unimaginatively named The View From The Shard experience boasts views of up to 40 miles from levels 69 and 72 of the building.

The Shard was relatively controversial when it was built, with many claiming it would ruin London’s skyline. Now that you’ve seen it you can weigh in on the still smouldering debate.

Entrance to The View from the Shard is included in the London Pass

Read More: Cool Things to do in and around London Bridge

11am – Borough Market for Brunch

Borough Market is the city’s best-known food market and handily located just down the road from The Shard.

I sincerely hope that you are hungry: the market’s been feeding the capital in some shape or form since the 12th century and they’re pretty damned good at it now. It’s an unmissable stop, even if you are only whizzing around London in 2 days. 

I’ll let you make your mind up about how you feel about eating the gloriously cheesy concoction that is raclette at 11am in the morning – let’s face it, you only live once and it’s so good that it would be rude not to. Won you over?

Make a beeline for Kappacasein to indulge in a meal so good that you wonder why you don’t eat cheese for breakfast everyday.

PS. We can still be friends if you opt for something else.

Read More: Visiting Borough Market – What You Need to Know Before You Go

12pm – The Tate Modern

The second day of your London itinerary takes you to not one but two museums. The Tate Modern is the first.

As the name suggests, this is Tate’s museum of modern art (there’s also the Tate Britain further down the river with a more traditional offering).

The collection ranges from the thought-provoking to the downright strange – and features artists such as Andy Warhol, Pablo Picasso and Mark Rothko. There’s also an ever-changing roster of temporary exhibitions (you’ll have to pay for these).

Read More: 30 Awesome Museums in London that are Absolutely Free

2pm – St Paul’s Cathedral

Walk across the Millenium Bridge to St Paul’s Cathedral , undoubtedly one of the top things to do in London in 2 days. 

Possibly the most striking building in London, St Paul’s Cathedral has been built and rebuilt five times, most famously after the Great Fire of London that razed much of the city to the ground.

The current cathedral was designed by one of England’s most-lauded architects, Sir Christopher Wren in the 17th and 18th century. Even now its huge dome is an architectural marvel.

Impressive as the building is, it’s even more striking inside and very much worth the entry fee.

Entrance to St Paul’s Cathedral is included in the London Pass

3pm – Natural History Museum/ Science Museum or V&A Museum

Time to hop on the underground again for the next stage of our 2 day London itinerary. Walk to Monument station and take the Circle or District line (yellow or green line) to South Kensington. Our destination? Museum Mile in the Kensington area .

You’ve got a tough decision to make people. 

Which museum? Sorry to make you choose but as you only have two days in London, you can’t see all three.

The Natural History Museum gives you a glimpse into the earth’s history – a story covering dinosaur fossils, human biology, creepy crawlies and human evolution, spread out over 36 galleries.

The Science Museum should start marketing itself as the most fun you can have in London with your clothes on – it’s a bold claim but it can back it up.

Immersive exhibitions, sensory experiences and little-known facts combine to provide a peek into the fascinating world of science.

There’s a reason it was always the school trip we’d get most excited about back in the day, and if I’m honest, I still get the tiniest bit excited about visiting now. 

On the other hand, the V&A was not a museum that kids get excited about (although, if you do have kids – check out this guide to child-friendly activities in London ) . Full-grown adults will appreciate the vast collection in one of the best museums of art and design in the world.

It’s a museum of superlatives: the finest collection of Italian sculptures outside of Italy, the most Indian art you’ll find outside of India and overall an enchantingly haphazard but impressive collection of arts from the Masters, Islamic art, sculptures, fashion and design clustered under its rather large and impressive roof.

Read Next: Unmissable Sights + Places to Visit in Kensington

5pm – Kensington Palace & Kensington Gardens

Our two days in London are almost over, but not quite. 

There’s still just about time to fit in one more royal palace and park – Kensington Palace and Gardens to be precise. Kensington Gardens is often referred to as the other half of Hyde Park but technically it is separate.

Swing by the Albert Memorial , built in memory of Queen Victoria’s much-beloved husband before popping into Kensington Palace, the official residence of Prince William and Kate Middleton.

You’ll need to be quick, Kensington Palace closes at 6pm. Still, there’s just enough time to see the rather ostentatious King’s State Apartments and their modest counterparts the Queen’s State Apartments (it figures). 

Don’t forget to take a peek at the Royal Albert Hall, which is across the road from the park too. 

7pm – The Churchill Arms

You’ve been haring around tackling the best things to do in London in 2 days and you haven’t been in a pub yet? 

This is a serious wrong that needs to be fixed pronto. 

Luckily, one of the capital’s most charming pubs and photo locations , The Churchill Arms is a quick walk away (15 mins).

Bedecked in a bustle of blooming flowers (try saying that in a hurry), the pub serves an excellent range of ales (so Jon tells me, I’ll stick to the wine thanks) and surprisingly good Thai food.

Settle in with a pint or a large glass of vino and give yourself a big pat on the back. 

You’ve conquered two days in London and the best London itinerary like a pro.

Now it’s time for a rest.

Time for One More? The British Museum

Try as I might, I just couldn’t fit a trip to The British Museum into the itinerary.

I’m sorry guys, I’ve failed you. 

On the plus side, if you have a bit more time, you can schedule a visit in. The galleries stretch over several miles, so wear a comfortable pair of walking shoes and don’t forget your map.

London Trip Planner: Practical Tips and Tricks for Your Two Day London Itinerary

Now you know what to see in London in two days, here are a few tips to help you plan your London trip. 

Should I take the Hop On Hop Off Bus in London for this Itinerary?

I don’t think you need to use the hop-on-hop-off for this London itinerary as we’re mostly walking but whizzing around the city on an open-top double decker with Big Bus Tours can be pretty fun. Book tickets in advance.

Grab a Pass From Go City

If you’re visiting London on a time limit, you’ll want to make sure you hit up all the best sights, squeeze in all the top experiences and get the most out of your trip.

The thing is… There’s so much to do in London it can be hard to get it right. 

That’s where Go City come in. They offer London Passes that mean you can bundle 2 – 7 London activities together, and they cover everything from London Zoo to zipping around the city on a guided bus tour.

Best of all, combining all your experiences into one bundle means savings. And not meagre ones either – we’re talking easily over £50. 

Of course, all that extra cash can then be funnelled straight into exploring London’s fantastic restaurants and traditional pubs…

Book Your Go City Explorer Pass Here

London on a Budget: Money Saving Hacks for Your London Trip

• Walk – despite its big reputation, the centre of London is quite small and very walkable. I think there’s no better way to discover a city than on foot, and it will save on London’s relatively expensive public transport costs.
• Buy a London Pass. The London Pass is a pretty expensive outlay: £69 for one day, £94 for two. But it will save you a lot of money if you plan on following this itinerary. Once you pay for the pass, you get free entry to lots of attractions, including the Tower of London, The View from the Shard, St Paul’s Cathedral and Kensington Palace. You can read my guide to the London Pass for more information .
• Visit lots of museums – most of London’s museums and large galleries are free to enter. There are so many to choose from that you could easily spend your two days in London only visiting museums and only scratch the surface. Read my guide to exploring London for free .
• Eat street food or from markets – London has a buzzing street food scene full of delicious treats at a fraction of the cost of a sit-down meal. Borough Market is the city’s best-known – but there’s something to suit every taste. Other street food hotspots include Boxpark in Shoreditch , Maltby Street Market (Saturdays and Sundays), Flat Iron Square , Leather Lane (day times only) and the Southbank Centre.
• Book in advance – lots of attractions, such as the London Eye offer a discount if you book in advance. It’s an easy way to save some money and skip the lines at the same time.
• Don’t bother with the London pass with the transport option added in: you can either buy an Oyster Card or use a contactless card to pay for transport as you go – it’s capped at £12.50/ £10.70 per day depending on whether you travel peak or off-peak times. So cheaper than the £15 the London Pass whacks on for the transport-inclusive option.
• Check listings to see if there are any free events happening in the evenings. This two day London itinerary leaves you free for the late night. There’s always time to see something else, right? 
• Read my London Travel Tips Guide – 40 insanely practical tips for your trip.

London Transport: How to Get Around

London has an extensive transport system that is easy to use. In central London, the system is formed of trains, buses, the London Underground (the tube), river buses and the Docklands Light Railway (DLR). 

I would recommend purchasing an Oyster Card to pay for your journeys. 

You can also use contactless cards, Apple Pay or Google Pay to pay for trips. Just check ahead that you won’t be charged an additional foreign transaction fee by your card issuer or bank as this will add a lot of unnecessary costs to your trip. 

Moving On: Recommended Day Trips from London 

• Oxford. I may be biased as I went to university in Oxford, but Oxford is one of the UK’s most beautiful cities with a long and fascinating history for you to discover. Clusters of golden sandstone buildings, dreaming spires and bucolic riverside walks await. Read my guide to planning a day trip to Oxford or check out this Oxford and Cotswolds tour . 
• Cambridge. The eternal rivalry lives on: Cambridge is quieter than Oxford but no less idyllic. Meander between university buildings that are centuries old whilst soaking up the atmosphere. Go from King’s Cross or hop on an easy day tour .
• Bath . Bath has been a fashionable go-to destination since the 18th century – it even pops up in a few Jane Austen books! Go to see the Roman ruins, spend some time at the spa and live your best Georgian-era life. Combine Bath with a trip to Stonehenge on this day trip.  
• Brighton. A quintessential British seaside destination, Brighton might not have golden sands (full disclosure: it is a pebble beach) but it is a lively, cool city with a vibrant dining and nightlife scene. Read my guide to the best beaches near London.
• The Cotswolds . Chances are that if you conjure up an image of a traditional British village, it will look a lot like the villages dotted around The Cotswolds. I’ll warn you, they are descended on by hordes of tourists during peak season, it’s up to you to decide whether you want to enter the fray. You’ll need a car, or go with an organised tour.

Don’t Forget to Pack

Much as we like to deny it, it really does rain a fair bit in London. You can step out into the pure and brilliant sunshine and then five minutes later you’re soaked to the skin after the heavens have opened. This is a very long-winded way of saying don’t forget your umbrella .

Comfortable Walking Shoes 

You’re going to be doing a lot of walking. In the winter, nothing says London style like a pair of chic ankle boots. In the summer months, I swear by my Birkenstocks – they’re so comfortable you can walk for miles in them and they’re pretty cool at the same time.

London Travel Guide 

Take your pick from the Lonely Planet , Rough Guide or DK Travel Guide . The Rough Guide is my favourite. 

2 Days in London: Where to Stay

Budget – safestay, holland park.

It might not have the most imaginative name, but this hotel-come- hostel in the leafy area of Holland Park offers excellent value and good transportation links to whizz you into the centre, at a fraction of the cost of most other London hotels. Check prices at Safestay now. 

Mid-Range – K-West Hotel & Spa, Shepherd’s Bush

Ultra-modern rooms and a spa to pamper yourself in at the end of a long day. K-West might be an underground ride away from central London but it offers a high-end stay at mid-range prices, a rarity in a city known for its expensive accommodation. Check prices at K-West now.

Read More: K West Review

Luxury – Henrietta Hotel, Covent Garden

I am a sucker for a gorgeously-decorated boutique hotel, so it was inevitable that I’d love the Henrietta. What’s not to love? Its contemporary-luxe decor is eccentric enough to be interesting, comfortable enough to put you at ease. Add to that a central location and you’re onto a winner. Check prices at The Henrietta now.

Want to know more? Read all of my recommendations and reviews of the best hotels in London

Two Days in London – Itinerary Map

Recommended Reading for Planning Your London Itinerary

I’ve written a host of guides about London (check out the full collection here) but I would particularly recommend reading these before your trip. 

• One Day in London : To help you plan an even shorter trip to the city!
• Five Days in London: In case you decide you want to stay longer.
• Where to Stay in London : An area by area guide of the best areas to stay in London and what to do in each one. 
• The London Sightseeing Guide : a guide to London’s top sights and attractions. Obviously this itinerary is a gentle guide –  see if there’s anything you’d like to swap in or out for your two days in London. 
• London Tourist Map : All of London’s top sights on one handy interactive map. Complete with a printable version.
• Is the London Pass Worth It ? Work out if the London Pass is right for you or whether you should skip. 
• Offbeat Things to do in London : Away from the big sights, these are the cool, quirky and sometimes weird things that London has to offer. 
• Tipping in London : Navigate the murky waters of tipping in the big smoke.
• Day Trips from London : Cool British destinations in easy day trip distance from London. 
• Harry Potter in London : Hunting out Harry Potter filming locations and hotspots. 
• London for Free : 30 brilliant things to do in London that are completely free.
• London at Night : How to see the best of the capital after dark. 
• London’s Best Secret Bars and Speakeasies : For illicit cocktails and cheeky drinks. 
• Solo London : The best things to do in London when you’re flyin’ solo. 

Love this? Save and Share on Pinterest!

Sapal Pastakia

Wednesday 6th of May 2020

The best tour plan of London. Thoroughly enjoyed.

Julianna Barnaby

Tuesday 12th of May 2020

Thank you Sapal - really glad to hear.

Wednesday 26th of February 2020

Thank you so much for putting this outstanding itinerary together. I'll have 2 full days in London on May before leaving on a cruise, and this is exactly what I was looking for. I'm staying in Holborn and from the looks of it, I'll be right in the middle of all of your Google pins! :)

Thursday 27th of February 2020

Hey Mike - Thanks for dropping a comment and your lovely words. It's really appreciated. Holborn is indeed a brilliant location for your stay - have a wonderful trip!

Saturday 25th of January 2020

Thank you for your two days of adventures in London! I’ve visited twice before, but has been a long time passed. Bringing three first time visitors in Sept 2020. This will be a grand plan for us. Wondering about cheapest transportation for 4 and best location to stay to work in the most of this tour. Will cut out museums. Want to tour Buckingham Palace & Tower of London for sure. I will review the additional guides you listed above too. Want to stay in safe area for 4 female tourists. Glad I’m planning early. Thanks for your help! K

Tuesday 28th of January 2020

I'm glad you're planning ahead for your time in London - sounds like it's an exciting trip. Transport-wise, I'd always recommend taking public transport as much as possible. Get an oyster card (or you can use your contactless card - just check your card provider's foreign transaction fees) and then you can top it up and pay for what you use (up to a capped amount). It's hard to say where to stay without having an idea of your budget - places like Soho and Covent Garden are well-located but generally expensive, while areas like Shoreditch and other parts of East London are cheaper but a bit further out. You'll probably find the where to stay in London guide useful as it will give you an idea of what's in each area and pros and cons. https://www.thediscoveriesof.com/best-hotels-in-london/ All the best, Julianna

Saturday 26th of October 2019

We are coming to London with a 20 month old on Dec 1 for 2 days. Any modifications you recommend for the winter/Christmas season? Also, how do you feel about Hamley's (to me it seems like a must-do with an infant). Thoughts? Thank you in advance.

Hey Jason - I've got a piece on cool things to do in London at Christmas here, which you'll probably find helpful. Hamley's is a great stop during the Christmas period, so would totally recommend including it, and also visiting the Christmas lights (the ones on Regent Street have been better than those on Oxford Street in recent years but they're right next to each other so you can easily see both - swing by Carnaby Street for more cool lights in that area too). Have a great time!

This is great!We are going to try your itinerary out next May (2020)! Any modifications you'd suggest if traveling with a 16-year old? It is our first trip to London. Thanks!

Hi Robin, glad to hear you're excited about your London trip. I think that itinerary is fine for a 16 year old overall - you probably want to cut out the cocktails - maybe replace the evening in Soho with dinner and a trip to a West End show but I think you'll all have a great time :)

LET'S GET SOCIAL!

London x London is the insider’s guide to discovering the best of London.

We delve into the cool, interesting and quirky spots that make London such a dynamic city, telling you the best things to do, eat and drink along the way. 

Tired of the same old dull suggestions? Want to know where to find London’s secret bars, tastiest eats and weirdest finds? We provide practical guides that help you do just that.

Find Out More

Recently Published

• Eltham Palace: Discovering South London’s Gorgeous Art Deco Secret
• Staying At: The Laslett, Notting Hill Review
• Carreras Cigarette Factory: A Curious Reminder of London’s Egyptian Art Deco Craze

2 Days in London: Detailed Trip Itinerary, Map & Insider Tips

By Author Jurga

Posted on Last updated: May 2, 2024

Have two days in London and wondering how to best plan your time and make the most of your short visit? In this guide, we share a recommended 2-day London itinerary that covers some of the best London sights and attractions that you absolutely have to see if this is your first time in the city. In addition, we include some hidden gems that will make your visit so much more special. Find out!

Packed to the rafters with unmissable sights, attractions, and general points of interest, you could spend weeks in London and only scratch the surface of what’s available there. I should know! I lived and worked in the Big Smoke for years and still discover new places and hidden gems each time I go back! So planning a comprehensive itinerary for just 2 days in London poses something of a challenge…

With just 48 hours in London, you have to be picky with what you do. Falling foul of FOMO and trying to squeeze too much into your trip is a recipe for trouble! You risk being rushed off your feet, exhausted, and unable to truly enjoy each stop along the way.

So to help you make the most of your two days in London, we put together this itinerary with some insider tips and advice to ensure that you see as much as possible, without going overboard. This guide is written with the help of a fellow travel writer, Danny Newman of  What’s Danny Doing , who lived in London for several years and knows the city really well.

Good to know: At the end of this article, you can find a short overview of this itinerary, a map indicating all the places mentioned in our guide, tips for getting around, and suggestions for the best area to stay for this London itinerary. Read on!

Top 5 Tickets & Experiences to Book in Advance:

• London West End Shows & Musicals .
• Tower of London .
• London Eye .
• Westminster Abbey .
• The View from The Shard .

Please keep in mind that it’s really impossible to see all the best places in London in just two days… So there’s no standard itinerary for 2 days in London or one ‘best’ way to do it. This is just one of the possible options, a good first introduction to the city if you want to see the best of London in two days.

Whether you’re planning a short city getaway, a stopover, or a weekend in London, and no matter if you are visiting London with kids , with a group of friends, or traveling alone , this guide will help you make the most of your time and see most of the ‘musts’ of London in just 2 days. Find out!

Here’s how we recommend spending 2 days in London:

Day 1: London must-sees

On your first day in the UK capital, we recommend taking the chance to see most of the classic London tourist attractions that everyone visiting for the first time shouldn’t miss. Here’s how you could plan your day:

For an amazing way to start the day in London, I suggest taking a leisurely stroll around the famous Hyde Park . The morning’s usually the best time to see it, especially when the weather’s good. With sunshine glazing the greenery and a relative paucity of people, you’ll have some space to relax and ready yourself for the busy schedule ahead.

There are several cafes in the park – mostly around the lake, The Serpentine, where you can get breakfast or some coffee to start your day.

Don’t hang around too long though! Make sure you’ve taken the short walk from Hyde Park and through Green Park to the iconic Buckingham Palace well in time for the 11 am Changing of the Guard ceremony!

Buckingham Palace & Changing of the Guard

The official residence of the King, Buckingham Palace is a must-see in London. Usually, you can only admire this impressive building from the outside, but in late summer – usually from the last week of July to the first week of October – it is also possible to visit inside (you can find more info and tickets for the State Rooms here ). However, with just two days in London, you’ll have to plan your itinerary really well and doing this would mean less time for the other places.

If you enjoy pageantry and tradition, then don’t miss the Changing of the Guard ceremony at Buckingham Palace. Since this is a very popular attraction, be sure to arrive in time so that you can secure a good spot to see everything! This is a free event and you can see it from the street.

Good to know: This ceremony takes place daily at 11 am in June and July, and on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays, and Sundays during the rest of the year. More info here .

TIP: Alternatively, you can also see a similar ceremony at the  Horse Guard Parade . This would be a good option if you want to make the most of your day time-wise. More info below.

If you are not sure where to go, you can also take a Changing of the Guard tour .

St. James’s Park & Horse Guards Parade

After seeing Buckingham Palace, continue on foot through St. James’s Park (another rather lovely royal patch of land!) toward the Horse Guards Parade. The walk through the park is very pleasant and is just about 15 minutes.

Horse Guards Parade is a big parade ground at the Whitehall where The Household Cavalry Museum is located. This is one of the best places to see the famous Horse Guards. And there’s also a daily Changing of the Guard ceremony here at 11 am (at 10 am on Sundays).

TIP: This ceremony is shorter than the one at Buckingham Palace, and it’s also located closer to the other landmarks that you’ll want to see next. So if you want to start your day earlier and make the most of it, you could see Buckingham Palace first and come here for the Change of the Guard. This would give you a bit more time for the other attractions afterward.

10 Downing Street

Just nearby is the famous 10 Downing Street , the official residence of the UK’s Prime Minister.

You won’t be able to get very close to the building since the street   is closed to the public by huge guarded gates. But you can see the famous 10 Downing Street from a distance.

I wouldn’t go out of the way just for this, but it’s such an iconic place in London and you’ll be passing here anyway, so take a peek!

Westminster Abbey

Next, head to the inimitable Westminster Abbey , the site of many of Britain’s most important historic moments.

A gothic building of incredible beauty and scale, Westminster Abbey is a popular venue for royal weddings and coronations. Since 1066, every British monarch has been crowned here. Don’t miss the Coronation chair in St. George’s Chapel !

The Abbey is also the burial site of countless famous British historical figures, including Charles Darwin, Isaac Newton, and David Livingstone, one of the famous explorers , just to name a few…

PRO TIP:  If you want to actually visit Westminster Abbey and not just see it from the outside, be sure to  book your timed-entry tickets in advance .

Good to know: If you visit all the other places mentioned before and want to visit Westminster Abbey inside , you’ll probably not have enough time to get to the Tower of London by the end of the day. So either skip the Changing of the Guard, choose just one of these two places – Westminster Abbey or the Tower of London, or adjust the itinerary in such a way that you visit Westminster Abbey on day 1 and The Tower of London on day 2.

Houses of Parliament & Big Ben

A mere stone’s throw from Westminster Abbey, you’ll find another must-see landmark, the equally impressive Houses of Parliament , aka the Palace of Westminster. This beautiful gothic building sits proudly on the banks of the Thames and makes for a mightily impressive sight.

The Houses of Parliament is home to the British government, where the House of Commons and the House of Lords assemble. Political meetings have taken place here since 1066!

This is also where you’ll find Big Ben , the infamous bell tower that rises like a magnificent ornate monolith and forms part of the Palace of Westminster.

There are tours available to visit the Houses of Parliament, but with so much to see in London and so little time, just take some pictures of these iconic buildings and move on to your next destination. It’s time to cross the river via the famous Westminster Bridge and walk to one of my favorite parts of the entire city, London’s South Bank!

South Bank is one of the liveliest and nicest places in the heart of London. The views are stunning and walking along the South Bank, you can see some of London’s most iconic buildings and cityscapes.

There’s also a lot to do here! From art venues to aquariums and, of course, the famous London Eye, you could easily spend an entire afternoon enjoying all that the South Bank has to offer. But on your first visit and trying to squeeze in as many of the nicest places in a day as possible, we recommend just one activity – London Eye.

London Eye is the highest observation wheel in Europe, offering easy access to some of the nicest views in London . From the top, you’ll get a birds-eye view of central London and all the places you saw up to now – from Hyde Park and Buckingham Palace in the distance to Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament almost at your feet.

PRO TIP:  The London Eye is one of the most popular tourist attractions in London, so be sure to  get timed-entry tickets online in advance . We highly recommend  fast-track tickets  as this can save you several (!) hours. With just two days in London, this is really the best way to do it, especially if you want to see all the other places recommended in this itinerary.

Otherwise, just admire the structure and the views from the ground, and enjoy the views from The Shard at the end of the day (see further below). Of course, you can also do both – the views and the experiences are totally different.

Good to know: There are some nice restaurants and cafes in this area, so it’s a good place for a quick late lunch. You could also take a quick look at The Vaults , one of the hidden gems of London . However, you can’t afford to spend too long embracing the joys of the South Bank. At this point, it should be early afternoon, and you’ve got one more unmissable stop to go to – the Tower of London.

Thames Cruise

Taking a cruise on the Thames River is one of the musts in London. And even though your schedule will be quite full already, you can easily squeeze this into your itinerary because the fastest way to get to the Tower of London from the Westminster area is indeed by boat.

Another option is taking a tube (metro) from Westminster to Tower Hill. But we recommend the boat because it allows you to see more of the city!

TIP: One of the fastest and cheapest ways to get from the Westminster area to the Tower area is by taking this boat cruise from Westminster Pier (the opposite side of the river from the London Eye). Boats run on a regular basis throughout the day. You can get one-way tickets or round-trip, depending on where you have to be in the evening.

This hop-on hop-off cruise also stops at the London Eye Waterloo Pier (so you don’t have to cross the river). If you are thinking of taking the boat both ways anyway, this can be a more convenient option (and you can take advantage of the hop-on-hop-off ticket to see more places along the river after visiting the Tower of London).

Tower of London

Yet another striking and iconic London landmark, the Tower has a central (if grisly) place in the city’s history. This is where Britain’s most infamous prisoners of old were held captive before being publicly executed. But this fortress was also built to show off the power of British royalty and it’s also a royal palace, with luxuriously furnished apartments and staterooms.

The Tower is home to  Crown Jewels  and a vast collection of over thousands of gemstones. In addition, you can meet the Yeoman Guards, aka Beefeaters, who are the ceremonial guards of the Tower.

A truly epic sight to behold, the sense of history here is palpable. A visit here is a great opportunity to learn all about the fortress’s long, tumultuous, and fascinating background, as well as the stories of the people imprisoned there. Along the way, you’ll see the Crown Jewels, the Battlements, the White Tower, and many more.

TIP: The Tower of London is one of the most popular tourist attractions in the city, so be sure to book your tickets online in advance .

These days, you can choose between a ticket that is valid the whole day or a timed-entry ticket, which can save you some time (but you have to get there on time). Also, keep in mind that you need at least 2 hours to see the main sights (3 hours would be better). So ideally, you get here by 3 pm at the latest because the museum usually closes at 6 pm. Or plan to visit first here thing in the morning on your second day in London.

St Dunstan in the East

TIP: If you still have some energy left after visiting the Tower of London, you could take a short detour and see one of the nicest hidden gems of London, St Dunstan in the East .

This impressive church ruin and garden is really picturesque and you won’t believe that such a tranquil place can be found in the heart of London, just a few minutes from the crowded Tower area.

Originally built in the early 12th century, the church was expanded and repaired throughout the centuries until it was seriously damaged by the Great Fire of London in the 17th century and then again during WWII. It was decided not to restore the church, but to protect the ruin as a monument.

It is now a public garden that you can visit free of charge.

Good to know: We indicated this place in our map below, so you can easily find it. Please keep in mind that it’s open until dusk or 7 pm, whichever is earlier. So, depending on the season, it might be difficult to squeeze it into your itinerary if you only have two days in London and want to see as many of the main places as possible. But if you are visiting in summer when the days are longer, you could come here after visiting the Tower of London. It’s definitely worth a detour.

Tower Bridge

Just near the Tower of London, you’ll see Tower Bridge , probably the most recognized bridge in the world. Even if you don’t feel like visiting inside the Tower of London on such a short visit, you definitely have to come to this area for this iconic bridge!

You’ll see it from the boat when you arrive here, and you can also take some nice pictures from the pedestrian waterside promenade. But we highly recommend walking over the bridge as well. It’s such an impressive structure! It’s also possible to visit Tower Bridge inside , but with just two days in the city, the Tower of London is probably worth your time more.

And, by crossing the bridge, you can also see it from the other side of the river where you can find many nice cafes for a drink or restaurants for dinner. In addition, you can see HMS Belfast, a WWII navy ship that now serves as a museum.

Amazing city views from The Shard

Just a short walk from the southern side of Tower Bridge, you’ll find one of the iconic skyscrapers of London, The Shard . The tallest building in the country, the Shard has several viewing platforms with dazzling views of London.

There are two indoor viewing platforms and an open-air sky deck all the way at the top. The 72nd floor of the Shard offers an amazing 360º view over London and up to 64 kilometers (40 miles) around the city. The views here are amazing at any time of the day, at sunset, or even after dark. So this is a great place to end your first day in London.

TIP: In summer, the viewing platform is usually open until 10 pm, and the rest of the year – until 9 pm. But be sure to check this for the most up-to-date info. Also here, you have to book timed-entry tickets in advance .

Good to know: The Shard also has several excellent restaurants, and you can find plenty of dining options nearby.

Day 2: Bustling cool areas & amazing museums

London has a reputation for being an expensive place to both live and travel. And it’s true! From food to accommodation, you can expect to stretch your travel budget during any stay. However, there are also innumerable things to do in London that are 100% free!

So on the second leg of your London 2 day itinerary, you’re going to sample a selection of some of the best free attractions in London…

Here is what your second day could look like:

Trafalgar Square & The National Gallery

Start off day 2 at the famous Trafalgar Square , a bustling heart of London, and one of the must-see landmarks. If you are staying further away, take a metro to Charing Cross in order to get here in the morning.

With Nelson’s Column guarded by four huge bronze lions at the center of the square, grand stone waterfalls on both sides, and the emblematic National Gallery at the rear, Trafalgar Square is quintessential Great Britain. The atmosphere is at odds with the architecture though, and the place heaves with people from all walks of life. Usually, you’ll find lots of talented street performers here, and it’s a nice place to simply sit back, do some people-watching, and soak in the electric atmosphere.

If you feel the need for some peace and quiet, then be sure to step into the National Gallery to wander through silent rooms filled with artistic masterpieces. It’s usually open daily from 10 am and there’s no entry fee, making it one of the best things to do in London for free.

You could spend hours just wandering around this museum, but on such a short visit to the city, you’ll have to make choices. As a minimum, go inside for half an hour or so, even if just to admire the beautiful architecture and see for yourself how amazing this place is.

Leicester Square, Chinatown & Piccadilly Circus

After leaving Trafalgar Square, walk a little way north until you hit another well-known public space, Leicester Square . Crowded and over-priced, it won’t be everyone’s idea of fun. But I still think this lively spot’s worth seeing! Walk around, embrace the busy tourist vibes, and visit one of the cool stores, such as M&M’s London, the LEGO Store, and many others.

Just nearby, you’ll find London’s Chinatown. Don’t miss the impressive Chinatown Gate .

Afterwards head to the nearby Piccadilly Circus , which is sometimes compared to Times Square in New York. It’s a very busy road junction with shops and restaurants and colorful billboards all around you. At its center, you’ll find a bronze  Shaftesbury Memorial Fountain , aka Eros Fountain.

You can spend as little as 20-30 minutes exploring these areas, or a couple of hours, but we recommend not lingering here too much since there’s so much more to see!

Covent Garden

Just next door, you’ll find one of the coolest areas in the center of London, Covent Garden . Not only is it home to some awesome theatrical productions, but there are also exciting street performers to watch, good cafes and restaurants, and cool independent shops to look inside.

Covent Garden Market  is a must, with its 19th-century glass roof and fantastic architecture. Also Covent Garden Infinity Chamber is nice to see.

This is a wonderful place to be at any time of the day, and if you want to watch a musical in London, you’ll want to get back to this area in the evening as well. But it’s also a really good area to come for lunch, with countless good restaurants and cafes. Whether you want to try some traditional British food , get a pizza, or try some of the best curries in town, you’ll find plenty of choices here.

TIP: Check out the colorful little square known as Neal’s Yard . It’s one of the hidden gems of London and a nice place to check out if you are nearby anyway. From here, it’s just 10 minutes walk to your next stop, the British Museum.

British Museum

British Museum is another place that we recommend to anyone visiting London for the first time. Talk about impressive architecture! From the outside, this museum’s huge stone columns are reminiscent of the Parthenon. Walk through the front door, though, and you’re met with this vast, modern, light, and airy space with an eye-catching domed glass ceiling.

It’s like stepping back in time and into the future all at once.

But you don’t come to the British Museum just to gape at the architecture. There are 60 epic galleries in this monumental space, including exhibits on Ancient Greece, Africa, the Americas, the Middle East, and so on. And, of course, don’t miss the Egyptian mummies!

Basically, if you visit just one museum in London, British Museum is the place to go. It’s one of the best museums in the world!

Good to know: Also here, entry is free of charge (although you may have to pay to see certain temporary exhibits). For more information, please see their website . And also here, you could spend days and even weeks and not see everything. But even if you only have an hour or two, it’s well worth it.

The Regent’s Park

After exploring the British Museum for a couple of hours, it’s time to stretch your legs again and take the mile-long walk up and across to the Regent’s Park . A personal favorite, Regent’s Park’s downright gorgeous. Large, circular, and home to an open-air theatre, a glass-clad café, and mile after mile of walking paths, it’s a great green space for chilling out on a sunny day.

Walk, sit, grab a coffee from the café, and relax for a while. On the southern side of the park, you’ll find Madame Tussauds , and on the far north end of the park, you can visit the much-loved ZSL London Zoo . If you still have the energy, you could visit one of the two, but definitely not both. Alternatively, for amazing views over London , you could cross the canal and go up Primrose Hill .

TIP: If you want to get a bit off the beaten path in this part of London, head to Little Venice. From there, you can take a boat on Regent’s Canal to Camden Town , your next destination on this itinerary. On the other hand, if you are already at the northern side of Regent’s Park, Little Venice is really out of the way and it’s much quicker to just walk to Camden (and you can also follow the canal).

Camden Town & Market

Camden Market is the last destination on this 2 day London itinerary and you could spend the entire evening here. If you are walking from Regent’s Park, exit the park on its northeast side and walk a short way down the road to enter the incomparable Camden Town .

With the canal running through its center and countless shops, bars, clubs, and restaurants, Camden is a perfect (more local) place to end your busy day in London. There’s a lot to see and do here, yet I highly recommend starting with the Camden Market (because most stalls will start to close at around 6 PM, whereas restaurants stay open late).

This is a sprawling, eclectic venue with thrift stores, upmarket street food stalls, and independent shops that sell all manner of interesting trinkets. You really won’t want to miss it!

Good to know: Camden Market is open daily, from 10 am to late (see here for more info). So it’s a great place to stay for dinner. The best way to get back to the city center from Camden is by taking the tube, which takes just 15-20 minutes.

LEARN MORE: Best Things to Do in Camden Town Camden Market

Theater / Show

If you want to get the absolute most of your 2-day visit or a weekend in London, you could head back to the city center and watch a show or a performance at one of London’s theaters .

In that case, it’s likely that you’ll have to cut some of the other activities short or skip one museum. Otherwise, your day would be too rushed, but it’s definitely possible.

Most theaters are located near the Covent Garden / Leicester Square area where you started this morning.

Ideally, you book your tickets well in advance , especially if you want to see a specific show and get good seats. Otherwise, you can always try one of the ticket offices near Leicester Square to see if there are any last-minute tickets available (but you would have to do this when you are in this area in the morning and not right before the show).

2 Days in London Itinerary & Map:

• Buckingham Palace & Changing of the Guard.
• St. James’s Park & Horse Guards Parade.
• 10 Downing Street.
• Westminster Abbey (get timed-entry tickets if you want to visit inside).
• Houses of Parliament & Big Ben.
• London Eye ( get (fast-track) tickets in advance !) (+ The Vaults – optional).
• Thames Cruise from Westminster to Tower Bridge ( boat ticket and info ).
• The Tower of London (be sure to book tickets if you want to visit inside!).
• St Dunstan in the East (optional).
• Tower Bridge (get tickets if you want to visit inside!).
• The Shard (also here, you absolutely have to book timed-entry tickets ).
• Trafalgar Square & The National Gallery.
• Leicester Square, Chinatown, Piccadilly Circus.
• Covent Garden.
• British Museum.
• Regent’s Park (optional Madame Tussauds or London Zoo or Little Venice Canal Cruise ).
• Camden Market.
• Theater/ show (optional – see what’s available for your travel dates ).

How to use this map:  Use your computer mouse (or fingers) to zoom in or out. Click on the icons to get more information about each place. Click the arrow on the top left corner for the index. Click the star next to the map’s title to add it to your Google Maps account. To view the saved map on your smartphone or PC, open Google Maps, click the menu and go to ‘Your Places’/’Maps’. If you want to print the map or see it in a bigger window, click on ‘View larger map’ in the top right corner.

Getting around

If you read our 2-day London itinerary carefully, you should have noticed that most of the time we advise walking between the main attractions in London. In some cases – for longer distances – it’s best to take the tube , and sometimes a boat . Either way, be sure to wear comfortable shoes because you’ll be walking a lot!

Walking is really the best way to explore central London. Driving is out of the question and taking a taxi is expensive. Plus, you really don’t want to get stuck in the city’s notorious traffic. Furthermore, most of London’s main attractions in the center are really close to each other. Also, walking from place to place is the best way to soak up London’s unique atmosphere, traverse the age-old streets, and notice the tiny details you might miss otherwise.

And if you don’t want to walk more than necessary, public transport in London is a great alternative (i.e. reliable, efficient, and fairly budget-friendly). Once you’ve mastered it, the extensive metro system (aka “the tube”) will take you all over the city in good time. Otherwise, London’s famous double-decker buses run 24/7 and will take you to most places too (just expect the journey to take longer!).

Good to know: Public transport in London is cashless. You can only pay using a contactless debit card, your smartphone (assuming it has mobile payments setup), or what’s called an “ Oyster Card ”. Alas, this last option has nothing to do with oysters! A credit-card-sized piece of plastic, you buy it from train stations, payment booths in underground stations, etc. and use it as a pre-paid card for getting around.

If you are planning to take the bus and metro instead of walking (or if your accommodation is far away), you can also opt for a 1-day transport card. You pay once, for the entire day, and don’t have to worry about anything.

TIP: If you are not feeling fit enough to walk everywhere and want to make the most of your time in London, you can also opt for hop-on hop-off buses . They have 1, 2, and 3-day tickets, and all tickets include at least one ride on the Thames River cruise.

Where to stay

With transport covered, another most important thing to decide when planning a trip to London is where to stay.

London has thousands of accommodation options for all budgets, and using the tube allows you to quickly cover big distances. Still, if you only have a few days in London and want to make the most of your stay, we highly recommend staying as centrally as possible . This will make your trip so much more enjoyable!

For this itinerary, we recommend staying in the area around Covent Garden/ Trafalgar Square . The location is great for sightseeing, public transport connections are good, and there are many restaurants, cafes, bars, and a big variety of things to do day and night. The majority of London theaters are also located nearby, making it easy to catch a show in the evening.

Here are some of the best hotels in this area:

• £££££ The Savoy (ultimate luxury stay in the world-famous Savoy).
• ££££ St Martins Lane London (an affordable luxury at an amazing location).
• £££ Citadines Trafalgar Square (beautiful modern 4* hotel, one of the top picks in central London).
• ££ The Z Trafalgar (one of the most affordable hotels in this area with tiny, but modern rooms).

If you are looking for a lower budget stay in central London (although ‘budget’ is a relative term in the city center), then take a look at the Waterloo Station area (10 minutes walk to London Eye or Westminster Bridge). It’s one of the few places in the center where you’ll be able to find good quality budget accommodation. Here are two of the best choices in this area:

• £ + Nox Hotel Waterloo .
• £ Point A Hotel London Westminster .

READ ALSO: Where to Stay in London for First Time

Good to know

You won’t be able to visit all the main landmarks of London in two days. However, if you plan well, in 2 days, you can see most of the ‘musts’ of London and also visit a few museums and tourist attractions. Our itinerary above should help you make the most of your short visit.

Ideally, you plan at least 3-4 days in London, plus a few days for the surroundings. This would allow you to explore the main attractions a bit deeper and at a more relaxed pace, and also visit a few interesting places nearby. An ideal first trip to London would be about 5-8 days: 3-4 days for the best of the city, 1 day in Greenwich , and 2-3 days for some of the best day trips from London .

Even though two days will be rushed and you won’t be able to see everything, visiting London for 2 days is absolutely worth it. You’ll be able to see most of the main highlights, visit a few attractions, and get a good idea of what London is like. No doubt, you’ll want to come back for a longer visit! But if two days is all you got, then definitely go. You won’t regret it. In fact, it’s well worth it even if you have only one day in London too!

So, this is our recommended London 2 day itinerary. We hope that it will help you make the most of your trip to London. Of course, you can adjust this to your liking and pick and choose as you see fit, but this gives you an idea of what can be done in two days and how you could best plan your time if you want to see as much as possible.

The good news is that anything you choose to do will be great because London is full of amazing places!

If you have any questions about this itinerary, feel free to leave a reply below, and we’ll try to help. Be sure to also check our other guides to London, especially the one with the tips and tricks for your first visit. See below!

READ ALSO: London Travel Tips for Your First Visit

More travel inspiration & information for your trip to London:

• Must see: Top Things to Do in London
• Short visit: London in One Day
• Views: Best Views & Viewpoints in London
• Off the beaten path: Hidden Gems & Cool Places in London
• Greenwich: Best Things to Do in Greenwich & Tulip Stairs & Painted Hall
• Near London:  Best Day Trips & One Day Tours from London
• With kids:  Best Things to Do in London with Kids &  Family-friendly Afternoon Tea in London
• For The Beatles fans: Liverpool Day Trip from London

More travel inspiration for your trip to the UK:

• What to eat: Best Traditional Dishes to Try in the UK
• Where to go:  Best Cities to Visit in the UK
• Yorkshire:  Yorkshire Day Trips
• Cornwall:  Best Places to Visit in Cornwall  &  Where to Stay in Cornwall
• Liverpool: Best Things to Do in Liverpool & Liverpool Beatles Attractions
• Manchester: Best Things to Do in Manchester & Manchester 1-day Itinerary
• Scotland:   Isle of Skye Itinerary  &  Scotland Whisky Tour
• Edinburgh:  Best Things to Do in Edinburgh  &  One Day in Edinburgh & Tips for Visiting Edinburgh
• Glasgow:  One Day in Glasgow
• Blackpool: Best Things to Do in Blackpool & Blackpool Travel Tips

If you found this post helpful, don’t forget to bookmark it and share it with your friends. Are you on Pinterest? Pin these images!

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Monday 12th of June 2023

Hi Jurga. Loved your itineraries and insights.Big shut out for travel blog. I`ll be visiting the country from July 30 -August 15. Yeah right. Been browsing what to do lol. Your tips and itineraries are really huge help. Just wondering why I can`t copy paste them??? Would really be thrilled if you can guide me on my upcoming trip. Cheers.

Hi Gigi, glad to hear that you find our articles helpful. For a variety of personal and professional reasons, we do not allow copying. But you can always bookmark the articles that you find useful and come back later. And if you absolutely want to have some info on paper, use Ctrl+p, just please consider the environment and only print the pages you absolutely need. Have a great trip!

Thursday 9th of February 2023

I was lost as to how to plan our two day stay in London this summer with four kids;) Thank you for the excellent article. This sounds doable for our family & I know where to start and go on now. Much love:)

Friday 10th of February 2023

Glad to help, Madiha. Have a great time in London!

Dr Muhammad Ishaque

Monday 30th of January 2023

Very comprehensive Very helpful article

Wednesday 1st of February 2023

Happy to help. Have a great time in London!

Sunday 3rd of July 2022

Thanks for the amazing itinerary!

Monday 4th of July 2022

Glad you found this useful. Have a great trip!

London, England   Travel Guide

Courtesy of Doug Armand | Getty Images

2-days Itinerary in London, England

• 2-Day Itinerary
• All Things To Do
• 1-Day Itinerary
• 3-Day Itinerary

Hyde Park & Kensington Gardens Hyde Park & Kensington Gardens free

U.S. News Insider Tip: A short stroll from Hyde Park Corner will take you to The Grenadier – a tiny pub hidden down a cobbled alley. It opened in 1818 as an officers' mess and now serves beers and classic pub fare in atmospheric, wood-strewn surroundings. – Laura French

Just north of the Royal Albert Hall and northwest of Buckingham Palace  sit Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens: a stretch of green bisected by West Carriage Drive. Hyde Park was once the recreational stomping grounds for King Henry VIII, but now this 350-acre swath of land is open to the public and a must-visit for travelers looking for a relaxing moment away from the city's hustle and bustle. Among Hyde Park's meandering foot and bike paths and flourishing flora and fauna, you'll find a few standout attractions that are worth exploring. Watch the swans and boats glide over the serene Serpentine Lake (or rent a vessel yourself), visit the Diana, Princess of Wales Memorial Fountain or stop by the Speakers' Corner, a site for public speeches and debates since the 19th century (previously used by George Orwell and Vladimir Lenin, among others). For the sporting set, Hyde Park has tennis courts, football pitches (remember: football means soccer here) and a horse-riding arena.  

Buckingham Palace Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace, King Charles III's London home, is open for touring (except for the king's private quarters, of course) from July to October. On the tour, you'll have access to the 19 State Rooms where the king and members of the royal family host guests for state, ceremonial and official affairs. Opulently accented with chandeliers, candelabras, paintings by Van Dyck and Canaletto, and exquisite English and French furniture, these rooms display some of the most magnificent pieces from the Royal Collection. Along with the grand interiors, the State Rooms, where kings and queens have entertained guests on both official and ceremonial occasions, are also a witness to history. Those who followed the wedding of Prince William and Kate Middleton closely will recognize the Throne Room, which served as the backdrop for the pair's official wedding photographs.

For tours in the summer, recent travelers suggested taking advantage of the multimedia guide (included with admission and available in multiple languages), so that you hear a detailed history of each room at your own pace. The palace advises you set aside at least two hours to see the State Rooms (and that you wear comfortable shoes), while recent travelers advised that you use the facilities prior to the start of the tour; there are no public restrooms available until you reach the garden. Except in the Garden Café, no food or drinks (except bottled water) are permitted in the palace.

Westminster Abbey Westminster Abbey

This medieval church, graced by many royal weddings and coronations, offers a magnificent peek at London's far-reaching history. Westminster Abbey is generally busy – and the staff keeps you moving at a pretty swift pace – so do a little research ahead of time to avoid missing your personal must-sees. For instance, if you're a bibliophile, consider a visit to the Poets' Corner. This is the final resting place of famed authors Geoffrey Chaucer, Charles Dickens and Rudyard Kipling, among others. If you're fascinated by all the intrigue surrounding the British royalty, you might like to visit the shared tomb of enemies and half sisters Elizabeth I and Mary Tudor.

If you prefer to see the abbey at your own pace, but still want a little guidance on the history you're encountering, take advantage of the multimedia guides, which are included in the price of admission and available in 14 languages. Alternatively, you can take a guided tour (led by the abbey's vergers) and see special places inaccessible to the public, including the tomb containing Saint Edward the Confessor. If you decide to take this tour, you'll pay 10 pounds (around $14) on top of the general admission price.

National Gallery National Gallery free

Sitting in Trafalgar Square, London's National Gallery features a labyrinth interior so large that it requires a color-coded map to navigate. The museum features paintings in the Western European tradition from the 13th to early 20th centuries, including Italian Renaissance masterpieces and French Impressionist works. Among its 2,300 in-house pieces, visitors will find famed paintings, such as Botticelli's "Venus and Mars," Rembrandt’s “Self Portrait at the Age of 34” and Van Gogh's "Sunflowers." 

Recent visitors loved the variety of paintings at the National Gallery, saying that travelers may need more than a day to get a glimpse at all the masterpieces that grace its never-ending halls. They also commend the gallery's cafe.

Piccadilly Circus Piccadilly Circus free

U.S. News Insider Tip: Wander over to nearby Chinatown to sample its slew of Asian restaurants and bubble tea shops, and continue on into Soho for some of the city's best LGBT-friendly bars. – Laura French

Regularly compared to  New York 's  Times Square , Piccadilly Circus is the meeting place of five busy roads and is the center of London's hustle and bustle. Whether it's people on their way to work in the morning, shoppers en route to the chain store-lined Oxford Street (just a few blocks north) or lively club and bar hoppers passing through at night, Piccadilly is always thrumming with activity. 

British Museum British Museum free

The British Museum is both an architectural beauty and a trove of some of the world's most noted antiquities. In fact, many travelers say it's the best museum in all of London. What's more, it's free to visit. From the Rosetta Stone to the Parthenon Sculptures to Mesopotamian objects, the British Museum is a history buff's dream containing artifacts in the millions. The immense collection can make an initial museum visit seem overwhelming: Pick the exhibits that most interest you, and plan return trips if you feel so inclined.

If you want a little help navigating the museum's exhibits – the approximately 80,000 objects on display out of its collection totaling 8 million items – consider tagging along on a guided tour. Several, including the daily eye-opener tours and the LBGTQ-themed "Desire, Love, Identity" tour and Friday evening spotlight tours are free. You can also book an "Around the World in 60 Minutes" tour for 14 pounds (around $20). Audio guides, which cost 7 pounds (about $10), are also available to rent daily.

St. Paul's Cathedral St. Paul's Cathedral

St. Paul's Cathedral is arguably the second must-see church in London (the first, of course, being Westminster Abbey ). With its imposing dome – one of the largest in the world – St. Paul's forms a predominant spot along London's skyline. It's also a survivor: Although an older incarnation burnt during the Great Fire of London in 1666, the current dome (designed by Sir Christopher Wren and officially completed in 1711) survived numerous World War II bombings.

To make the most of your visit, reviewers highly recommended climbing to the top of the dome to the Golden Gallery. You'll have to hike up 528 steps, but after catching your breath you'll enjoy far-reaching views of the River Thames, the  Tate Modern , and Shakespeare's Globe . And once you've seen the top, head below ground to the crypt (the largest in Europe), where the tombs of notable figures such as Lord Nelson and the Duke of Wellington as well as Wren are housed. Though some reviewers are put off by the pricey admission, most agree that a peek inside is well worth the extra coin.

Tower of London Tower of London

Although its exterior might be grim and even unimpressive (especially when compared to stately  Buckingham Palace ), the Tower of London's interior is always bustling with activity. Despite its name, the large complex has a long history as a palace, a fortress and a prison. Each exhibition and activity here explores this history.

If you're enchanted with the monarchy, don't miss the famous crown jewels exhibition. Among the items you'll see is the Imperial State Crown – which is still worn by the queen for each State Opening of Parliament – and the Sovereign's Sceptre with Cross. In 2020, Prince of Wales' Investiture Coronet joined the display in the Jewel House. For an oral history, take an entertaining tour led by the Yeoman Warders (tower guards). During the hourlong excursion (included in your admission ticket), the guards will regale you with tales of the tower's bloody past. The White Tower is one of the world's most famous castles and a recognizable London landmark. Inside, you'll find the 350-year-old exhibition, "Line of Kings," which includes suits of armor worn by Henry VIII, Charles I, and James II. Keep an eye out for the Tower's famous ravens, who are said to guard the structure.

Tower Bridge Tower Bridge free

Along with Parliament and Big Ben, Tower Bridge is London's next must-see architectural marvel, not to mention the most famous bridge that crosses the Thames. Construction on the bridge started in 1886, which means it's practically modern by London standards, but Tower Bridge stands out for its stunning detail and moveable roadways that lift up when large ships need to pass through. The views from the bridge are an added bonus. From the elevated sidewalks visitors get a prime view of the  Tower of London ,  St. Paul's Cathedral's iconic dome, the London Eye and The Monument.

If you're interested in viewing the city from a higher vantage point (about 137 feet above the Thames), consider a visit inside Tower Bridge, during which you go to the top of the bridge – equipped with a glass floor – as well as to the bottom to the engine rooms. However, recent visitors say that those who are afraid of heights might want to forgo walking across the glass floor.

Popular Tours

Stonehenge, Windsor Castle, and Bath from London

(12257 reviews)

from $ 126.55

Stonehenge, Windsor Castle and Bath with Pub Lunch in Lacock

(4984 reviews)

Harry Potter Tour of Warner Bros. Studio with Luxury Transport from London

(2648 reviews)

from $ 164.90

Explore More of London, England

Best Hotels

When To Visit

If you make a purchase from our site, we may earn a commission. This does not affect the quality or independence of our editorial content.

Recommended

The 18 Best Napa Valley Wineries to Visit in 2024

Lyn Mettler|Sharael Kolberg April 23, 2024

The 25 Best Beaches on the East Coast for 2024

Timothy J. Forster|Sharael Kolberg April 19, 2024

The 50 Best Hotels in the USA 2024

Christina Maggitas February 6, 2024

The 32 Most Famous Landmarks in the World

Gwen Pratesi|Timothy J. Forster February 1, 2024

9 Top All-Inclusive Resorts in Florida for 2024

Gwen Pratesi|Amanda Norcross January 5, 2024

24 Top All-Inclusive Resorts in the U.S. for 2024

Erin Evans January 4, 2024

26 Top Adults-Only All-Inclusive Resorts for 2024

Zach Watson December 28, 2023

Solo Vacations: The 36 Best Places to Travel Alone in 2024

Lyn Mettler|Erin Vasta December 22, 2023

26 Cheap Beach Vacations for Travelers on a Budget

Kyle McCarthy|Sharael Kolberg December 4, 2023

The 50 Most Beautiful White Sand Beaches in the World

Holly Johnson December 1, 2023

2 Days in London: A London Itinerary for First Timers [2024]

By: Author Stefania Guglielmi

Posted on Last updated: February 17, 2024

Categories Europe , United Kingdom

Only 2 days in London? No worries: this London itinerary will guide you through the best things to do in London for first timers and what to see in London in 2 days.

London is a huge city and for sure there’s a lot to see and do. Visiting most of the famous places in London in two days can be a heck of a task… ever heard of FOMO?

However, if you’re worried about what to do in London with only 2 days, stop looking frantically at Google Maps and leave the anxiety behind you . I’ve lived in London for a few months and visited the city probably another 10 times, and I’m here to help you out.

In this London travel blog, I’ve created the perfect London itinerary for first timers , with exact timings, opening times, tube stops, and all you need to make the most of your 2 days in London.

It’s a very packed itinerary made for those who want to cram as much as possible in two days in London . Obviously, feel free to skip any attractions. On your first time in London, follow this weekend in London itinerary, which might possibly be the best London itinerary ever – not biased at all!

Table of Contents

Day 1 | The Essentials: London Museums, Hyde Park, Oxford Street, Buckingham Palace & Big Ben among others

8.30 am: a morning walk at hyde park.

Hyde Park is probably the most famous park in London, and the largest one of the 9 royal parks .  It’s divided in two by Serpentine Lake, where in the summer you can rent a boat or take a little ferry trip.

This park is also famous for its Speaker’s Corner , where anyone has the freedom to stand and start talking about any topic to the people passing by, the regular events and concerts hosted here, and the fact that it’s so big that it’s easy to forget you are still in the middle of London, one of the biggest cities in the world, and not in the countryside somewhere.

Hyde Park makes for the perfect morning walk at any time of the year. In the summer, where you can enjoy the sun and maybe a breakfast picnic, in the spring with the flowers blooming, and in the fall with the fantastic foliage colors. In the winter, it becomes even more magical when it hosts the  Hyde Park Winter Wonderland fair . 

READ ALSO : 14 Magical Things to do in London in Winter and Autumn

Walk all the way toward Hyde Park Corner: from there, it’s an 11-minute walk to Buckingham Palace .

Closest Tube Stations to Hyde Park : Knightsbridge, Lancaster Gate, Marble Arch, Hyde Park Corner

10.30 AM: BUCKINGHAM PALACE & CHANGING THE GUARD CEREMONY

Buckingham Palace is the official residence of the Queen , and it’s popular for the Changing the Guard ceremony, one of the best things to see in London, England, in 2 days.

This pompous ceremony happens at 10.45 on   Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays, and Sundays, weather permitting, and it lasts about 45 minutes. It’s free to watch (there are many locations to check out for free sightseeing in London, as you’ll see throughout this post); make sure you arrive earlier to secure a good spot to watch the ceremony.

Closest Tube Station: St. James Park, Victoria

Right next to Buckingham Palace you find St. James’ Park , which is also a very nice park for a walk… and you can even find pelicans here!

Head then to Westminster Abbey , which is only 14 minutes away by walking.

12 PM: WESTMINSTER ABBEY, HOUSES OF PARLIAMENT, BIG BEN

This London two day itinerary can’t miss to include the iconic Houses of Parliament and Big Ben , cause what a trip to London would be without those?

Westminster Abbey Westminster Abbey is a place which touched the lives of many kings and queens. It has been the Coronation Church since 1066 and is currently the resting place for nearly 3,000 Great Britons.

Houses of Parliament and Big Ben The Houses of Parliament and Elizabeth Tower, commonly known as Big Ben, is probably the most iconic landmark among the London attractions. The massive clock of the tower always remains as the center of attention: Big Ben definitely knows how to be a crowd puller!

You could potentially visit both Westminster Abbey and the Houses of Parliament . However, since your time in London is limited, I’d skip visiting the interiors and limit yourself to taking a few pictures from the outside.

➤ If you’re really interested in a guided tour, though, I can suggest one. This London Tour Itinerary includes Westminster Abbey + has the option of adding a visit to the Houses of Parliament. ➥ BOOK IT HERE

Closest Tube Station : Westminster

Stop for lunch somewhere around here, or head to the next destination. All the museums have nice cafes where you can stop for a quick lunch, or if you are heading to the Tate Modern you can stop at Borough Market , a great food market that is just a 10-minute walk away from the museum.

2 PM: THE BEST MUSEUMS IN LONDON

London boasts many, many, maaany museums. You’d need weeks to see them all, but if you’re wondering what to visit in London in 2 days only, here I have listed three of them that in my opinion are a must visit .

If you are spending two days in London on a budget, I have good news: many museums are free! Pick the one that suits your interests and spend a couple of hours exploring history, art, or science.

British Museum

It’s impossible you’ve never heard of the British Museum . From the Rosetta Stone to the Parthenon Marbles to the Lindow Man mummy and Egyptian mummies, this museum has so much to offer to its visitors.

You could easily spend a whole day here, or even more! But you only have a couple of hours, so try and decide in advance what you really want to see .

➤ If you’re interested in joining a guided tour, check out this affordable  London British Museum Skip-the-line Guided Tour , that will bring you through the highlights of the museum in just 2 hours. ➥ BOOK IT HERE

➤ Children get easily bored at museums, but they won’t if you choose this  Private Family and Children British Museum Tour , a customized tour led by a special children’s guide. ➥ BOOK IT HERE

➤ One last idea for your afternoon at the museum: have a very traditional  Afternoon Tea at the British Museum  to end your visit with tea and scones. ➥ BOOK IT HERE

British Museum Opening Hours : 10 AM to 5 PM, Fridays 10 AM to 8.30 PM Admission : Free Closest Tube Stations : Tottenham Court Road, Holborn

Natural History Museum

Located in Kensington,  the  Natural History Museum  boasts a fantastic collection of natural specimens, which include 70 million different plants, fossil, animal and rock finds. Here you’ll find anything from a room where you can literally experience an earthquake to entire dinosaur skeletons. Kids and adults both will remain fascinated.

Natural History Museum opening hours : 10 AM to 5.50 PM Admission : Free Closest Tube Stations : South Kensington and Gloucester Road

The Tate Modern

Are you an art lover? Then you can’t miss the  Tate Modern . Located off the South Bank of the Thames, this museum houses a collection of international, British, and contemporary art, and exhibits 70,000 artworks . Here you’ll find paintings by Dali and Picasso, and many other famous artists.

Tate Modern Opening Hours : Daily from 10 AM to 6 PM Admission : Free Closest Tube Station : Southwark

5 PM​: OXFORD STREET & PICCADILLY CIRCUS

London is one of the shopping capitals of the world! Unless you are looking for fancy boutiques (in that case Regent Street is for you), head towards Oxford Street , where you’ll be able to find stores of all the major brands. My favorites? Definitely Topshop and Primark!

Oxford Street is always noisy and crowded, but that’s what makes Oxford Street special. All sorts of people walking around, all kinds of shops, eateries. Gotta love the vibe .

Closest Tube Stations to Oxford Street :   Oxford Street, Marble Arch, Oxford Circus

Then walk down to Piccadilly Circus , with its giant billboard and more shops such as M&M’s World (that sells over 100 types of m&m’s) and Waterstones, the largest bookstore in Europe.

Piccadilly Circus probably looks more impressive with all its lights after dark, but it’s always exciting and extremely busy . 

BONUS TIP: Close to Piccadilly Circus is also Covent Garden , a vibrant district that once was the main vegetable market in London, and has now become a hot spot for shopping at independent boutiques, amazing restaurants, and cake and tea stalls. If you have some extra time, don’t miss it.

7 PM: DINNER TIME

In this area of London, you really have unlimited choices when it comes to eating out. 

If all you want is a quick but healthy dinner, stop by my favorite grocery store ever:  Whole Foods Market.  

Whole Foods has so many fantastic choices when it comes to healthy groceries, but this one near Piccadilly Circus also has a cafe where you can have delicious soups , plates , and salads . Almost everything is organic and there are many vegetarian options available. A great spot for a quick and healthy meal!

Whole Foods Address : 20 Glasshouse St, Soho

Whole Foods Opening Hours :  Mondays through Fridays 09:00-21:00, Saturdays 09:00-22:00, Sunday 12:00-18:00 Closest Tube Station : Piccadilly Circus

Another of my favorite places in Soho is  The Breakfast Club .

This is not just a breakfast place, although if you want to have pancakes or waffle benedicts for dinner, here you can! Or you can opt for more classic choices such as burgers and amazing fried chicken & waffles. This is one of the very few remaining places in London where you can bring your own booze after 5 PM . There is a corkage fee of £5 and you’re all set.

The Breakfast Club Address : 33 D’Arblay Street W1F 8EU

The Breakfast Club Opening Hours :  Mondays through Fridays 07:30-22:00, Saturdays 08:00-22:00, Sunday 08:00-19:00 Closest Tube Station :  Oxford Circus & Tottenham Court Road 

9 PM: EXPLORE SOHO BY NIGHT

Soho is often considered the entertainment center of London . It has quite a kinky vibe, with plenty of sex shops, LGBT bars, and burlesque shows, but there is really something for everyone in Soho.

For your night out in Soho, check out: ▶ 68 and Boston [ 4-5 Greek St, Soho, W1D 4DD ], where a bottle of anything costs £20 so you can finally choose what you really like instead of what you can afford; ▶ The Pink Chihuahua at El Camion [25-27 Brewer St, W1F 0RR] , where you’ll find 300 types of tequila and tons of dance excitement; ▶ Tea Room below Bun House [ 24 Greek St, Soho, W1D 4DZ], which is the right place if you like some weirdness and a seedy vibe mixed with drinks made with imported Chinese spirits you’ve never heard of.

Closest Tube Station:  Piccadilly Circus, Leicester Square, Oxford Circus, Tottenham Court Road

OR: DANCE THE NIGHT AWAY IN CAMDEN

Located in Camden, KOKO is an old theater that was converted into a club . The venue is spectacular and the music is not the same commercial one you hear in most clubs.

KOKO is big on rock and indie music and famous bands play here often. A good place to dance your Friday or Saturday night away, to be added to your list of things to do in London in two days.

Address : 1A Camden High St, NW1 7JE

Closest Tube Station: Mornington Crescent

CHECK OUT THE BEST PRICES FOR HOTELS IN LONDON

Day 2 | History, Street Art, and Hipster Bars

8 am: the colorful houses of notting hills.

If you have more time, in Notting Hills there’s also one of my favorite unusual spots in London: the Museum of Brands, Packaging, and Advertising , that gives you a real insight into the history of Great Britain through cans and boxes.

READ ALSO : 16 Best Unusual Things to Do in London

Daylesford Organic Address : 208-212 Westbourne Grove 

Closest Tube Station to Notting Hill: Notting Hill Gate, Queensway, Bayswater

11.00 AM : THE LONDON EYE & A LUNCH CRUISE ON THE THAMES 

Your London sightseeing route then brings you to the opposite side of the river.

Looking for some breathtaking views of the city? Then you need to hop on the London Eye and hang 443 feet over London . Even on a quick visit to London, it’s something not to be missed.

The ticket isn’t cheap starting at around $30, but those views make the price tag worth it. Make sure you book your tickets in advance – on the same day, tickets are considerably more expensive. ➥ BOOK IT HERE

Closest Tube Station :  Waterloo & Westminster (across the bridge) London Eye Opening Hours :  Mondays through Fridays 11:00-18:00, Saturdays & Sundays 10:00-20:30

TIP TIME : If you’re planning to include Westminster Abbey, a Thames River Cruise, and other famous attractions in your London trip itinerary, it makes sense to buy a 2 Day London Pass with Free Entry to 60 attractions  that will help you save money and will give you fast-track entrance on top. ➥ BUY IT HERE

If you’re wondering what to see in London in two days without missing something, I truly recommend taking a Thames River Cruise afterward.

As touristy as it may sound, when you have limited time to visit London, this is a wonderful way to sail past and see all of London’s major landmarks , with a live commentary that explains what is what. I’ve done it on my first visit to London and thought it was great!

➤ You can obviously take a classic river cruise , but given the time of the day, I suggest a river cruise with lunch, which includes a 2-course lunch. ➥ BOOK IT HERE

3 PM: SHOREDITCH & BRICK LANE FOR HIPSTER CAFES, VINTAGE MARKETS & STREET ART

East London is a very interesting area, where hipster restaurants and trendy bars and cafes mix with the English traditional pubs , a ton of colorful street art, and multicultural neighborhoods where you can find the best ethnic food. Maybe it doesn’t immediately come to mind when wondering what to do in London  for 2 days.

But can I say it? I prefer this area much more than the center with the shopping streets and all the tourists, and to me, it’s one of the best places to visit in London in 2 days . I think you’d miss the authentic side of London if you left without visiting, so I had to include it in this London itinerary blog.

I adore Brick Lane Market , where on Sunday you can find vintage clothing, hipster gadgets, and food from all over the world… and some fun events going on from time to time.

Even when the famous market isn’t in place, Brick Lane with its shops and cafes and that area of East London in general  is always worth a stroll any time of the week . East London is lively and very young…and you can take the best Instagram pictures!

Closest Tube Station to Brick Lane:  Shoreditch High Street, Aldgate East

Then it’s time for Shoreditch , home to the best street art in London and a real concentration of hipster cafes. I have a thing for Shoreditch. The vibes are so young and lively, the crowd so diverse, and the walls oh so colorful . It’s just a perfect place to stroll around without a real plan.

If you have time, it’s super interesting to join a street art tour around here.

➤ The Alternative London 2-Hour Street Art Walking Tour , that walks you around the best graffiti and street art in the area. ➥ BOOK IT HERE

➤ The London Street Art and the East End Guided Walking Tour , which also includes a visit to the Spitalfields Market and Banksi’s graffiti ➥ BOOK IT HERE

Another idea if you have extra time: you can also take a tour guided by a homeless or ex-homeless person in Shoreditch . I’ve taken the tour personally and can only recommend it. A unique inside view of the neighborhood and the social reality of London.

FULL BLOG POST:   Unseen Tours: Exploring London with the Homeless  

7 PM: DINNER & COCKTAILS IN SHOREDITCH

Don’t leave the area when it gets dark. Shoreditch is also a perfect area to have a cocktail or two and some dinner. Here are some cocktail spots that you should definitely give a try. 

Happiness Forgets [8-9 Hoxton Square]:  A sensual vibe and candle-lit atmosphere, perfect for couples on a date.  Very original cocktails.

TT Liquor [17B Kingsland Rd]:  When it comes to speakeasy-style bars in London, TT Liquor is one of the best. Find the bar tucked away behind the liquor shop and its wood panel, and have some original, lip-smacking cocktails. 

Ballie Ballerson [97-113 Curtain Rd]:  Ever dreamt of rolling around a ball pit as an adult? I certainly have, and Ballie Ballerson, the one and only ball pit bar in London, is a must-try. With over 1 million balls & cocktails, it’s a great place to have a fun night out with friends.

➤ Alternatively, you can always join a pub crawl through at least 5 Shoreditch venues that’ll be great to meet other young people. ➥ CHECK IT OUT HERE

Closest Tube Station to Shoreditch: Old Street

Other Cool Places to Visit in London in 2 Days

We all have different interests and might not agree on the best things to do in London in 2 days. These below are more London sights and attractions you can add to your itinerary for London, England.

Tower of London

The Tower of London is an icon in London . It’s a UNESCO World Heritage Site filled with 1,000 years of history, and one of the best things to see in London in 2 days.

This landmark has served as a royal palace , fortress , political prison , royal mint , and a public records office . Walking through its grounds and the interior of the historic castle feels like being warped back in time. The rooms with the Crown Jewels are incredible, but even more the rooms that feature the machines that were used to torture and behead prisoners. Really scary!

If you come at opening time (especially outside of summer), it’ll be a nicer experience as there won’t be many people around.

➤ If you want to make sure to escape the crowds, check out this Tower of London and Tower Bridge VIP Early Access Tour , which gives you access to the Crown jewels and the castle before the crowds arrive . ➥ BOOK IT HERE

Tower of London Opening Hours : Tuesday to Saturday 9 AM to 5.30 PM, Sunday & Monday 10 AM to 5.30 PM. In winter it closes at 4.30 PM Admission : £29.90 for adults or £14.90 for children aged 5-11. With this ticket, you can get access to the Crown Jewels, iconic Yeoman Warder tours, and all public areas. C losest Tube Station : Tower Hill

➤ The Tower of London is also included in the London Pass.

Tower Bridge and Tower Bridge Exhibition

The Tower Bridge is another iconic landmark and tourist attraction. It has become somewhat of a symbol of London. It’s a 42-meter high bridge walkway that offers great views of the city . Aside from marveling at the architecture of the suspension bridge, the Tower Bridge Exhibition is another main reason to visit.

The exhibit area is located within the bridge’s twin towers. There are photos and videos, along with interactive displays that are found in the exhibit.

Tower Bridge Opening Hours : 9.30 AM to 6 PM every day. Admission : £10.60 or £5.30 for children Closest Tube Stations : London Bridge or Tower Hill

➤ The Tower Bridge Exhibition is also included in the London Pass.

The View from the Shard

The View from the Shard is a fairly new attraction to check out in London. It’s an observation deck that offers some of the best 360-degree views of London. Since it is one of the tallest structures in the city, there are no obstructions to your view. It is 244 meters high and is known as the UK’s first vertical city .

For the bravest ones, there’s even an external panoramic deck, the highest in Western Europe! The views from here are guaranteed.

➤ This attraction has become very popular, and the queues can be long. You can buy your ticket in advance , and even add a glass of champagne for an additional cost. Anybody said a drink with a view? ➥ BUY YOUR TICKET HERE

The View from The Shard Opening Hours : S undays to Tuesdays from 10 AM to 8 PM; Thursdays to Saturdays from 10 AM to 10 PM. Times vary from summer/winter or in special occasions. Admission : t icket price for adults is £32 and £19.95 for children (15 years old and below). Closest Tube Station : London Bridge

➤ The View from the Shard is also included in the London Pass.

Kensington Palace

Kensington Palace is another must-see attraction in London. It’s a royal residence set in the Kensington Gardens within the Royal Borough of Chelsea and Kensington, and has served as the residence of the British Royal Family since the 1600s . It’s also the official home of the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge, along with their children.

There are several rooms in the palace that are open to the public and can be visited for a fee, while the gardens are free to visit .

Kensington Palace Opening Hours : 10 AM to 6 PM every day Admission : £20 for adults and £10 for children Closest Tube Station : Queensway

➤ Kensington Palace is also included in the London Pass.

If you like shopping, Harrods Department Store is one of those attractions you shouldn’t miss. One of the most famous department stores in the world, Harrods is where you’ll find luxury and designer clothing and merchandise.

One of the best things to do in Harrods is to explore the Food Hall on the ground floor , where you can sample a wide range of fine delicacies. Aside from the food halls, the Egyptian Escalator is another major attraction inside this department store. It is located right in the middle of the store and connects all seven floors. It is constructed in Egyptian style with wall reliefs, sculptures, and columns.

And if you love to shop, you will be spoiled for options when you explore the Harrods gift shop , as well as the fine jewelry and superbrands department (wherein you can find many designer brands).

Harrods Opening Hours : Monday to Saturday from 10 AM to 9 PM, Sunday from 11.30 AM to 6 PM Admission : Free Closest Tube Station : Knightsbridge Station

Saint Paul’s Cathedral

The St. Paul’s Cathedral is recognized as a powerful symbol of London’s splendor. It is a breathtaking work of architecture that was constructed in 1675, and it features a Renaissance and English Baroque architecture style.

This is one of few churches in London to have survived more than three centuries ; it has been destroyed four times and has been reconstructed every single time. The latest version is the work of Christopher Wren. 

St. Paul’s Cathedral Opening Hours : Monday to Saturday 8.30 AM to 4.30 PM. Admission : £20 for adults, £8.50 for children. Closest Tube Station : St. Paul’s Station.

V&A Museum

The Victoria & Albert Museum is one of the most famous museums in the world exhibiting art and design works. The museum is home to over 2.2 million items on display across its 145 galleries. Among the objects on display are decorative arts, sculpture, textiles, costumes, ceramics, glass, furniture, and more.

The V&A Museum is located in Cromwell Road, Knightsbridge, London. Admission to this museum is free but there are some exhibits that might have a separate charge.

V&A Museum Opening Hours : 10 AM to 5.45 PM every day except on Fridays, open 10 AM to 10 PM. Admission : Free. Closest Tube Station : South Kensington station.

Explore the highest public garden in London , one of my favorite things to do in London in two days. The Sky Garden is another must-see attraction if you want to be treated to fantastic views of the London skyline. It’s the best destination for those who want free but beautiful views of the British capital .

The viewing deck is located on the 43rd floor and within a foliage-filled atrium. With the floor-to-ceiling glass windows, this lush urban jungle is the perfect backdrop so you can relish some of the best city views you can lay your eyes on.

Access is free , but you need to book in advance your slot because space is limited.

Sky Garden Opening Hours : Monday to Friday from 10 AM to 6 PM, and on weekends 11 AM to 9 PM Admission : Free Closest Tube Station : Monument

Day Trips from London

Are you looking for a day trip destination from London? These are the best places to go to.

The Cotswolds

The Cotswolds is home to some of the prettiest villages in England. Located in the counties of Gloucestershire and Oxfordshire, this rural part of London is known for its rolling hills, medieval villages, and yellow limestone houses.

Its sheer natural beauty is part of the reason why it was recognized as an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB) . There are many picturesque villages to see in the Cotswolds including Bourton on Water, Burford, Castle Combe, and more.

READ ALSO : The Cotswolds: Best Places To Visit + a 3-Day Itinerary

Brighton is one of the most popular seaside towns in England. It makes for a perfect day trip destination from London as it is only about 2 hours away. It’s a stylish and full of fun town that offers plenty of opportunities for those who come and visit. Among the notable sights and attractions to explore on your visit include the Royal Pavilion , Brighton Palace Pier , and the SEA LIFE Brighton .

The identity of Oxford as a city is closely tied to the prestigious university that was established in the 12th century. Its identity as a university city is undeniable. In fact, there are 38 colleges located within the city and each one of them offers a unique architectural beauty. Most of these colleges are located within the medieval center, which has earned the nickname “City of Dreaming Spires”.

But Oxford is more than just that . Go on a tour through Harry Potter filming locations, have a pint at one of the many traditional pubs, or explore museums and botanic gardens. Or just walk around Oxford’s super charming streets!

If you like ancient history and mysteries, you need to visit Stonehenge . This is a prehistoric monument located in Wiltshire, England. Stonehenge was built 5000 years ago and consists of standing stones that are formed into a ring; each of the standing stones is at 4.1 meters high. To this day, the real purpose of why this historical monument was built remains a mystery.

Stonehenge Opening Hours : 9.30 AM to 7 PM every day. Admission : £17.50 for advanced booking or £19.50 for walk-ins. For children it’s £10.50 (or £11.70 for walk-ins).

Windsor Castle

The Windsor Castle is another royal residence that would make for a great day trip destination from London. It is located in Berkshire, South of England. The historic castle is noted for its association with the English and British royal family . It is also known as the world’s oldest (over 900 years old) and largest inhabited castle. It currently serves as the favorite weekend home for the British Queen . 

The Windsor Castle is approximately 60 to 90 minutes away from London via coach.

Windsor Castle Opening Hours : 10 AM to 4 PM every day (it closes at 3 PM in winter). Admission : £26.50 for adults or £14.50 for anyone aged less than 17.

Best Time To Visit London

London is a great tourist destination all-year round. But if you want to enjoy the perfect weather so you can maximize the sights and activities (especially if you only have 2 nights in London), it is important to know when it’s the best time to visit London in two days.

In general, the months of March to May are the best time to go to London . Expect the temperature to be mild and the parks and natural beauty in full bloom in these months. Late spring and summer are also the best seasons to plan a London short trip and go sightseeing in London. But expect the surge of tourism to be reflected in the cost of booking flights and hotel.

I personally also like to visit London for a weekend in September and October . The temperatures start to be cooler and it can be chilly at night, but you won’t find the crowds you’d find in the summer, and the parks with the foliage are beautiful.

Aside from these months, December is a great time of the year to visit London. The holiday season brings about a jovial atmosphere in London. But like in the summer, this is another popular months for tourists.

How Many Days in London?

I often get asked “how many days to visit London should I plan?” and I always respond: as many as you can . Seriously, you could spend one year in London and not see everything it has to offer. However, most tourists will spend 3 to 5 days in London , and it’s a good amount of time.

In two days, the itinerary for your trip to London will be a little crowded, that is for sure, but you can still get a good introduction to the city . If you can add a couple of extra days to your London itinerary though, even better!

Where to stay in London

Book your accommodation by using the map below ⬇

My Recommendation: Point A Hotels Shoreditch

As you might have realized, I really like East London, and Shoreditch in particular, so I was very excited to stay in the middle of it on my last visit to the city, precisely at Point A Hotels London Shoreditch .

Location, location, location. When you need to visit London in two days only, location is everything . This hotel is located halfway between Old Street and Liverpool Street tube stations, that are just a short walk away, and it’s a great place to be based at for this sample London itinerary .

The Old Spitalfields Market and Brick Lane are also within walking distance, very close by, as well as Shoreditch Boxpark with all its cafes and quirky pop-up shops. You are also minutes away from all the best street art in London!

Point A Hotels actually has 6 locations spread around London if you like the concept but need to based somewhere else. You’ll definitely find a location that’s perfect for your itinerary in London.

The check-in process was very smooth, there are multiple counters where the staff can help you so the whole process is quick.

The lobby and cafe area are modern in their design , very hipster with graffiti on the wall- gotta be artistic in this part of town! I loved how the cafe area can easily double as a very nice work space if you need to get some work done, with individual lights on most tables.

The concept behind Point A Hotels is functionality . The rooms are small, but contain everything you need because of how smartly the space is designed. Think like small tables and bar stools magically hiding on the wall, tons of plugs, and handy containers to keep your things organized.

The TV has a directory of services, places, and restaurants around the hotel which I thought was very cool (that’s how I found Ballie Ballerson!). The quirkiest part for us though, was the mood lighting that we changed about 1000 times like excited kids. Red walls? Done. Feeling blue? There you go.

The breakfast is buffet style, and offers anything from fresh-baked pastries, muesli with yogurt, fresh fruit, cheese and bacon twists, and obviously, your choice of coffee, cause how can a day start without coffee?

Rates at Point A Hotel London Shoreditch start at £44 a night in a standard room. CHECK OUT PRICES AND AVAILABILITY HERE.

What to Pack for London

Time to pack for London? Take note of this packing list so you won’t forget any essentials.

• Raincoat – Raincoat is a must when you visit London. The city is extremely notorious for its rain so make sure you do not leave for London without one.

• Walking Shoes – A comfortable pair of walking shoes is a must as you will spend a lot of time walking around. Do not attempt to break-in your shoes during travel. If you’re traveling in the winter, you can also consider a paid of comfortable boots.

• Sandals or Slippers – It is good to have them when you travel in the summer.

• Warm Jacket with Hood – The nights in London can be cool. Make sure you have something to stay warm, even when you visit in the summer.

• Scarf – This is a practical piece of clothing to pack with you during travel. It can be a great way to layer – in the summer or winter.

• Umbrella – If you forgot to pack your raincoat, you will need your umbrella.

It IS possible to visit London in 2 days. As you can imagine, there’s much more to see in London, so I suggest staying longer if you can , to enjoy everything this great city has to offer.

But if you can’t, this 2 days in London itinerary covers all major attractions and ensures you make the most of your time in London. Have a wonderful time on your 2 day trip to London!

Point A Hotel Shoreditch kindly hosted me in London. No matter who footed the bill, my opinions can never be bought.

This post contains affiliate links, which means if you book something through one of my links I might get a commission, at absolutely no extra cost to you

Stefania Guglielmi is the founder of Every Steph. Originally from Bologna, Italy, she's been traveling full-time since 2016 and has visited over 50 countries across 6 continents. She believes sustainable travel and luxury travel can go hand in hand and has been advocating for responsible tourism since 2014. Stefania's advice and travel experiences have been featured in important publications such as Business Insider, Refinery29, and Yahoo Money.

Sign me up for the monthly newsletter!

Tuesday 17th of August 2021

Disclaimer, I live in London and have done so all my life. My personal opinion is this is unfeasible. There is no way you could realistically cram in all of this stuff. Many of the things would take an entire day such as the British Museum. I once visited The British Museum literally when the doors opened and left when they closed and I still didn't see everything.

I guess you could rush from thing to thing but what's the point? It's better to really experience somewhere rather than just ticking it off a list just to say you've physically seen it.

Tuesday 24th of August 2021

Hi Martin! I can agree with you, but the reality is that most people travel for just a few days and want to experience as much as possible int hose days. I travel much slower, and agree that quality over quantity is better for me. But for example, I am not a big museum person, and I personally only spent one hour or so inside the British Museum when I visited - and I was happy with it. Each person is different, so this itinerary is not to be taken as is, but to be adapted to each person's needs.

LONDRES: 40 POSTS QUE AYUDAN PARA VIAJAR [4] | Viatges pel Món

Tuesday 14th of May 2019

[…] 2 Days in London: The Perfect London Itinerary for First Timers | Every Steph […]

48 Hours in London – 2 Day Itinerary

If you are a first-time traveller, you most probably have London already on your bucket list; and if you’re a frequent traveller, then you are likely to come across London at least once in your life. However, the real question is, is 2 days in London enough? 

In this 2 Day Itinerary for London, we have included everything you’ll need and know to confirm that spending 48 hours in London is already enough. 

London is the largest metropolis in the United Kingdom and has been considered the country’s economic transportation and cultural centre. With over 2,000 years of history, London has been honed genuinely into an incredible city. Thus, explaining why it is mostly known for art, history and architecture. 

You’ll get to see the famous Big Ben, London Eye, Buckingham Palace and British Museum in London. In addition, London also offers lots of great food and a fashion scene, that some of which you’ll only experience in there.

It is also known for, double-decker buses, red phone booths, world-class museums and galleries, gigantic lush parks, financial districts, and cosmopolitan vibes. 

If you’re planning to visit London, you should make sure you choos a travel date that will fit your preference. Do you like to experience the city while it’s sunny or maybe during the winter?

Nonetheless, it’s always highly recommended to visit London when the weather is great – during the summer and spring (May to October). 

Another thing to consider for your 2 day visit to London is the area where you’ll be staying. London is really large and wide, and there are several neighborhoods you can stay at.

But, if you are a first-time visitor, then you should consider The West End, covering areas of Trafalgar Square, Piccadilly Circus and Leicester Square. 

You can also check out Westminster, which is just a short walk from the West End and is near most of the famous tourist destinations. 

To help you better with your 2 day visit in London, we’ve put together a specific itinerary and have included suggestions on what to eat, things to do, tours to take and what to see in London in 2 days. Keep reading!

Plan your trip?

Avoid hidden fees in the exchange rate while withdrawing from millions of ATMs abroad, paying in restaurants and shops, and buying your accommodation and flights using the Wise Card . You can hold up to 40+ currencies at once to spend in in over 150 countries, and convert them in real time with the free Wise app.

Need help planning your trip from start to finish? Check out these helpful links:

• Cheap flights
• Savings on accommodation from hostels to luxury hotels
• Affordable car rental options
• Affordable sightseeing tours and day trips
• Travel Adapter – All in one so you don’t have to carry a bunch around
• Don’t be silly and forget Travel Insurance ! Get hurt and you’ll regret it…

This post contains some affiliate links for your convenience. Click here to read my full disclosure policy. You can also read our content/editorial policy here .

Table of Contents

2 Day Itinerary for London

Overview of 2 days in london itinerary.

Here’s a glance at what you’ll see and do in two days in London:

Day 1 in London:

Get early Breakfast at Lantana Café Fitzrovia

Watch guards march at the buckingham palace.

• Explore the Westminster Abbey 
• Visit the World’s Oldest Museum 

Get Afternoon Tea

Cruise the river thames, have dinner at le pont de la tour.

Day 2 in London:

Go for a morning walk at the Hyde Park 

Get brunch on brick lane , explore spitalfields market, take pictures at harry potter filming locations, catch the sunset at the london eye.

• Have dinner and drinks in Shoreditch 

Day 1 in London

London is most known for their stylish cafes and restaurants. While there are so much to try in the city, one of the highly recommended spots where you should have your first breakfast in at London is at Lantana Cafe Fitzrovia .

Lantana Cafe Fitzrovia is a local family business, tucked around Charlotte Street’s corner. Here you can enjoy some authentic British breakfast, have a cup of coffee or simply get some takeaway pastries.  

The location of the restaurant is also near your next stop. Since you’re starting a long day, it’s better to dine at a place near your next place to visit, and that is the Buckingham Palace.

For your first day in London, it’s a must to see Buckingham Palace first. This is for you to get a sense of the city’s past and then later on understand how modern London looks like.

Buckingham Palace is the King’s official London residence, and although we are already in the modern times, they are still practicing royal traditions in the area.

At the palace, you can take tons of pictures, but what’s interesting here is the the changing of the guard ceremony that generally takes place every day (although it might be subject to change). During this ceremony, also known as Guard Mounting, one detachment of troops takes over from another.

But you’ll have to stay clear of their way as they won’t stop and make way for you! There are lots of walking and guided tours that can take you to the area, which is perfect if you want to have commentaries and information shared with you during the visit.

Still, you can always visit on your own. Just make sure to pass just before 11:00 AM to see the traditional Changing of the Guard ceremony, and do your research on the do’s and dont’s.  

Explore the Westminster Abbey  

After exploring and learning about the royal history, start walking towards the Westminster Abbey . This will be likely your next stop as it is the nearest to the Palace. 

Westminster Abbey is an imposing Gothic church that’s hosted centuries of coronations and iconic royal weddings. You’ve probably heard or read about it when William and Kate got married or the recent coronations of King Charles. 

Here you can also find the Palace of Westminster. From there you can walk toward the Big Ben, then follow Whitehall to see the gates of Downing Street which is home to Britain’s prime ministers since 1735.

Lastly, you can end your tour around the Westminster Abbey  as you go under the Arch of Horse Guards.

Visit the London’s Oldest Museum 

After strolling around historic places and seeing some of London’s best architectural structures, it’s time for you to explore London’s Oldest Museum – the British Museum.

Not a lot of people know, but London is actually home to lots of different museums. But since you only have two days in London, it’s highly recommended that you go to the British Museum. 

There are quite a few reason why you should visit the said museum. Well, first and foremost – it’s free! You can enter the museum as much as you want without paying anything. 

Here you can also learn and discover ancient civilizations, discover incredible achievements and challenges of people and societies past and present, and more importantly, immerse yourself in Britain’s culture. 

When you hear the word London, it’s likely that you also remember the word tea. Which is why, you should definitely not miss out on this experience if you are in the city. 

After having a long morning of walking around and exploring the city, why not take the chance to relax and take in the city’s atmosphere. There are lots of places to get afternoon tea in London, and as a traveler, you’ll surely enjoy one anywhere you go. 

But, to make things more special, why not spend a little more and enjoy an afternoon tea at the Kensington Palace ?

During this experience, you do not only enjoy tea and scones, but also have the chance to stroll through the palace grounds for a few minutes. 

Although take note that you’ll need to book tickets in advance for this afternoon tea excursion, which is quite easy as everything’s available online. 

Before the sunsets, hop on a cruise at River Thames . This is a part of the longest river in England, having 45 locks, and is accordingly home to 25 species of fish. But aside from the marine life and length of the river, getting on a River Thames cruise is the best way to get a glimpse of the city. 

As you go through the river, you will be passing by lots of different famous landmarks, including some of the most famous bridges in London. If you’re lucky, you might even see locals having a Dragon Boat Racing at the river. 

Plus, you can easily book a river cruise online and ahead of time to lessen your worries during the day of your trip. 

After a long day of strolling, exploring and going around the city, it’s time to cap off your first day in London. The best way to do that is to have dinner at London’s finest restaurant, Le Pont de La Tour. 

Le Pont de La Tour is a French restaurant located near the tower bridge, where you’ll most probably be in after the Thames Cruise. The restaurant was a former tea warehouse turned into an elegant modern dining place. 

If you decide to dine in here, make sure you get a reservation beforehand. It gets fully booked easily, which explains how great the restaurant would be! 

Day 2 in London

Taking it slow on your second day is the best option to enjoy your 48 hours in London. If you are staying at central London, then it’s highly recommended that you visit Hyde Park once during your trip. What better time to do that but during the morning?

Aside from the lush trees and plants in the area, the Park is also special because of its rich history. Out of the 8 royal parks in the Greater London area, Hyde Park is the largest among them. It covers 350 acres, with a network of paths linking gardens, sculptures, fountains, and historic sites. 

Moreover, Hyde Park is an important part of London’s history because it was once a hunting ground for Henry VIII. 

All the reasons why you should take an early stroll here. Enjoy the scenery and landscape, as you learn more about the places’ historical past and cultural importance. 

Once you’ve freshened up from your morning walk, it’s time to visit one of London’s famous food area – the Brick Lane. Lots of locals and tourists consider Brick Lane as a paradise for bargain hunters, foodies and fashionistas. 

It snakes from Bethnal Green towards Whitechapel, and is also situated where the Spitalfields Market is. You should be able to find a cafe or restaurant here where you can get your Brunch of the day. 

This cobbled street of London will surely not disappoint on the various number of food places you will be seeing in the area. Whether you’re looking for some coffee, tea, scone, sandwiches or heavy-plated meals, you’ll find one here.

As you’ve fueled up on food, it’s now time to go shopping! Spitafields Market is home to several commercial areas (including Brick Lane) making it a haven for those who enjoy going shopping.

In fact, Spitalfields Market has the highest number of wholesale traders, selling all kinds of products including fresh produce, fruits, fashion garments and a lot more. 

This is the best place to get your souvenirs and gifts that you would want to bring home for your loved once.

Exploring the market gives you a glimpse of London’s daily lives as you see locals shopping and selling in the area. 

The best time to visit the market is on Friday where most of the vendors offer sale items. Meanwhile, the busiest day of the market is during Sunday’s.

Fan of the Harry Potter? Well, if you have London in your bucket list, then you’re probably here as a Potterhead!

Aside from the historic sites, art and architecture, London also have something to offer for the entertainment enthusiasts. 

You’ll find some of Harry Potter’s famous filming locations in the city. Some of the areas you probably will remember from the movie are the Leadenhall Market, Platform 9&¾ at King’s Cross Station and London Zoo.

Of course, what better way to end your trip to London that to ride the London Eye! Standing at 135 metres, the London Eye is the actual equivalent of the Eiffel Tower in Paris. It is also the world’s largest cantilevered observation wheel

This has been the city’s landmark, and you should definitely not miss the opportunity to see and ride it. Plus, after walking around the city, seeing famous landmarks, eating good food and going shopping, you should also have an exhilarating excursion. 

As you go on the ride, you’ll be catching a glimpse of the whole of London while the sunsets. This will mark the end of your 48 hours in London, which you’ll definitely remember in your lifetime. 

Now if you think you might not enjoy the being that high, consider getting over that fear and just hop on! Make sure to grab a fast track (skip the queue) ticket to you aren’t waiting around in line!

Tours in London 

Hop-on hop-off bus tour.

London is a big city to explore and since you are visiting for only two days, why not try joining a Hop-on Hop-off Big Bus London Tour ? During this tour, you will get on the famous big red double-decker bus of London and roam around the city.

The ticket will allow you to ride the bus and then stop at several landmarks and famous spots including Buckingham Palace, Hyde Park, St. Paul’s Cathedral and more. 

You can customize your itinerary and choose between a 1-day, 2 day or 3-day ticket. On the bus, you will be joined by a local tour guide to share with you important information about the highlights of London. 

Sightseeing Cruise Tour

Get to see all of the must-visit landmarks in London as you hop on a sightseeing cruise from Westminster to Greenwich on the Thames River. You will ride a comfortable cruise boat at the Westminster Pier with your tour group and tour guide. 

From there, you will be guided as you pass through sights such as Shakespeare’s Globe, Tower Bridge, and the Tower of London. While several Thames River cruises are offered online, this sightseeing tour specifically offers complimentary drinks you can enjoy at their open or indoor deck. 

As you cruise through Greenwich, you will also be given time to step ashore to visit attractions such as the Cutty Sark and more at your own expense. 

2-Day Itinerary for London Wrap-up

There you have it – your complete Itinerary for London in 2 days. Now that we have provided you the things to do and places to visit in London, alongside important information like where to eat, stay and when to visit, you’re now ready for a quick trip to London!

Make sure to pack accordingly, have your documents ready and set your budget before visiting, and then you’re off tour to your London adventure. 

Recommended tours in London

• Tour for Muggles
• Small-Group Tour: Historical Pub Walking Tour of London
• High-Speed Thames River RIB Cruise in London
• London Bridge Experience and Tombs
• Original Harry Potter Locations Tour – London
• Classic London Landmarks Bicycle Tour
• London Bridge Food Tasting Tour with Secret Food Tours
• Changing of the Guard Guided Walking Tour in London
• London Eye River Cruise
• Private Panoramic Tour of London in a Classic Car
• St Paul’s Cathedral Admission Ticket
• Soho Music & Historic Pubs Tour
• Thames Lunch Cruise with 2-Course Meal

If you’d like to save it for later, please save it to Pinterest.

Meet Angelica, who at 22, boldly pivoted from a legal career to pursue her passions in travel and writing. With a focus on sustainable travel, she has explored Asia and Europe, emphasizing local cultural engagement along the way | Specializing in digital nomad travel, crafting comprehensive itineraries, identifying top tour guides, sharing regional insights on Asia, The Americas, and Europe, and advising on eco-friendly travel practices.

View all posts

Similar Posts

Where to stay in Oxford [Best Places to Stay for 2024]

Only one hour by train from London, Oxford is often visited as a day trip from the capital city….

The Ultimate Guide to London

London. There are few words left that haven’t already been used to describe the sprawling, historical, cultural, and iconic…

The Ultimate Guide to Newcastle UK

Newcastle upon Tyne is a vibrant city full of history, culture and fun for all ages. There is so…

24 Hours in Kent England

From lazy days drinking delicious local cider to enchanting arts festivals and clifftop hikes, a trip to Kent is…

Is a Day Trip from London to Paris via the Eurostar Train worth it?

Recently I went to England to visit some family an a sick little granny (don’t worry she is okay…

Where to stay in Manchester [Best Places to Stay for 2024]

Many travelers to the United Kingdom first visit London, one of the world’s most popular destinations, with over 20…

London 2-Day Itinerary: 25+ Epic Things To Do In London In 2 Days

Posted on Last updated: April 21, 2024

Having lived in London for 9 years I never thought I’d write about it in my blog from a travellers point of view.

But despite considering myself a Londoner I’m not actually a local, and I enjoy a touristy sightseeing day in London as much as anyone.

I get a lot of questions from people that want to visit London in a weekend, so this London 2-day itinerary focuses on all the best things you can do in London in 2 days.

It’s a packed itinerary with lots of walking, but for anyone wishing to maximise their time in the British capital, this guide has all the information you need to make the most of your 2 days in London.

So without further ado, let’s dive in and plan the perfect two days in London!

• 1.1 Oxford Street
• 1.2 Piccadilly Circus
• 1.3 Leicester Square 
• 1.4 Covent Garden
• 1.5 Trafalgar Square
• 1.6 Westminster Abbey, Houses of Parliament & Big Ben
• 1.7 London Eye
• 1.8 Borough Market
• 1.9 The Shard
• 1.10 Tower Bridge
• 1.11 Tower of London
• 1.12 Sky Garden
• 2.1 Portobello Market
• 2.2 Notting Hill
• 2.3 Hyde Park
• 2.4 South Kensington & the museums
• 2.5 Harrods
• 2.6 Buckingham Palace
• 3.1 Shoreditch
• 3.2 Camden Town & Market
• 3.3 Chinatown
• 3.5 Afternoon tea bus tour
• 3.6 British Museum
• 3.7 Go for a showboat dinner cruise
• 3.8 See a musical!
• 3.9 Regents Park
• 3.10 St Pauls Cathedral
• 3.11 Do a Harry Potter walking tour
• 3.12 Visit the Harry Potter Warner Bros Studios
• 4.1 What to pack for two days in London
• 4.2.1 Budget accommodation
• 4.2.2 Mid-range accommodation
• 4.2.3 Luxury accommodation
• 4.3.1 Street food
• 4.3.2 Eat on the go
• 4.3.3 Chain restaurants
• 4.3.4 Fancy or Michelin-starred restaurants
• 4.4 Do you need travel insurance for 2 days in London?
• 4.5 How to get into London
• 4.6 How to get around London

Reflections of St Paul’s Cathedral at One New Change in London, UK

Essentials to book before you read on!

Best tours in London

River Thames Sightseeing Cruise

Magical London: Harry Potter Walking Tour

Classic Afternoon Tea Bus Tour

Best hotels in London

Budget: Wombat’s City Hostel London

Mid-range: Hilton London Angel Islington

Luxury: St Pancras Renaissance Hotel

Get 5% off your travel insurance here!

London 2 day itineary: Day 1

Oxford street.

We’re starting day one of our  2-day London itinerary at the famous Oxford Street. You want to start your day here fairly early because as time goes on it will get considerably busier.

By considerably busier I mean basically hell on earth for anyone that hates crowds like me.

So get there nice and sharp in the morning and you’ll be able to do some high street shopping without having to queue hours for a changing room.

Red buses in Oxford Street, London

Piccadilly Circus

From Oxford Street you can walk to Oxford Circus, down Regent Street and to the popular Piccadilly Circus. This is London’s equivalent of Times Square in New York.

With the big bright advertising billboards, multiple road crossings, street buskers and crowds it’s quite the sight.

An alternative road you can take is the colourful Carnaby Street, it’s just parallel to Regent Street and while it’s always busy, it’s completely pedestrian so it’s a bit more pleasant to walk along.

Exploring Regent Street in London, UK

Leicester Square 

From Piccadilly Circus it’s a very short walk over to Leicester Square. Leicester Square is that place you always see on TV when they do movie premieres in London.

There are a number of very cool cinemas here but if you’re only in London for 2 days, you probably don’t want to spend a couple hours of your time locked up in a dark room.

There are loads of quick takeaway food places in Leicester Square but they will most likely be over priced and not that great.

Covent Garden

Covent Garden is a short 5-minute walk away from Leicester Square and one of the most famous spots in London.

The central covered area of Covent Garden, known as the Apple Market, is full of cool shops, bars and restaurants, and also a few touristy but quirky market stalls.

The Apple Market in Covent Garden at Christmas

Trafalgar Square

After Covent Garden you can walk down to Trafalgar Square where you can visit the National Gallery. Entry to museums in London is generally always free, you only pay for the exhibitions that are on at that specific time.

If like me you’re not a museum person (I’ll admit I’ve only been inside the National Gallery once) Trafalgar Square is still a nice and famous spot of London that you can admire, and from there walk on to your next stop.

Westminster Abbey, Houses of Parliament & Big Ben

From Trafalgar Square it’s a short walk down to the river, where you will see two of the most iconic London sights.

Big Ben is under restructuring works at the moment, but you can still visit Westminster Abby and the Houses of Parliament.

Click here to purchase your entrance to Westminster Abbey!

The iconic red phone box, red bus and Big Ben in the background (even if he’s under construction)

The Houses of Parliament and Big Ben under reconstruction works

Just across the river you will see the London Eye, it’s hard to miss. In 9 years of living in London I have only been up the London Eye once, but I can say it’s really something.

Yes it’s super touristy, but the view is incredible. You get amazing 360 views over the Thames River, Houses of Parliament and Big Ben on one side, and St Paul’s Cathedral, Tower Bridge and the Shard on the other.

It’s one of the most famous attractions in London, so the queue can get huge. I 100% recommend purchasing tickets online beforehand , so that you can skip the queue.

After all, if you only have two days in London, you don’t want to waste them queuing around!

Click here to purchase your London Eye Fast Track ticket!

View over Westminster from the London Eye

Borough Market

After seeing the London Eye I suggest walking all along the river to Borough Market.

You could also take the tube from Waterloo to London Bridge, which would save you some time, but the walk along South Bank is one of the most beautiful spots in London in my opinion.

Especially if you’re visiting London in summer or on a sunny day, walking along the Thames and seeing the skyline of London is pretty epic.

You will see some main landmarks along this walk including the Tate Modern, Shakespeare’s Globe and Millennium Bridge.

Millennium Bridge in London, with St Paul’s Cathedral in the background

Borough Market is a great place to try some of London’s famous street food. There are tons of different stalls that sell food from all over the world.

It’s the perfect place to stop for a quick lunch on the go without wasting hours sitting down at a restaurant and waiting to be served.

One of the fresh fruit and vegetables stalls at Borough Market, London

Just next to Borough Market is the Shard, a skyscraper with 95 floors and one of the best views over London.

There is a viewing platform on the 70 th floor, the tickets cost between 24 GBP and 32 GBP depending on how far in advance you book them.

However, there are a couple bars in the Shard just a couple floors below that you can access for free.

Cocktails are around 15 – 20 GBP which is expensive, but considering you’re at the highest bar in London, it could be much worst.

I’d recommend going to the bar instead of the viewing platform since you end up paying a similar price, but at least you get a drink while you enjoy the view.

If a cocktail doesn’t fit your travel plans, book your ticket to The Shard viewing deck here!

The view over London from the Shard

Tower Bridge

From the Shard it’s a short walk across More London Place to reach Tower Bridge.

If you’re visiting in summer they usually have a Mexican food truck down next to the river with sun bed chairs, and they often have shows on in The Scoop (the round theatre-like area along the river).

From along the river you can walk right up to Tower Bridge and then you’ll see a set of stairs that you have to walk up to cross the river.

Prime sunset spot over Tower Bridge and the Thames

Tower of London

This is where I admit that I haven’t actually visited the Tower of London yet.

I’ve walked past the Tower of London numerous times, been on river cruises that set off from Tower Pier (a lot of university student clubs do that), even been ice skating at the Tower of London, but I’ve never been inside.

If you want to see the Crown Jewels and learn more about the Tower of London you will have to go inside, however if you’re happy with just seeing it walking around it is enough.

Click here to book a visit to the Tower of London & Crown Jewels Exhibition!

Tower Bridge and the Tower of London at golden hour

You’re probably thinking these are quite a lot of things to do in one day so don’t worry, we have arrived at the last stop of this London itinerary.

From Tower of London it’s less than a 10-minute walk to Sky Garden. Similarly to the Shard Sky Garden also has epic views over London, just from the opposite side of the river.

Access is always free but if you visit during the day you have to book a ticket beforehand with specific time slot, after 6PM you can visit on a free walk-in basis but there is a fairly strict smart casual dress code.

Drinks are fairly pricey at the bars in Sky Garden but once again, considering the venue it could be much worst.

I recommend trying to get here for sunset since watching the sun go down over London, turning everything golden, and then the skyline slowly lighting up is pretty magical.

View over the roofs of London from Sky Garden

I’ve embedded below a map of this walking itinerary, or you can click here to open it in Google Maps. As you can see this big long list of things to do only adds up to about two hours of walking time.

Obviously it depends on how long you decide to spend in every location.

Whether you want to go on a crazy shopping spree on Oxford Street or spend hours inside the National Gallery in Trafalgar Square, but roughly speaking the above itinerary can be done in one day and would make for a perfect start to your 2 days in London.

London 2 day itinerary: Day 2

I hope you’re not knackered by yesterday’s activities, because you have another full day of excitement awaits!

Portobello Market

For your second day in London we’re moving away a bit from the hustle and bustle of central London and starting our day in Portobello.

Portobello is a lovely area of London with cute colourful houses and a popular market.  The market and shops in Portobello sell all sorts of cool vintage things but also the standard street food and touristy souvenirs.

The coloured houses of Portobello Road, London

Notting Hill

Portobello is just around the corner from the beautiful white houses of Notting Hill.

There isn’t one specific spot that you must see; it’s just a beautiful area of London that you can walk around for a bit and admire the Victorian architecture of these  beautiful London streets .

If you want, you can also join a guided walking tour of Notting Hill . It’s a great way to make sure you see all the prettiest spots, with a local guide teaching you about the history of the area.

Click here to book your Notting Hill walking tour!

The beautiful white houses of Notting Hill, London

After Notting Hill you will arrive at Hyde Park, London’s most famous and biggest park (in central London anyway). If you’re visiting in summer or on a sunny day you will find crowds of Londoners basking in the sun.

Even in winter it’s a very peaceful area and you can enjoy the beauty of it walking around Kensington Palace and the Serpentine.

Click here to book your visit to Kensington Palace in Hyde Park

South Kensington & the museums

Just make sure that you’re crossing the park in the right direction so that when you pop out on the other side you’re right next to South Kensington and all the museums.

Walk past the Royal Albert Hall (a pretty stunning building in itself) and you’ll reach the Natural History Museum, the Science Museum and the Victoria & Albert Museum.

They’re all very different in style and seeing all the exhibitions inside all of the museums would take days.

The Royal Albert Hall, London

Unfortunately you only have 2 days in London but its still worth popping inside one or two of the museums depending on your interests. I’m a personal fan of the Natural History Museum and their dinosaur display.

Entry to the permanent exhibitions is free anyway you can just go in and wander around for a bit without feeling like you have to see everything in one go since you paid a ticket for it (or is that just me?)

If you’re visiting London at Christmas they always put up a beautiful ice rink at the Natural History Museum where you can try ice-skating.

The Natural History Museum in London from outside

Once you’re done exploring the museums it’s time to walk on to the famous Harrods.

Harrods is a huge department store founded in 1824 where they sell all sorts of things. One thing to note is that Harrods is very expensive.

While I wouldn’t recommend buying anything there I still think it’s a pretty cool place to see and wander around for a bit, especially if it’s your first time in London and you only have two days.

Buckingham Palace

From Harrods you can walk through Green Park and arrive at Buckingham Palace in less than 20 minutes. Buckingham Palace is the London residence and administrative headquarters of the royal family.

If you time your visit right you might also be able to see the change of the guard outside the Buckingham Palace gates.

You can also visit the State Rooms of Buckingham Palace . If you’re interested in history and the Royal Family, it’s a very fun and interesting visit!

Book your visit to Buckingham Palace here!

My first and last trip to Buckingham Palace in 7 years of living in London

That’s all the walking I’ve got in store for you today, wasn’t that bad was it? I’ve included the map with walking itinerary below or click here to see it on Google Maps.

It’s around 1.5 hours of walking but depending on how long you want to spend inside the museums or shopping inside Harrods, it can take up the whole day.

Cool things to do in London not included in this London 2 day itinerary 

As I previously mentioned the British capital is pretty huge and seeing all of London in two days isn’t very realistic.

There are some areas of London that I personally love but haven’t included in my London 2-day itinerary since they’re not considered the main tourist attractions and landmarks.

However, if for example you want to see some markets and aren’t interested in museums you can skip South Kensington and visit the quirky Shoreditch or Camden instead.

Most of these areas are very popular in evenings so you can always visit them after the itineraries I wrote above.

Shoreditch is the hipster and artsy area of London. There are tons of cool bars, restaurants, pubs, clubs and shops all over the neighbourhood.

It’s a cool area to wander around during the day to explore the vintage and design shops and colourful graffiti, but it’s especially popular in evenings. The nightlife in Shoreditch never disappoints.

A very Shoreditch donut shop with colourful graffiti facade

Camden Town & Market

Camden was the hipster and edgy area of London before Shoreditch become popular.

There’s a big market with lots of street food, clothes, jewellery, vintage things, home decor, souvenirs and pretty much anything you can think of being sold there.

It used to be the rebel punk area (to give you a better idea, Amy Winehouse used to live in Camden) and even today there are still tons of tattoo and piercing parlours.

It’s become a bit more touristy and less edgy in recent years but is still a cool area to walk around.

The market is closed in evenings but there are loads of bars, pubs and clubs and there is a lively nightlife so you can always visit Camden in evenings.

Camden Market in London, UK

Chinatown in London is actually just next to Leicester Square, but I chose not to include it in my London 2-day itinerary as it takes time to explore it properly and it wouldn’t have fit in the day 1 schedule.

Also the best part of Chinatown is the food so I recommend going around dinnertime to try one of the many Chinese restaurants.

Exploring Chinatown in London

Soho is another neighbourhood very close to Chinatown and Leicester Square that I chose not to cover in your day 1 itinerary.

It’s a vibrant and very cool area to explore but you can do so in the evening, discovering all the cool dining and nightlife options.

Afternoon tea bus tour

Afternoon tea is a very British tradition consisting of savoury sandwiches, cakes, scones and obviously, lots of tea.

There are loads of places that do very good afternoon teas in London but inevitably will take up a large chunk of your day (if you’re a fast eater like me, you might not love afternoon tea, it’s one of those things you’re supposed to take slow and enjoy the experience…)

If you only have two days in London a good solution is doing an afternoon tea bus tour . This allows you to enjoy the experience while also touring around London and seeing all the main tourist highlights.

Click here to book your spot on a B Bakery afternoon tea bus tour!

Getting ready for our afternoon tea bus tour in London

Our afternoon tea selection on the B Bakery bus tour

British Museum

The British Museum didn’t feature on my essential London 2-day itinerary since it’s not quite along the walking routes I’d planned out.

However it’s not too far don’t worry, it’s in central London less than a 10-minute walk away from Oxford Street. Entry is free and there are loads of cool things you can see like Rosetta’s stone and more.

Go for a showboat dinner cruise

If you want to spend a bit of a different evening enjoying good food and touring around London, you should definitely do a dinner showboat cruise .

As you might have guessed from the name, this is a cruise along the Thames where you will be served dinner as live music and singing takes place.

We enjoyed a lovely 4-course dinner while admiring the view over main sights of London, such as the London Eye, St Paul’s, Tower Bridge and Greenwich.

It combines good food with sightseeing and live music, the perfect evening out in London!

Click here to book your showboat dinner cruise!

Enjoying my 4-course meal during the showboat dinner cruise

See a musical!

The West End of London is famous for its theatres and musicals. If you have the time I would highly recommend trying to squeeze in watching a show in your London 2-day itinerary.

Over the past 7 years I’ve been to see The Lion King, Aladdin, Wicked, Billy Elliot and The Phantom of the Opera and they were all pretty amazing. There are tons of shows I still haven’t seen myself!

Regents Park

Regents Park is smaller than Hyde Park and a bit more of a local hangout spot. On one of the park you will find Primrose Hill, where all the Londoners go hang out and have picnics on sunny summer days.

View over Regents Park and the London skyline from Primrose Hill

St Pauls Cathedral

St Pauls Cathedral should have probably featured much higher on my list of things to see in London in two days, however I chose not to include it before since you will be seeing plenty of it even without actually visiting it.

As you walk along the river and from all the viewpoints you will be able to see the dome of St Pauls towering over the roofs of London.

If you have time you can go see the inside of the cathedral but if not, no harm done (in 7 years I don’t think I’ve ever been inside myself)

Click here to book a fast track ticket to St Paul’s Cathedral

St Paul’s Cathedral in London, UK

Do a Harry Potter walking tour

If you’re a Harry Potter fan, you have to do this. I didn’t list it in my main 2-day London itinerary because I realise not everyone is as Harry Potter obsessed as I am, but it’s definitely worth doing.

It will allow you to not only see all the Harry Potter filming locations in London , but you’ll also learn some fun facts about the movies. It will go past some of the main London landmarks, so you will still see a lot of London.

If you follow my guide, you can easily visit all the filming spots alone, but I personally think it’s more fun to do a guided tour . Sharing the experience with other Potter-heads will make it all the more fun!

Click here to book your Harry Potter walking tour!

Platform 9 and 3/4 in London King’s Cross station

Visit the Harry Potter Warner Bros Studios

This is another activity that is definitely worth mentioning, but given not everyone is a Harry Potter fan, I didn’t want to include it in my main London 2-day itinerary.

Whether you’re a family with children, or a group of millennials who grew up reading the books and watching the Harry Potter movies, the Harry Potter studio tour is great fun.

Even though it spoils the magic a little bit, seeing how the movies are made is really interesting. Plus you can stock up on butter beer, chocolate frogs and fun Harry Potter gadgets!

It’s outside London and planning your transfer there can be a bit complicated, which is why I recommend booking this tour , since it includes both entrance to the studios and transfer there.

Click here to purchase your Harry Potter Warner Bros Tour with Transfer from London!

Me in 2015 visiting the Harry Potter Warner Bros Studios

Logistical tips for your weekend in London

What to pack for two days in london.

Not that there is a shortage of shops in London where you can buy things if you were to forget anything, however there are a couple essentials things that you might want to bring with you for your two days in London.

Umbrella : Yes, laugh as much as you want, but the stereotypes of the British capital are unfortunately largely true. It rains a lot here.

You don’t want to be caught out in the rain so it’s just easier to always carry one of those tiny foldable umbrellas with you.

Power bank : After all if you’re going to be walking around all day, you won’t have time to sit down and charge your phone!

Also you will need your phone to check Google Maps and that you’re headed in the right direction, or what time things close.

Comfortable walking shoes : My London 2-day itinerary has a lot of walking involved, so you wan to make sure you to do so in comfortable trainers to avoid having painful feet at the end of the day.

St Pancras Renaissance Hotel in London, UK

Where to stay in London

Despite living in London over the years I’ve stayed in a number of hotels throughout London, whether with family when they came to visit (and couldn’t fit in my tiny student halls room) or more recently with blog collaborations and I can recommend some hotels in London for every budget.

However more than a specific hotel I can suggest areas of London where you can stay .

If you only have two days in London you will want to stay very central or you will waste time travelling around, if you go a bit further out make sure to be within 5 minutes walking distance to a tube station.

Personally I would recommend staying either in Camden, Angel or even more central around Holborn and Bank.

Click here to see the latest prices and availability for accommodation in London!

Leadenhall Market in London, UK

Budget accommodation

There are tons of hostels in London. I’ve never personally stayed in one but have heard great things of Wombats .

There are also loads of hotel chains with numerous properties around London like Holiday Inn or the Travelodge that are more affordable than independent hotels.

The more central ones are a bit more expensive but usually still offer good value for money.

Mid-range accommodation

Just like there are budget chain hostels and hotels, there are also a number of mid-range chains you can go for like Hilton or Marriott spread all over London.

My parents stayed at the Hilton in Angel back when I used to live in the area and loved it, Angel is also a great area to stay as its a bit outside the tourist chaos of London but still within easy reach of all the main attractions.

These options are a bit fancier than the previous budget suggestions but at more reasonable prices than the luxury properties in London.

Luxury accommodation

I spent one night at the St Pancras Renaissance Hotel  for a blog collaboration and that was the fanciest place I have slept at in London.

The property is beautiful, the service excellent and the location perfect as base to explore London, especially if you only have 2 days in London.

I also spent an afternoon at Cheval Three Quays where a friend of mine was staying and can highly recommend it, the apartments are new, have a great view of the Thames and are in a great location to explore London.

The Grand Staircase of the St Pancras Renaissance Hotel in London, UK

Where to eat in London

When I first moved to London from Italy everybody told me how the food in London was shit. Having lived here for 7 years now I can strongly disagree with that.

For Italian standards sure there is a lot of junk food out there (I’m looking at you Pizza Hut and your pizzas with burgers in the crust) but there are also a lot of amazing dining options for every budget.

London is a very international city and that’s reflected in the variety of cuisines you can find.

Since you’re only in London for two days I wouldn’t waste too much time sitting in restaurants, but there are cool and cheap dining options on the go.

Street food

The street food in London is awesome.

There are famous street food markets like Borough Market and Camden Market but you will also find street food trucks here and there all over London, especially in the busy touristy spots.

The prices vary massively depending on the cuisine, how big a portion you get, where in London it is and lots of other factors, but I’ve had meals from street food trucks in London for anywhere between 3 GBP and 10 GBP.

The halloumi fries at Camden Market, London

Eat on the go

If you don’t want to eat street food but you also don’t want to sit down at a restaurant there are tons of places you can eat on the go in London.

All the Pret A Manger, Eat, Wasabi, Itsu, LEON, Pod, Starbucks and other chains you see around serve food fresh and ready to go.

The scotch egg and sweet potato fries of Borough Market, London

Chain restaurants

If you want to sit down for a proper meal without spending a fortune, worry not, there are thousands of restaurants all over London, both independent and chains.

As a tourist it can be a bit hit and miss going to an independent boutique hotel, as you can’t know if they’re good or not.

While they’re less authentic, with chain restaurants you’re always sure that a certain standard will be met. The ones of ethnic cuisines are also easier to eat at as the flavours are adapted for Western tastes.

Some of my personal favourites are Wagamama, GBK, Wahaca, Franco Manca, Rosa’s Thai, Nando’s and Pho.

Starters at Lima Floral, a Peruvian chain restaurant in London

Fancy or Michelin-starred restaurants

If you want to go fancy, London can do fancy very well. London has 70 Michelin starred restaurants (and there many more fancy and delicious restaurants that don’t have Michelin stars) that you can try.

I was a student in London  so I can’t say I have much experience with these, so you might want to check out this guide by Secret London instead.

Enjoying the sunset at the London Eye

Do you need travel insurance for 2 days in London?

After my personal experience spending two nights in a private hospital in Tenerife, and having to pay for it out of pocket (it wasn’t cheap), I always recommend getting travel insurance.

You might not end up needing it, but for a small fee you can travel without worries. Personally, I suggest getting your travel insurance with  Heymondo .

Heymondo offers tailor made travel insurance, providing the best value for money for your specific trip. You can also buy it once you’re already abroad and have forgotten about it before flying (which, if you’re anything like me, is quite likely).

Besides the usual cancellation, medical expenses, luggage coverage and general travel insurance services, Heymondo also has a 24/7 doctor chat and instant assistance through their app.

As a Greta’s Travels reader, you get 5% off your Heymondo travel insurance !

Click here to get your 5% off Heymondo travel insurance!

Exploring Westminster in London

How to get into London

First things first, how do you get into London?

London has six major airports, and depending on where in the city you’re staying, it can be quite the journey getting to your accommodation from the airport.

If you’re flying internationally from a long-haul destination you would usually arrive at Heathrow, whilst if you’re flying from a European destination with a low-cost airline you would usually arrive at Luton, Gatwick or Stansted.

From all of these major London airports you can catch a train that will take you directly into Central London, usually at either Victoria Station, St Pancras Station or Liverpool Street depending on the airport.

However if you’re not a train person, you can also check out these coach transfers:

Bus Transfer from Gatwick Airport

Bus Transfer from Stansted Airport

Bus Transfer from Luton Airport

PRIVATE Transfer from Heathrow Airport – this is preferable if you’re a family travelling with children and don’t want to wait for trains or buses!

If you’re a family or group, getting a private transfer won’t be much more expensive than the train, and it will save you time. If you only have two days in London, you don’t want to waste time getting into the city!

Golden hour over the London Eye and Westminster in London, UK

If you want to save money I recommend getting the normal train service as opposed to the express airport ones.

For example Gatwick Airport has the Gatwick Express that takes you into Victoria station in half an hour for around 20 GBP.

Instead if you get the normal Southern trains service this usually stops at London Bridge, City Thameslink, Farringdon and then St Pancras International and only costs around 10 GBP.

I prefer this option because it saves me money and time, since even if the train is a bit slower it does more stops in central London where you can get off and be ready to see the city without having to take public transport from Victoria.

Similarly the Heathrow Express costs around 20 GBP and takes you to Paddington, which is pretty far from all the main attractions.

If you get the Piccadilly line you will pay around 6 GBP and it takes you straight into central London. To find the most convenient train I always check online on the Trainline .

| READ MORE: THE ULTIMATE LONDON BUCKET LIST |

Enjoying the sunset over the rooftops of London and St Paul’s Cathedral from Madisons Rooftop Bar

How to get around London

Ok so you’ve arrived in London, how do you actually move around this huge city? You might think me crazy but the best way to get around London is actually walking!

All the main attractions in central London are fairly close to each other, and walking from one to the other actually allows you to see the beautiful architecture around and take in the London atmosphere.

Transport for London actually put together a map with the walking times between tube stations in London (tube – that’s what Londoners call the underground system here).

Admittedly some are pretty far but look at the centre of zone 1, some stops are only 3 minutes away from each other!

| READ MORE: THE MOST BEAUTIFUL & PHOTOGENIC PLACES IN LONDON |

London tube map that shows the walking times between stations, image by TfL

If you don’t want to walk London has a very efficient public transport system. Both the tube and buses run super regularly and cover pretty much every corner of central London.

You can get an Oyster travel card or if you have a contactless credit or debit card you can tap that to get on buses and in the tube.

Per journey you pay 1.50 GBP for the bus or from 2.40 GBP upwards for the tube depending what zone you travel to.

TfL put a daily cap in place at 7 GBP, which means after three tube journeys you’re not paying anymore for additional trips.

You can also find black cabs and ubers everywhere in London but I personally only take them in evenings if I’m going home late.

Getting in a car in central London during the day basically means wasting your whole day given the traffic situation. Ubers are also generally cheaper than black cabs.

Sunset with a view over Tower Bridge and the Shard in London, UK

Final thoughts on my London in 2 days itinerary

Have you been to London before? How did you find it? Let me know in the comments below!

Conscious this London 2-day itinerary turned into a pretty huge guide so if you have any questions, just let me know, happy to help if I can.

Having lived in London for 9 years I consider myself a Londoner, I hope this post will help you plan your two days in London and that you’ll love this city as much as I do.

Looking for more UK travel tips? Check out these guides:

• Weekend getaway to Bath
• The ultimate Brighton weekend itinerary
• Best things to do in Stratford Upon Avon according to a local

Enjoyed reading how to spend 2 days in London? Pin it!

2 Days in London: The Ultimate Itinerary (According to a Local)

Looking for some ideas on how to spend 2 days in London? You’re in the right place! Even as a local Londoner, I know how overwhelming it can be when planning a trip to one of the greatest cities in the world. Where do you even start ? 

It’s important to remember that London is a big city. Seeing and doing everything in 2 days, sadly, isn’t going to be possible. But, if you’re savvy about it, plan wisely and follow this itinerary, you can see and experience some of London’s most iconic attractions. 

However, the specifics of your London itinerary will depend on what kind of person you are. In the following plan, I’ve stuck to Central London, as I’ve assumed you’re visiting for the first time.

But if you’re returning for the second, third or fourth time, have a look at the ‘ other places to visit in London ’ section, where I recommend some of the best areas out of the main tourist spots.

All of the locations in this itinerary can be reached in under 30 minutes of walking from each other. However, I’ve included a section on how to get around London if you’d prefer to use the bus, tube, bike or taxi. 

As you only have 2 days, you’ll need to start early! These itineraries rely on you starting in the morning and finishing in the evening. 

Local’s tip: Be careful not to cram too much in when visiting London. Take some time to just soak up the atmosphere of the city without ‘doing’ everything. Just walking around London is an experience in itself – don’t forget that!

Table of Contents

A Summary of the 2 days in London itinerary

In summary, you will be visiting the following places in this 2-day London itinerary. 

Day 1: Buckingham Palace and St James’ Park > Westminster Abbey, Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament > Trafalgar Square + The National Gallery > Leicester Square + Piccadilly Circus > Covent Garden > West End Show

Day 2: Tower Bridge and the Tower of London > Monument > St Paul’s Cathedral > Borough Market > Southbank and the London Eye > Soho/ Chinatown  

As you can see, this is a lot of places in 2 days. But, they’re all within walking distance, and can easily be done in two days! Most of the locations are great to see, experience, take photos and move on. 

Below I have gone into more detail about how to get to each location, what to do there and where to go next. So, let’s get started and get you to London!

If you can spend more than 2 days, there are a lot of hidden gems in London that you shouldn’t miss!

Day 1 in London

Day 1 of this London itinerary is all about seeing the sights. We stick to Central London – walking around to some of London’s best and most famous landmarks , buildings, and streets. 

My top tip for seeing London in 2 days? Wear comfortable shoes, as we’re going to be doing a lot of walking!

Starting tube station: Green Park (Jubilee, Piccadilly and Victoria Line)

Stop 1: Buckingham Palace

Start your morning at the iconic and unmissable Buckingham Palace. Centuries old, this is one of the many homes of the King of England and is one of the main buildings that attracts thousands of tourists to London each year. 

With over 700 rooms and 78 bathrooms, a grand exterior and traditionally-dressed security known as ‘Beefeaters’, Buckingham Palace is one of London’s most famous landmarks. 

Sadly, you are not allowed inside Buckingham Palace, but you can admire it from The Mall – the road that connects the palace and Trafalgar Square.

Local’s tip: Visiting Buckingham Palace on a Monday, Wednesday, Friday or Sunday? Arrive by 10.15 am and watch the changing of the guard. This is a traditional English ceremony that you won’t see anywhere else in the world – it’s worth going out of your way for!

Stop 2: St James’ Park

St James’s Park is a large green space loved by most local Londoners. One of the city’s eight Royal Parks, it’s located just a five-minute walk from Buckingham Palace and is a great place for an early morning stroll and a coffee. 

The park spreads over 57 acres and is full of greenery, colourful flowers and a large lake.

Movie fan? St James’s Park has been part of the set to many Hollywood movies, including Disney’s 101 Dalmations, Match Point and 28 Days Later. 

Stop 3: Westminster Abbey, Big Ben, and the Houses of Parliament

No visit to London would be complete without seeing the famous Big Ben! Just a 10-minute walk from St James’s Park, you can stroll around the famous grounds of Westminster Abbey and the Houses of Parliament, with the iconic Big Ben as a backdrop.

Big Ben has undergone renovations in the past few years, but luckily the world-famous clock tower is back to being scaffold-free and picture-perfect.

If you want to spend some more time exploring the area, you can wander around Westminster Abbey, one of the grandest and most gothic buildings in the city. Dating back to 1245 (nearly 800 years ago), it’s decor and impressive interior are worth the visit!

Or, you can take photos, admire the exterior architecture and move on to our next stop! 

Stop 4: Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery

Trafalgar Square is one of my favourite places in London. It doesn’t matter what time of year it is, there is always something going on. From Christmas markets to street entertainment, festivals, parades and even live West End shows, free for all to enjoy! During the winter months, Trafalgar Square is also home to London’s biggest Christmas tree. 

Even locals will return to Trafalgar Square time and time again for its vibrant atmosphere and energy. 

If you have time, head to the National Gallery. It’s free to enter, and you can stroll around for 45 minutes to an hour and admire art from around the world; including the world-famous Sunflowers by Vincent Van Gogh. 

Local’s tip: Head to The Rooftop bar on Trafalgar Square for incredible views of the city and a cocktail!

Stop 5: Leicester Square and Piccadilly Circus

Just a 10-minute walk away is another of London’s most animated areas. Leicester Square and Piccadilly Circus are like something from a movie set – bright lights, crowds of people, street performers, loud music, grand casinos, rooftop bars and even the chance to see one of London’s red-carpet premier events. 

There are mixed opinions about Leicester Square and Piccadilly Circus on the internet. But even as a local, I still see the magic in this area. Yes, it may be overpriced and chaotically busy, but it’s one of London’s prominent areas. 

It’s also within walking distance of some of the best areas in the city, such as Soho, Chinatown, Regents Street and Oxford Street, and it really does feel like a bustling hub of madness. In my opinion, it’s wonderful.

Don’t skip Leicester Square and Piccadilly Circus. Maybe don’t eat or drink there (as I said, it’s overpriced), but at least walk through it and feel the energy. It’s an experience, that’s for sure!

Stop 6: Covent Garden

From Leicester Square and Piccadilly Circus, walk to Covent Garden . Another popular spot in London, Covent Garden is known for its shopping, dining and over 60 bars, pubs and drinking spots.

Convent Garden is electric. It’s impossible to walk around it without feeling something. Full of both locals and tourists, people will be lining the streets, pouring out of pubs and socialising on the streets every evening of the week. 

Covent Garden is also known for attracting some of the best street performers in the country. Since the 1600s, it has been known for its street performances by musicians, magicians, artists, comedians, dancers and illusionists. Whatever time of day you visit, there will be something going on!

Stop 7: See a West End Show

If you’re visiting London for the first time, I highly recommend booking tickets to see a West End show. You can either do this in advance online or rock up on the night and buy tickets an hour before (especially if you’re visiting on a weeknight). 

Discounted, last-minute tickets can be bought via ticket booths in Leicester Square. You’ll often get seats that haven’t sold for a much lower price to some of London’s best shows. 

Just be careful to buy tickets from a licensed ticket seller – and not someone randomly roaming the streets!

Day 2 

Whew, if you completed all of Day 1’s activities, you’re going to be feeling it in your legs! Walking around Central London is no easy task – but hopefully, you will have seen some of London’s most famous, iconic and impressive attractions.

On day 2, we head a little out of Central London. But again, all of the stops are within walking distance of each other. If your feet hurt, don’t be afraid to jump on the tube!

Starting tube station: Tower Hill (District and Circle Line)

Stop 1: Tower Bridge and the Tower of London

Our first stop of the day includes a visit to a bridge you may have seen before. Commonly confused with ‘London Bridge’ (which is actually a very ordinary-looking bridge), Tower Bridge is one of the most impressive structures in the entire city. 

If you disembark the train at Tower Hill, you can actually grab coffee or brunch in one of the riverside restaurants to admire the Thames and Tower Bridge views. 

If you’re looking for somewhere to go – I recommend Coppa Club – it’s reasonably priced and has the best views of the bridge!

After admiring the views, if you’re into gruesome history, head to the Tower of London. Better known as the most famous ex-prison in the country, it has a dark past of torture, insanity and executions. However, it’s also home to the Royal Crown Jewels – which is a great sight for any history fans. 

You can buy tickets and walk around the Tower of London if it interests you, or head on to our next location. 

Stop 2: Monument

As you leave Tower Bridge, head to Monument. Just a 15-minute walk away, you can climb to the top and enjoy panoramic views of the city. 

Dedicated to the Great Fire of London, if laid on its side, the monument would reach all the way to the original bakery that started the fire. Even if you don’t climb to the top of the Monument, it’s a cool landmark to see from the ground. 

Stop 3: St Paul’s Cathedral

Next up is one of London’s most prominent skyline buildings, just a 15-minute walk away from Monument. St Paul’s Cathedral dates back to the 1600s (even though it has been built and rebuilt five times), and is known for its impressive exterior and interior architecture. 

Entry to the cathedral is free if you’re attending a mass or a fee for simply sightseeing. In my opinion, it’s worth every penny!

Local’s tip: to the right of the cathedral entrance, there is a red telephone box. With the right angle, this makes for an amazing photo opportunity, with the iconic red box and St Paul’s Cathedral in the background. 

Stop 4: Borough Market

After walking around St Paul’s, it’s going to be close to lunchtime. Whilst there are plenty of restaurants and bars near St Pauls (and if you’re staying around there, I recommend Madisons for incredible city views), it’s worth walking to Borough Market. 

It’s around a 20-minute walk, but the walk gives you the chance to cross over one of London’s iconic bridges. The closest is the Millenium Bridge (which is known for starring in Harry Potter), or you can walk back on yourself and cross via Tower Bridge. This is down to you, and as long as you make your way to Borough Market, it doesn’t matter! 

Borough Market is one of the best food markets in London. There is something there for everyone – meat eater, veggie, vegan, dessert fan or the one in the group who just wants to drink a large glass of wine. 

Borough Market has vendors from all over the world who sell high-quality foods and dishes. From cheesemongers to butchers, delicatessens and baristas, it’s one of the best locations in London for delicious food. 

Oh and of course, like most places in London, it has an incredible atmosphere.

Borough Market is open daily from 10am – 5/6pm. 

Stop 5: Southbank and the London Eye

Onto our next bustling and lively location – Southbank! Southbank is another of my favourite areas in London, simply because it’s full of festivities and events taking place. 

Depending on the time you are visiting London, Southbank will host a range of events. From Christmas igloos to summer beer gardens, Southbank will be full of locals and tourists at every time of year. 

Located on the riverbank, there are daily book sales, street performers, musicians, picnics on the green, food vans and even group salsa lessons to enjoy!

Southbank is also home to the London Eye, which if you have a good head for heights, is worth a trip. The queues are usually exceptionally long, so be sure to pre-book online beforehand. 

Stop 6: Soho or Chinatown

This is the only time when I’ll suggest getting the tube, as walking from the London Eye to Soho can take up to 30 minutes. But if your feet aren’t hurting too much, the walk is a great way to see more of the city. 

If you are getting the tube, jump on the Bakerloo Line at Waterloo, and get off at Piccadilly Circus for the evening’s activities. 

Depending on where you ate on Day 1, you can spend the evening in either Soho or Chinatown.

For a sit-down meal, head to Soho. Soho is the beating heart of London and has some of the best clubs, bars, restaurants, LGBTQ+ venues and theatres. 

If you need a recommendation, try either  La Bodega Negra for authentic Mexican food or Bao London for, obviously , delicious bao buns.

If you’d like to experience the craziness of Chinatown, it’s just a few minutes walk from Piccadilly Circus Station. Chinatown London is home to over 100 authentic Asian restaurants and often has more reasonably priced food than some other areas in Central London. 

Simply walk through the streets of Chinatown and pick one of your favourite restaurants. We’ve tried a fair amount of food in Chinatown, and it’s always been delicious. 

Local’s tip: Even in 2023, many of the venues in Chinatown need cash. The ATMs will often have crazily long lines, so bring cash with you beforehand!

Other places to visit in London

As previously mentioned, this 2-day London itinerary is mainly in Central London. London has so much more to offer, but if you only have a short time, it’s easy to start there. 

If you’re returning to London for the second, third or fourth time, these are some of the best locations to visit. They’re a little further out, but can all be easily accessed by tube, bus or overground train.

• Richmond Park: want to escape the bustle of the city? Richmond Park is my personal favourite Royal Park in London. It’s also the biggest –  it stretches over 2500 acres! Get the train from Waterloo to Richmond to spot wild deer, stroll around the forest and enjoy a picnic in the great British sunshine. 
• Shoreditch: Shoreditch is the hub of nightlife in East London. It has recently become one of the most popular locations in London for young adults to party, date and socialise. It’s definitely worth a visit if you have the time! No surprise there since London is one of the best cities in the UK for nightlife .
• Camden: Camden is one of the most esteemed live music areas in London. Known for being one of the most vibrant neighbourhoods in London, there are a whole heap of live music venues and pubs to choose from. It’s also home to the famous Camden Market, where you can eat delicious food, and drink, buy clothes, jewellery and other trinkets from around the world. 
• Chelsea: Chelsea may be an expensive area in London, but it’s one of the best for fine dining, local markets and high-end shopping. Just walking around Chelsea is an experience in itself, and stopping for a glass of champagne on Sloane Square is one of our favourite things to do. Don’t miss it!
• Greenwich Park: Greenwich Park and the town of Blackheath are such underrated areas of London. Take the train to Blackheath, enjoy the quaint coffee shops, pubs and restaurants, and then head over to Greenwich Park for sunset. It’s one of the best areas in London for clear skyline views, and you can see the Shard, St Paul’s, the River Thames and all of London’s other most prominent buildings.  In the evenings, the viewpoint has a warm and fuzzy feel to it. You can expect couples, groups, families and friends sitting on the grass, drinking out of cans or coffee mugs and watching the world go by. It’s pretty special. ‘

Planning to extend your stay? Here are the best day trips from London to satiate your wanderlust!

Where to stay in London

If you are visiting London for the first time, it’s important to know that you don’t need to stay in Central London. Central London is expensive and chaotic, and some of the surrounding areas are much cheaper and quieter. 

Plus, getting around London is easy. As long as your hotel or hostel is close to a tube station or bus stop, you will be able to experience London just as smoothly as staying in the centre.

Some of the surrounding areas I recommend include Shoreditch, Liverpool Street, Camden, Greenwich or Richmond. 

However, if you do want to book accommodation in Central London, I recommend Soho, Holborn, Covent Garden or Marylebone.

If you’re a couple, check out our list of the best places to stay in London for couples !

Getting around London

Getting around London is easy. We are so lucky with the amount of public transport we have, and the last thing you’ll want to do is drive! Roads in London are chaotic and busy, and locals know driving in London just isn’t a thing. 

The main ways to travel around London are:

• By tube: this is the London Underground. We have one of the most extensive train networks in the world, and you can get from one side of the city to the other in under 90 minutes. For your 2-day itinerary, I recommend utilising the tube! You can simply tap in and out using your own contactless card (no need to get an Oyster or travel card anymore). 
• By bus: buses in London are great, but they are prone to getting stuck in traffic. If you are going to use a double-decker, red bus, make sure you sit on the top floor to see the iconic London views! Again, you can board any bus in London with your contactless card, tapping in when you board. You cannot pay in cash for buses in London.
• By foot: most of the main attractions in London can be accessed by foot. It’s by far one of the most popular ways to get around London, and we walk whenever we can. Check your journey time on Google Maps, and if you can walk it, do it! The atmosphere on the streets in London is like no other. 
• By bike : In 2010, our government initiated a public bicycle hire scheme in London. Now, we can hire bikes all over London and use them for 30 minutes up to 24 hours. Hire a Santander by either downloading the app and purchasing online, or at the Santander bike station (you will need a debit card, no cash accepted). 
• Uberboat: Yes, you can now travel around London by boat! Simply tap on your credit or debit card and whizz around the city via the River Thames. It’s definitely one of the most fun ways to see the city!

2 Days in London: Conclusion

And there you have it! An action-packed, bucket-list for 2 days in London. As someone who has travelled to countries all over the world, there is nowhere that is quite like London. 

From the atmosphere, the people, the food, the architecture, the history and the culture, it really is the greatest city in the world. 

Now you’ve completed your 2-day trip to London, it’s time to plan the next one (and this time, stay for longer!)

Jennie is the creator and founder of the travel and adventure blog Jennie Wanders. Based in London, Jennie works as a full-time blogger whilst travelling to global destinations to create curated, realistic and detailed guides. 

You can follow her honest stories from around the world, goals to hit all seven continents and adventures (or most often misadventures) on the blog and via Instagram ! 

Related Posts

Famous Landmarks in London: 5 Must-Visit Attractions

This page may contain affiliate links. More info in our Privacy Policy When planning your trip to London, there are so many sites and sounds…

Read this article »

Best Places to Stay in London for Couples

This page may contain affiliate links. More info in our Privacy Policy It is not uncommon for couples and honeymooners to go away on holiday…

11 Best Day Trips From London

This page may contain affiliate links. More info in our Privacy Policy Exploring London is always a good idea, and while the city is full…

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

• Skip to right header navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar

Follow Me Away

Couples Travel & Travel Photography Blog

• Middle East
• North America
• South America
• Photography
• Travel Tips

2 days in London Itinerary: The Perfect Trip For Your First Visit

February 14, 2024 //  by  Follow Me Away //   Leave a Comment

Are you trying to plan a 2 days in London itinerary? If so, don’t stress! I have you covered with all the best tips that will show you the ultimate London guide!

I have visited London countless times, in all seasons, so this itinerary will walk you through my insider knowledge of London! Trust me this will be the ultimate itinerary for all the places you can’t miss on your trip to London. 

I made this 2 days in London itinerary to help ease your planning. Here are some things I think you MUST SEE with 48 hours in London!

• Borough Market ( is my favorite market)
• Buckingham Palace
• High Tea ( try the Ritz)
• London Eye ( Ariel views over London)
• Big Ben (most famous landmark)
• Changing of the guard ( Don’t miss this)
• Tate Moden or National Gallery ( free museums)
• Covent Garden ( must-see with two days in London ) 

You might be thinking, is 2 days enough time to visit London? The answer is YES! While you will not be able to see everything, you can make the most of your short trip with this jam-packed London trip itinerary! I have a guide for everything you need to know about planning a trip to London and the  best times to visit!  

Day 1 

Stop 1 : breakfast.

Why not start your first of 2 days in London itinerary with a traditional English Breakfast to prepare for your first full day, on the first day of your 2-day London trip itinerary?

A traditional English breakfast includes sausage, eggs, tomatoes, mushrooms, bread, and baked beans. It will be sure to keep you full all morning while you explore London!

Stop 2 : Trafalgar Square

After breakfast, your first stop is Trafalgar Square, one of the most popular squares in central London. It has been a gathering place for Londoners since it became a pedestrian-only area in 2003. And a spot you are sure to pass when walking around London!

Stop 3: Big Ben and Westminster Abbey

One of the most iconic sights of the London Skyline is Big Ben (actually the name of the bell inside the clock tower) and Westminster Abbey.

After completing a renovation in 2023, you must stop at this London landmark. For those interested in going inside Big Ben, you can climb the 334 steps up to the clock tower. Please note YOU MUST book far in advance! (link on the UK Parliament website! )

Westminster Abbey is the royal church of London that was built in 1066. It has been home to British weddings and coronations since opening, and it is a must when visiting London ! The Gothic architecture is stunning! Make sure to dress appropriately as it is a place of worship!

Click here to book :    London: Westminster Abbey, Big Ben & Buckingham Palace Tour

Click here to book  :  London: Westminster Abbey Entrance Ticket

Stop 4: Changing of Guard Ceremony

I don’t think you can have an itinerary for a first time trip to London, without seeing the changing of the Guards! My favorite “hidden gem” spot to see the changing of the guard is off of Whitehall at the Royal Horse Guards . Stand to the left or right-hand side of the building to be just steps away from the changing of the guard.

Here are some INSIDER TIPS for seeing the changing of the guards during your 2 days in London itinerary!

• DO NOT get too close or touch the horses or guards !
• January to April, and August to December the changing of the guard happens on Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and Sunday at 10:45 am.
• From May to July- daily at 10:45 am
• Book a tour to take the guesswork out of seeing Changing of Guard

Click here to book  :  London: Westminster and Changing of the Guard Tour

Stop 5: Views from the London Eye

Head to the river and cross Millennium Bridge to the London Eye. For those who aren’t afraid of heights, you must visit the London Eye on your 2 days in London itinerary! This iconic London attraction offers amazing aerial views of London. It is the world’s tallest observation wheel! 

There is a reason there is always a line, and why you must experience the 360-degree views of the city!

• Book the FAST TRACK option to skip waiting in line!
• My tip is to NOT book the first time slot , as you will spend longer in line( visit 11 am to 5:45 pm daily) 

Click here to book  :  London: The London Eye Entry Ticket 

Click here to book:  London: London Eye and Madame Tussauds Combo Ticket

Stop 6 : Afternoon Tea

One of the first things I do when planning a trip to London is book my afternoon tea reservation. And the Ritz is world-renowned for high tea in London. I like to use afternoon tea as lunch on my first day in London as you will want to come hungry to enjoy the full experience!

While afternoon tea is pricy, I think it is worth the splurge for the experience alone! The Ritz Palm Court offers the only certified tea master in London! You have to try the exclusive Royal tea blend. I love adding a glass of champagne and save room for the cake on the dessert trolly! 

Other Amazing Places to Enjoy High-Tea I recommend during an afternoon in London:

• The Rocco Forte, Langham, and Savoy hotels for high-end tea service
• Family-friendly themed Science tea at the Ampersand Hotel
• Shakespeare theme high tea at the Globe Theatre

Stop 7 : Buckingham Palace and St. James Park

After high tea, take a stroll through St. James Park. It happens to be one of my favorite parks in central London.  And it leads you to Buckingham Palace (about a 15-minute walk), another must-see!   Even during winter , it is magical. 

This stunning park has manicured shrubs, gardens, and ponds! For those traveling with children, there is an amazing playground here ( a great place to unwind if spending 2 days in London with family!)

Buckingham Palace is on EVERY London bucket list and needs to be on yours. Most visitors only take pictures from outside the gate with the guards, but, I highly recommend you book tickets to see the INSIDE of Buckingham Palace. Plan if this is something you want to do on your 2-day London trip!

• Book tickets to see the Royal State Room – see the royal collection of artwork

Check the official Buckingham Palace website for tour options

Stop 8 : Boat ride on the Thames Clipper

A unique vantage point to see London is from the water. So, why not take a trip down the Thames River ( included with a London Pass)? One of my favorite ways to spend an afternoon with two days in London!

INSIDER TIPS:

• The boat leaves every 10-20 minutes from 10 am to 6 pm
• Admire iconic London sights from the water
• I enjoy sitting outdoors, but there is indoor seating as well for the winter or rainy season

Click here to book :   London: Uber Boat by Thames Clippers Single River Ticket

Stop 9: A show in the West End and drinks

The West End of London is known for its thriving Theater scene. I think this is the perfect way to spend your first evening in London. It is one my favorite things to do in London in 2 days!

I have seen everything from Mamma Mia, Wicked, Book of Mormon, Hamilton, Phantom of the Opera, and Les Miserables. If it is in your budget, and you love theater, I highly recommend seeing a show! 

If you don’t have a specific show in mind, stop by the TKTS booth in Leicester Square to save some money.

After the show, I like to grab drinks to cap off the night. Some of my favorite bars are below! The perfect ending for night one of your 2-day itinerary for London!

• Connaught Bar – Try the old fashion 
• A Bar with Shapes for name
• Elementary – walk-in only with communal table perfect for small groups or solo travelers
• Swift – (make reservations here)

Stop 1 : Breakfast in Notting Hill

I can’t think of a better way of spending Sunday morning, than breakfast in Notting Hill. If you want to grab breakfast on the go- head to Portobello Road Market.

After breakfast, stroll along and see all the colorful homes in Notting Hill.  It is one of the most Instagrammble spots in London . For those looking for a leisurely morning stroll the shops, bookstores, coffee shops, and more! 

If looking for suggestions for breakfast I suggest the ones below.

• Farm Girl Notting Hill – try the rose latte with apple and pear pancakes
• Beam – Mediterranean Mezze Platter amazing coffee
• Granger and Co – try the scrambled eggs and thank me!

Stop 2 : Hyde Park

After exploring Notting Hill, cross over into Hyde Park. I highly recommend visiting the largest park in London especially if this is your first time to London! My favorite area to explore is the Serpentine, where you can stroll along the lakeside paths! During summertime, you can rent paddle boats to explore! Or explore one of the manicured gardens throughout the park.

Stop 3: Tower Bridge and Tower of London

From the Hyde Park area, you can take the circle line ( about 35 mins) to the Tower of London.

The Tower of London was located outside the burn area of the Great Fire of London. Meaning the 9th-century castle built by William the Conqueror was spared. Explore over 1000 years as you walk back in history and can even see the crown jewels!

When visiting the Tower of London make sure to walk across the iconic Tower Bridge. Make sure to book tickets to explore the inside the Tower of London. Climb 42 meters above ground on a glass walkway where you can view the city! 

Tip: For views of Tower Bridge head to London Bridge for the best view of the bridge.

Click here to book : London: Tower of London and Tower Bridge Early-Access Tour

Click here to book :  London: Tower of London and Crown Jewels Exhibition Ticket

Click here to book: London: Tower Bridge Entry Ticket

Stop 4: Tate Modern or National Gallery Museums

There are plenty of museums to visit in London. Even with 2 days in London itinerary, I would suggest adding one museum to your itinerary. I have two different suggestions based on your preferences in art. 

• The Tate Modern (free to visit)  is home to one of the largest collections of modern and contemporary art post-1900s worldwide. Head up to the roof for amazing views.
• The National Gallery. Admission is FREE here, but timed tickets are required . Known for artists such as Monet, Rembrandt, Van Gogh, Jan van Eyck, and more!

Click here to book :   London: Tate Modern Official Guided Tour with Art Expert

Click here to book  :  London: National Gallery Self-Guided Audio Tour in English

Click here to Book:  London: National Gallery Guided Tour and Afternoon Tea

Click here to Book :  London: Explore the National Gallery with an Art Expert

Stop 5 : Lunch at Borough Market

You can’t come to London and not eat at a London Market.  I suggest Borough Market with 2 days in London. This central London market is open every day except Monday from 10 am to 5 pm.

This foodie destination has over 1000 vendors offering everything from British dishes to every international cuisine you can think of.

Here are some of the most popular shops:

• Brindisa – chorizo roll
• Gujarati Rasoi  – Vegetarian Indian
• Turnips- Chocolate Covered Strawberries
• Kappacasein – grilled cheese
• Ginger Pig – sausage roll
• El Pasto- Mexican
• Padella – homemade pasta
• Arabica – Middle Eastern food
• Bao Borogh – bao buns
• Mallow – all plant-based – great vegan option
• Richard Howard – oysters

For those who want to be guided through the market by a foodie with firsthand knowledge try one of the tours below!

Click here to Boo k :  London: Borough Market Flavors of London Food Tour

Click here to Book:  London: Borough Market Foodie Walking Tour with Tastings

Stop 6 : View from the Shard

If you are like me, and love viewing a city from above, this is one of the things to see in London in 2 days! On the observation decks ( floors 68 to 72) you can observe the London skyline, from the tallest building in London! Trust me this needs to be on your 2 day itinerary for London!

• Included with your London Pass.
• Just make sure to book tickets ahead of time!

Click here to book: London: The Shard Entry Ticket

Stop 7 : Browse Harrods Department Store

Harrods is internationally recognized as a London department store and worth visiting if only for window shopping!  Get ready to experience sticker shock if you visit, but, I always love browsing the store. They have everything from designer stores to food and more. The food hall on the ground level is my favorite to browse.

Not to Miss:

• Egyptian Elevator – the center of the store with Egyptian sculptures
• Harrods gift shop – (love to buy tea and British candies here)
• Decorated for the holidays

Stop 8 : Dinner in Chinatown

For dinner, head to the Chinatown neighborhood. Look for one of the 4 ornate gates to enter this area. This vibrant neighborhood is the perfect spot to wander and find dinner and dessert!

Here are some of my favorite places to grab dinner.

• Dumpling Legend – for dumplings and dim sum
• Cafe TPT – Street food in a restaurant setting
• Good Fried Chicken – grab-and-go popcorn chicken
• Four Seasons – roast duck and crispy pork
• Sweet Moment – dessert
• Tai Pan Bakery 
• Egg Tarte – Harper’s Bread

Stop 9: Evening and Drink in Covent Garden 

Covent Garden comes alive at night. The area consists of 17 cross streets, a historic piazza, a Royal Opera House, the Apple Market, and tons of stores and restaurants.  I  can’t think of a better way to end my 2 nights in London itinerary!

Explore the vibrant nightlife scene, where there are tons of bars, rooftop bars, pubs, clubs, and more! Or just wander the beautiful cobblestone streets. One of my favorite areas is Neal’s Yard and Neal’s Street home to some of the quaintest cobblestone streets.

Some of my favorite places to grab a drink are below!

• Side Hustle – inside Nomad Hotel
• Bierschenke – German beer garden
• Lady of Grapes and Le Beaujolais – wine bar
• The Alchemist – innovative cocktails
• The Escapologist – artwork and drinks

What to do with more time in London

If you are planning more than a two day trip to London, check out our 3 days London itinerary ! With more time, here are some additional areas of London you should explore! Along with a few of my favorite day trips for those looking to explore outside London. But feel free to make this itinerary your own by adding stops that interest you and skipping stops that don’t!

• Sky Garden ( free view of London)
• Churchill war rooms ( on of my favorite museums)
• Hop on Hop off Bus tours ( great way to see everything!)
• Canary Wharf Area – take the cable car !
• Harry Potter Warners Brothers Day Trip or just visit all the filming locations within central London. 
• Windsor, Stonehenge, Bath, and Roman Baths Day Trip
• Cotswolds Day Trip
• Visit Castles near London

Where To Stay On Your London Itinerary  

Check out my complete guide to  where to stay in London  for more options! 

Kimpton Fitzroy London

The Kimpton Fitzroy is one of my favorite hotels and a great place to stay on a 2-day London trip. Located in Bloomsbury, this hotel is within walking distance of Covent Garden. While the lobby features mosaic floors and fresco-painted walls I find the modern rooms calming! Grab a drink or tea at Fitz the lobby bar. A great centrally located hotel for your  2 days in London, England itinerary!

Book  HERE

The Hoxton, Southwak

The Hoxton is one of my favorite boutique hotels. Choose from 4 locations in London (Southwark is my favorite)  Located, south of the Thames River in Blackfriars, it is within walking distance to almost all the major attractions. The hotel is bright and lively with plants located throughout the lobby. While the rooms feature concrete ceilings and offer free coffee, water, and tea! Plus there is a rooftop restaurant and the lobby bar serves up amazing cocktails.

St. Pancras Renaissance Hotel London

On my last layover in London, I chose to stay at the St. Pancras hotel. From the moment I pulled up to the iconic red exterior it became one of my favorite London Hotels. I love the history and gorgeous architecture of this hotel. Plus, it is “inside” St. Pancras which is convenient for those traveling by train!

Where To Eat During Your 2 Days In London

Dishroom .

My favorite cuisine to enjoy when visiting London is Indian. And no one does it better than Dishroom. They serve breakfast, lunch, and dinner. They also have a vegan menu!

I usually order the dish room chicken tikka, vegetable samosas, the house chat, and the jackfruit biryani with a side of garlic naan. They also serve delicious cocktails!

Masters Superfish

Can you visit London, and not try the iconic fish and chips?  This family-run restaurant has been serving up this London staple for over 40 years.  Try the cod filet, or go for the Master’s Special! They also serve super-bites ( think fish nuggets) as well as a variety of other dishes.

St. John Smithfield

If you want to eat at one of the best restaurants in the world, St. John Smithfield is a Michelin-star restaurant that you must visit. 

The lunch and dinner menus are uploaded to their website around 11 am each day so that they can showcase the best of the British produce available that day! They also believe in nose-to-tail eating meaning you will be trying part of the animal usually left off the menu! From roasted bone marrow to ox heart, and liver!

Getting To And Around London 

London is an easy city to navigate once you get the hang of public transportation. I like to download the Tube Map app or TfL Go before traveling if you do not have service while abroad. 

For those traveling to London by air, there are 6 major airports. But, the two most popular international flights are London Heathrow ( LHR) and Gatwick ( LGW) . For those traveling from other European cities, Luton (LTN), London City (LCY), and Stansted (STN)  are other popular airports.

London St Pancras is the Eurostar terminal for those arriving by train from Paris and Brussels.

Now, for getting around London, I highly suggest taking public transportation . 

• You can use your credit card or Oyster card to tap for lower fares throughout the tube 
•  London is broken into zones 1 to 6, with central London as zones 1-2. There are rush hour peak fares in the morning and evenings. 
• The overground ( orange circle) and the underground (red and white circle).
• Train service from Gatwick ( regular train and Gatwick Express), same with Heathrow (underground or Heathrow Express)
• Bus (cheapest option at under $2 ride)
• Iconic London Black taxi ( MUST do once, I usually take one after a play in the West End) and Uber
• Walking is very easy 

Insider Tips For Your First Trip To London 

London pass.

Many travelers overlook what I think is one of the biggest money and time savers, the London Pass.   If looking at what to do with 2 days in London, the London Pass is my first purchase! Choose from a 1 or 2-day pass!  If you buy The London Pass it gives you advanced reservations to over 80 attractions, hop-on hop-off bus tours, guided walking tours, Thames Clipper boat rides, museums, and more on your 2 days in London itinerary!  The ability to skip lines and have advanced reservations makes purchasing the London Pass a no-brainer for me!

I opt to add the London Pass with an Oyster card when purchasing!

Take advantage of Free Museums

If you are looking to travel to London on a budget, you are in luck. You can visit over 20 museums in London for FREE . Museums such as the British Museum and Library, Science Museum, Natural History Museum ( try the high tea here if traveling with kids), Museum of London ( one of my favorites), National Gallery, Tate Modern, and More!

Visiting the free museum in London can be a huge money saver for those on a tighter budget when starting your London trip planner for 2 days!

  Look the opposite way when crossing streets

Remember, in London, they drive on the opposite side of the road. That means when you cross the street you will need to look the opposite way (don’t worry they have reminders on the street for you!) 

Unlike in the US, tipping is not required. If a service charge is on your bill a tip is not required. However, for excellent service, I will leave a few pounds extra! 

Bring a Universal Adapter

The UK uses type G plug, so you will want to make sure you pack a universal travel adapter that works for the UK so that you can charge your devices!

Visit Markets for Lunch

Another of my tips is to visit one of the many markets in London for Lunch. Some of my favorites are Borough, Maltby, Mercato, Camden, and Pop Brixton. Especially if traveling with friends, or family everyone can find exactly what they want to eat! Taking the stress out of choosing just one place to eat! 

Oyster Travel Card

For those traveling to London for 48 hours, it is with it to invest in an Oyster Card. It saves so much money on metro rides, plus they cap the daily rides at just over £8! And for those with children, kids under 11 ride free with an adult! The card costs £5 to activate but you will save more than that in just one day!

Pack an umbrella

I always make sure to pack a little travel umbrella when traveling to London! There is nothing worse than being caught in a rainstorm, or your hotel not having enough umbrellas. Be prepared so you can make the most of your  itinerary for London in 2 days

Check the Exchange Rate

I always like to check exchange rates so that I can budget accordingly and know what things cost!

Reader Interactions

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

The perfect 2 days in London

W e admit it: You can’t see everything London has to offer in just 48 hours. But with a strategic itinerary, you can get a surprisingly solid sense of England’s capital. From a taste of the royal life at Buckingham Palace to a taste of beer at a local pub, think of this as a London sampler.

To make the most of your time, we’ve grouped each day’s activities based on area, so you won’t have to trudge (or tube) your way back and forth across the city. We’ve also included down time that does double-duty as sightseeing (think afternoon tea at an iconic spot). And, to ensure not a single stop is a dud, this itinerary uses Tripadvisor reviews and ratings, highlighted throughout.

MORNING: Iconic London in a Gothic mode

Prioritize your most essential London sightseeing by heading to Westminster first thing. The Westminster tube stop drops your right out at Westminster Bridge, which extends over the Thames River and offers an epic view of several of London’s main attractions. We’re talking the London Eye , an enormous Ferris wheel with city views, and Westminster Palace (the House of Parliament) with its attached clocktower, aka Big Ben (though technically, Big Ben is the bell inside). Get there at the top of the hour to hear it chime.

After you’ve taken in the grandeur from the outside—Westminster Bridge offers the best view—walk around the corner to Westminster Abbey , a stunning gothic cathedral and UNESCO World Heritage Site (together with Westminster Palace). Plan to arrive right when it opens (9:30 a.m. Monday through Saturday) to avoid the crowds, and book ahead to guarantee a spot. For a small extra fee, you can also visit The Queen's Diamond Jubilee Galleries , a small gallery that gives you a bird’s eye view of the abbey. Expect to spend at least 45 minutes marveling at Westminster Abbey, though some visitors spend as much as two hours scouting out the famous figures buried there (Charles Dickens, Stephen Hawkins, Henry VII) and taking in all the ornamental sculptures and stained glass.

Once you’ve had your fill of gothic architecture, take the 15-minute walk to Buckingham Palace . If you want to see the changing of the guard , which takes place at 10:45 (every other day in some seasons), skip the interior of the Abbey and arrive here nice and early to stake out a good view. Otherwise, snap an exterior pic of the royal residence and forge ahead.

Travelers say: "I was so excited to finally get to see the [Queen’s Diamond Jubilee] Galleries, and was NOT disappointed! It’s kind of amazing to see the structural ‘insides’ of the Abbey, and the view ‘down below’ is spectacular… you also get unique views of the gargoyles on the buttresses. It was well worth the extra fiver!” — Kris M

WESTMINSTER TOURS OPTIONS

• The Westminster Abbey audio tour, included with entrance, is well-produced and informative if you don’t want to shell out extra money for a guided tour. Download the app in advance and pack headphones.
• If navigating via Google maps exhausts you, this three-hour Westminster walking tour is basically a survey course on London attractions and includes entry into Westminster Abbey.
• History buffs who prefer to end their Westminster tour with Churchill instead of a church will enjoy this walking tour, which closes out with a trip to Churchill’s War Rooms , one of the city’s hidden gems.
• The London Landmarks & Secret Gems Bike Ride + Historic Pub + Graffiti Session bike tour is fantastic fun, taking riders all over Westminster and beyond. It also features a key pub stop in Covent Garden and some (legal) graffiti-making in a tunnel beloved by street artists.

AFTERNOON: From famous tea to famous art

Hop on the tube at Green Park and hop off two stops later at Knightsbridge Station to find yourself in one of London’s fanciest shopping districts. Window-shop on the five-minute walk to Harrods , London’s world-famous department store.

Here, you can cross off another square on your London Bingo card with Harrods’ exceptional tea time , complete with the requisite tiny sandwiches and scones. If you forgot to make a reservation or can’t pull off “smart casual” on a day of sightseeing, Harrods has plenty of other bars and restaurants for a pit stop. Once you’ve snacked, check out the wonderfully bizarre Egyptian Escalator, pick up some souvenirs, or visit the toy department, where you nab the official Harrods’ version of a Paddington Bear plushie.

If you’ve splashed out a bit on toys and fancy tea, you can save money at the Victoria and Albert Museum , which is mercifully free. Just a ten-minute walk from Harrods, the V&A is the world’s largest museum of the decorative arts and home to prints, paintings, costumes and ceramics. It’s also one place where you don’t have to book tickets ahead, so just wander over when you’re ready. Highlights include one of the world’s oldest and largest carpets and Tipu’s Tiger, an almost life-size statue of a tiger with a mechanical organ that mimics the cries of the person it’s attacking (though you may want to read up on its controversial history ).

EVENING: Fish, chips, and British pubs

Pop on the Piccadilly Line at South Kensington and rest your feet for the 20-minute tube ride to Trafalgar Square , London’s most photographed square, thanks in part to the 145-foot-high Nelson’s Column. There are plenty of dinner options nearby, but we recommend The Marquis , which serves up quintessential cozy pub charm and equally quintessential British dishes like fish and chips. If it’s good enough for Charles Dickens, who was once a regular there, it’s good enough for us.

From here, amble your way around Covent Garden , a charming neighborhood that’s home to shops, street performers, pubs, and cafes. (Note that most stores in the area close at 8 p.m., so if shopping is priority you may want to amble first, then eat.) Make your way north to Soho , the city’s nightlife neighborhood, which is home to the Red Light District and is also LGBTQ+ central. We love The French House , an authentic no-frills bar that was once a gathering point for the French Resistance during World War II. This is also West End territory, London’s Broadway equivalent, so the theater nerds can swap out a pub crawl for the latest hot ticket performance.

Worthy detours along the way

MORNING: English breakfast and two million years of human history

Fill up before a day of sightseeing at Salt & Pepper , which serves up a classic English Breakfast (typically bacon, eggs, and yes, baked beans). It also has a handy location just a five-minute walk from The British Museum , your first stop of the day. This museum of human history, art, and culture is arguably London’s best, which means getting there early is a good strategy for heading off the crowds. (The museum opens at 10 a.m. daily, and tickets are free and can be booked ahead, though you may be asked to donate.) Even half a day here isn’t enough, so make a beeline to the Rosetta Stone, then pick and choose which exhibits to explore. If deciding which of 80,000 artifacts to look at is overwhelming, just take a tour—many are free, though booking ahead is recommended.

Travelers say: "The British Museum is an absolute treasure box! What do you want to see? Ancient maps, Egyptian mummies, sculpture from Greece, the first printed Bible, original handwritten words to Beatles song, Shakespeare, the Magna Carta? All this and MORE! There is never enough time to see it all." —@ Dream6793

AFTERNOON: Ghosts from the past at the Tower of London

If you need a break from heavier English food, hop across the street for lunch at Bloomsbury Street Kitchen (open Wednesday through Saturday) which serves up outstanding Mediterranean and Japanese small plates.

Once you’ve refueled, take the 30-minute trip on the tube to the Tower of London . This 11th-century fortress castle and UNESCO World Heritage Site is where, among other things, 16th-century queen Anne Boleyn was locked up and beheaded (supposedly, she is one of many ghosts that haunt the grounds). Yes, the Tower of London is often overrun, but its true crime history is completely fascinating. While you’re there, don’t forget to check out the Crown Jewels.

Next, head over to Tower Millennium Pier and take the RB1 “River Bus” to Bankside, with the added benefit of a built-in 10-minute river cruise.

TOWER OF LONDON/THAMES RIVER TOUR OPTIONS

• Beefeaters, aka the Tower of London guards (famously pictured on bottles of Beefeater Gin), give tours that are the stuff of legend —not to mention free with entry. Tours run every half hour; no need to book ahead.
• If you want to spend more time on water, the Thames Hop-On-Hop-Off River Cruise is an excellent option. It stops at two Day Two sites (the Tower of London and Shakespeare’s Globe Theater), though if you’ve done Day One’s morning itinerary, you’ll double up on some attractions.
• No way around it: The Tower of London gets mobbed. If it’s your priority, consider getting a skip-the-line, early access pass to the Tower , which also includes a tour and tickets for a river cruise.

EVENING: All’s well that ends well

Start your evening off with a dinner at Swan at the Globe , a chic modern restaurant offering seasonal British dishes and classy cocktails. An added bonus: It has a great view over the Thames and St. Paul’s Cathedral , which means you’ll cross yet another attraction off your London sightseeing safari.

Then head next door for a play at Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre , a full-size reproduction of the famous playwright’s original open-air theater. (When you book tickets ahead, make sure they’re for The Globe; it’s easy to accidentally book tickets to The Sam Wanamaker Playhouse instead.) Standing room tickets on the floor are super cheap and super fun—it’s like you’re watching a production back in the 1600s. But after a full day of sightseeing, we understand if you want to rest your feet and sit on a bench. (If you do, spring the extra pound for a cushion.) Even in an open-air theater, the show must go on, as they say, so if the weather looks iffy bring a raincoat (umbrellas aren’t allowed) and enjoy a truly British experience: Shakespeare in the rain.

Know Before You Go

London is bright and bustling June through August, with weather in the mid-70s (though heat waves are getting a bit more common). While May and September are a bit cooler, their budding flowers or falling leaves are a bonus, plus there are fewer crowds. November through February are cool, dark, and even rainier than usual, but travel and hotel rates can be at their cheapest. Dark days are a bit cheerier from mid-November through December, when the city is dotted with Christmas markets , ice skating rinks , and epic holiday lights.

As a global capital, London tends to keep open hours the whole week long. Most museums are open regular hours seven days a week, though church-related sights are often closed on Sundays. Shops tend to open a little later Sundays, around noon, and some restaurants are closed Sundays and/or Mondays.

Museums and shops in London open around 10 a.m., with museums typically closing at 5 or 6 p.m. and shops at 7 or 8 p.m. Restaurants tend to be open from noon to 9 p.m., though some close between 3 and 5 p.m. to make the transition from lunch to dinner. Despite the fact that most Londoners aim for afternoon tea between 2 to 4 p.m., high-end venues will take reservations for teatime anywhere from 11 a.m. to 6 p.m. to max out reservations. Pubs tend to open around noon. And don’t expect to do a pub crawl into the late hours—they actually close “early” compared to cocktail bars, usually around 11 p.m.

Covent Garden : Smack-dab in the middle of the action and featured at the end of our Day One itinerary, Covent Garden is one of the most central locations in London. The Claremont, Charing Cross is an elegant 1865 hotel with chandeliers, marble columns, and a chic cocktail bar, just a few minutes’ walk from tube stops and Trafalgar Square and a 15- to 20-minute walk from both The British Museum and Westminster Abbey.

Westminster : You might not realize how close you are to London hotspots when you’re lounging in St. James’ Court, A Taj Hotel ’s classy courtyard with its own fountain, but it’s located right between Buckingham Palace and Westminster Abbey. With both the District Line and Circle Line a few minutes’ walk away at St. James Park, even the sights not right outside the front door will feel pretty close.

East End : OK, it’s not as central or scenic but hotels in the East End are cheaper and closer to Day Two attractions like The Tower of London. Travelodge London City Hotel isn’t fancy, but it gets high ratings for covering the basics for a cheap price. Plus, it’s just a four-minute walk to the Circle Line, which means most of London is easily within reach.

Public transportation: The tube, aka London’s underground transit system , is wide-reaching, relatively simple, and always running, with 24/7 service on major lines. That said, trips can add up. A Day Travelcard includes unlimited trips on the tube, trams, and buses within most of central London, and it’s worth it for travelers making three or more trips a day. If you like to linger over your hotel buffet breakfast, an Off-Peak Travel card, which can be used after 9:30 a.m., is an even better deal. The Oyster card is also an option, but requires a deposit fee so many not be worth it for shorter visits.

By bike: London is not as bike friendly as other European cities like Amsterdam and Copenhagen, though there are designated bike lanes in some areas, like the three-mile cycle route running along the river from the Tower of London to Big Ben. If you’re looking to pedal your way around the city, guided bike tours are a good option, such as one that covers London’s Royal Parks or another to see major attractions with stops for art-making and beer .

By taxi: London’s iconic black cabs are super cute, but a word of warning: They tend to be pricey, with fluctuating rates that depend on traffic. And that traffic can also inch along. As of this writing, the ride-share app Uber was running in London, but Lyft was not. London taxis also have their own app: Gett.

Airport transfers: London has six international airports, including City, Luton, Stansted, Southend, and, the two largest, Heathrow and Gatwick.

From Heathrow, the Piccadilly Line on the tube runs directly to Piccadilly Circus in 50 minutes. The faster option is the Heathrow Express rail line , which runs to Paddington Station in just 20 minutes. It’s more expensive than the tube, but it still beats taking a taxi, the priciest option by far and—thanks to traffic—often the slowest. Some hotels also offer hotel bus service—the Heathrow Hotel Hoppa , for example, makes trips to 25 hotels around the city and is as cheap as public transit.

From Gatwick Airport, the 30-minute Gatwick Express is by far the fastest option, running direct to Victoria Station. The Thameslink train costs half as much but takes twice as long, though it runs to more stations, including Blackfriars, St. Pancras International, and London Bridge. Both depart every fifteen minutes during the day. Buses are the most time-consuming choice, departing hourly and taking at least 90 minutes depending on the stop and time of day. Through easyBus, the National Express runs a bus from Gatwick to Victoria Station for as little as two pounds, but be sure to book ahead online or it could cost as much the train.

Two Days in London – The Best Travel Itinerary

Posted on Last updated: March 12, 2024

Categories Europe , Guides , Travel Guides , United Kingdom

You’re about to spend 2 days in London? This is awesome! The capital of England is one of them great cities on Earth you just have to see in your lifetime! 

I’ll be honest with you here – you won’t have enough time to see everything the city has to offer. A two day London itinerary, however, is long enough to dip you into the city’s unique culture and vibe. And once you are in love with it, I’ll give you a longer itinerary that will make sure you don’t miss anything.

Don’t get your spirits down now; this 2-day London itinerary will take you around the most emblematic parts of the city and will make sure you have a great time. In the end, this town is all about having a good time, and I’m happy to take the challenge and organize the perfect London weekend for you. Are you ready? Let’s go!  (and please mind the gap)

Two Days in London – Day 1 – The Spirit of London

On the first of our 2 days in London, we’re about to learn more about the city’s rich history and explore its eastern side. I also have a special ending for the day, which I’m pretty sure you’re going to enjoy.

British Museum

The British Museum is not only one of the best history museums in London but also one of the best in the world. And you know what? It’s free! Yeah, London is this weird city where the museums are free, but the churches cost a fortune. Fair deal if you ask me.

There’s no way you haven’t heard of the British Museum already. Priding itself with a collection of millions of artifacts from all around the world, the museum is among the best on the planet.

The artifacts you shouldn’t miss are:

• The Elgin Marbles , also known as the Parthenon Marbles (which the Greeks are not too happy about that they’re not in Greece)
• The Aztec Serpent  (which the Mexicans are not too happy about that it’s not in Mexico) 

and the most famous of them all:

• The Rosetta Stone  (which the Egyptians are not too happy about that it’s not in Egypt).

Prepare around 3 hours for your visit if you’re not a history buff. But, if you are… well, you better scratch off some of the next stops of your itinerary cause you’re about to spend half of the day in the British Museum.

Working Hours: Daily 10:00 AM to 5:00 PM (8:30 PM Fridays)

Prices:   Free, but you can still  book a ticket  to reserve a timeslot

Covent Garden

This vibrant district used to be the vegetable market of London, but today is a trendy place to have lunch and do some shopping. The market there is full of stalls offering authentic souvenirs made by locals, complemented by independent boutiques that offer… well, pretty much everything. 

It’s an enjoyable place to wander around and also has one of the most picturesque settings in town – Neal’s Yard.

Saint Paul’s Cathedral

We continue our 2-day London itinerary with one of the most recognizable structures of the city’s landscape – Saint Paul’s Cathedral.

Skillfully blending Renaissance and English Baroque architecture styles, the cathedral was built in 1675 and, during the last three centuries, was destroyed no fewer than four times. 

Getting inside St.Paul is a bit expensive, so you may just skip it and get a few pictures outside. One of the best spots to do so is in the alley connecting the entrance to Millennium Bridge. However, if you want a great photo of just the cathedral, the best spot is from the east side (New Change Street).

Fun Fact The original designer – Sir Christopher Wren, wanted to make the cathedral’s top… a giant pineapple. Check more fun facts about London !

Working Hours: Monday to Saturday – 8:30 PM to 4:00 PM (opens at 10:00 AM on Wednesdays)

Prices:   Regular – 25.00 GBP (32 USD) –  You can get one here

Tower of London

Next on our 2 days in London, we have a castle. I mean, you can’t just visit the capital of England and not see a castle, right? And it’s not just any castle. It’s the most famous tower in town – the Tower of London.

Offering a thousand years of history, the tower has been a  UNESCO World Heritage Site  since 1988 and is one of the world’s most prominent emblems of royalty. Built by William the Conqueror as a symbol of power, the White Tower used to be a defensive fortress, a prison, a Royal menagerie, and today it keeps the Royals Jewels under guard.

If you’re into history and monarchy, I strongly recommend getting the  premium option – early access and a guide , to learn in detail about the rich past of this incredible place.

Working Hours: Summer Opening – 1 March – 31 October:

• Tuesday-Saturday: 09:00 AM to 5:30 PM
• Sunday-Monday: 10:00 AM to 5:30 PM

Winter Opening 1 November – 28 February:

• Tuesday-Saturday: 09:00 AM to 4:30 PM
• Sunday-Monday: 10:00 AM to 4:30 PM

Prices:   Regular: – 34.80 GBP (45 USD) –  You can get one here Donation + tickets here

Tower Bridge

Next to the Tower of London, we have another iconic landmark – Tower Bridge (often mistakenly reffered to as London Bridge). A relatively new attraction (just a hundred and something years old), the bridge is one of the most beautiful in Europe and offers plenty of photo spots.

If you have some time, there’s an option to  go on the second level  and see the Thames from a new perspective. There’s also a glass floor to make sure you don’t miss anything.

Working Hours: Daily – 9:30 AM to 6:00 PM

Prices:   Regular – 11.40 GBP (14 USD) –  You can get one here

   See Also:   The best way to Spend 2 days in Madrid

As I promised, we finish the first of our two days in London with something spectacular – one of the highest and most magnificent panoramas in the world!

I’m talking about the Shard, of course. Standing 309.6 meters tall (1,016 ft), the Shard is the 7th tallest building on the continent and offers 360-degree views of London.

Your goal should be getting there around sunset. You’ll see London in its best light (literally) and can stay for a drink afterward.

Oh, didn’t I mention that? The top of the Shard also has a lovely bar, so I recommend getting the glass-of-champagne option when buying your ticket (especially if you’re with your SO). I promise it’ll be one of the most memorable drinks of your life.

Working Hours: Different every day –  check here

Prices:   Regular – 28.50 GBP (36 USD) – Book here

Two days in London – Day 2 – Emblematic walk

On the second da of our journey, we’re about to explore some of the most significant cultural landmarks in the world, check out the resting places of the most famous Britons, and finish the day in style.

We finished our first day with a panoramic view, and we’ll start the second one the same way. The London Eye is a giant Ferris wheel that, even if you haven’t heard of already, most probably already features on your photos. It’s just that big!

Opened in 2000, the structure is 135 meters (443 ft) tall, with 120 meters (394 ft) diameter of the wheel, and is an integral part of the city’s skyline.

Buying tickets in advance will save you some pounds here, so you better not leave it for the last moment.

Working Hours: Weekdays: 11:00 AM – 6:00 PM Weekend: 10:00 AM – 8:30 PM

Prices: Regular – 36.00 GBP (44 USD) Online – 32.50 GBP (39 USD) ( get one here ) Fast track – 51 GBP (62 USD) Online fast track – 46 GBP (56 USD) ( get one here )

   See Also:   How to spend 4 days in Paris

Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament

There is nothing more iconic in London than Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament. A meeting point since the early 1500s, Big Ben is a cultural icon that represents the British nation all around the world. 

Currently, it’s a bit ugly since it’s under renovation but once finished (it should be in 2022), the clocktower will be more beautiful than ever.

The parliament building is still the working place of the UK government, and if you want to see it from the inside, you need a  special tour  that will also give you priority access to our next attraction – the Westminster Abbey. While everyone takes a photo from the outside, very few people check it out inside, so I qualify it as a rare premium experience.

Fun Fact The massive clock tower’s real name is Elizabeth Tower (after Queen Elizabeth), while its bell is Big Ben.

Westminster Abbey

Being the prime British church since 1066, Westminster Abbey has witnessed all the major events of the Royal Family, including 16 Royal weddings and pretty much all coronations for the last millennium.

Most likely, during your visit, there won’t be any Royal weddings or coronations, so you may wonder: what else is there to see?

The answer is – a ton of legendary Britons. The trick is, well, they are dead. The Westminster Abbey is the most desired burying place in the kingdom, and seeing the graves of sir Isac Newton, Charles Darwin, Steven Hawking, Charles Dickens, etc., is truly an experience.

It’s also a thousand years old marvel of architecture, so you really can’t leave it out of your itinerary.

Working Hours: Various –  Check here

Prices: Regular – 29 GBP (37 USD) –   You can get one here Adults aged 65+ and students – 26 GBP (33 USD) Children (6-17 years) – 13 GBP (16.60 USD) Families (1 adult and 1 child) – 29 GBP (37 USD) Premium fast track combo including the parliament building

Buckingham Palace

Our 2 days in London continue with the most famous palace on the planet – Buckingham Palace. Located just 5 minutes away from the Westminster Abbey (maybe that’s why they do all coronations and weddings there – it’s convenient), the palace is the King of England’s London residence.

While the Queens’s Gallery is open for visitation, the most sought-after attraction of the palace is the changing of the guards. Unfortunately, it starts at 10:43 AM, and if you want to see it, you’ll have to modify the itinerary a bit. 

Changing guards details: August to May – Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays, and Sundays June and July – Daily

• 10:43 AM Old Guard leaves St James’s Palace
• 10:57 AM New Guard leaves Wellington Barrack
• 11:00 AM Official Start Time
• 11:10 AM St James’s Palace relief leaves Buckingham Palace
• 11:25 AM Relieved sentries leave St James’s Palace
• 11:40 AM Old Guard leaves Buckingham Palace
• 11:45 AM St James’s Palace Guard leaves Buckingham Palace

   See Also:   The ultimate 3 days in Rome itinerary guide

Trafalgar Square & National Gallery

From the most famous palace, we get to the most famous square. Trafalgar is THE meeting place in town since established in the early 19th century. It commemorates the  Battle of Trafalgar  and is home to Nelson’s Column (a monument to Admiral Horatio Nelson) and London’s famous lion statues. My favorite part of Trafalgar is the Fourth Plinth which acts as a home to a rolling commission of public artworks. Currently, there’s ice cream with a fly and a drone on it.

Trafalgar is also home to London’s National Gallery. The best art museum in town is free and features artworks from Raffaello, Michelangelo, Leonardo Da Vinci (almost all the turtles), Rubens, Vermeer ,  Rembrandt, Caravaggio, Monet, Van Gogh, and many more art titans!

Keep in mind that the museum is a labyrinth that requires color-coded routes to navigate and may take a few hours to explore.

Working Hours: Daily 10:00 AM – 6:00 PM (Friday until 9:00 PM)

Price: Free admission, although you still have to get a ticket –  Get one here

Piccadilly Circus

National Gallery was the last building on our 2-day London itinerary. It should be afternoon by now, and I want to take you around the most famous spots outside. We start with London’s answer to New York’s Times Square – Piccadilly Circus.

A meeting place of 5 busy London Roads, Piccadilly Circus is fantastic for some people-watching and photo-hunting. It’s also a gateway to top-notch restaurants, nightlife spots, and the chain store-lined Oxford Street.

Don’t expect to find any circus there, though.

Leicester Square

Next to Piccadilly Circus, we have a fun square your kids are going to love. Its best feature is the small park with statues of iconic film characters like Harry Potter, Marry Poppins, Bugs Bunny, etc. Some of them (like Paddington and Mr.Bean) are sitting on a bench, making a great photo op.

Yeah, I know you want to spend two days in London, not in China. So why the hell am I bringing you here? Well, you’re almost there anyway, and London’s Chinatown is quite the enchanting place full of great places to grab a bite.

 It’s also a tremendous culture-blending setting that gives you the chance to take a photo of a classical red phone booth with Chinese lanterns in the back. Cool right?

   See Also:   How to spend two perfect days in Barcelona

As I promised, we end our 2-day London itinerary in style. Soho is considered the entertainment center of London and will make sure you have a tremendous time, no matter what your taste is.

One of the most famous bars there is  The French House . Dating back to World War I, this place is a museum as much as it’s a bar and will surely bring you back in time (there are no TVs inside and a mobile phone ban).

Other bars worth checking out are the secret  Opium ,  Simmons  (where you can play retro Nintendo games), the magic-themed  Wizard Exploratorium , and for the karaoke fans –  Lucky Voice .

More than 2 days in London

If you have more than 2 days in London or want to modify your itinerary, there are plenty of options. 

The museums in London are not only top class but also have one unique feature – they are free. The ones that didn’t make it to the itinerary but are worth seeing are:

• National History Museum  – A legendary museum with a signature whale skeleton on the entrance. It has a vast dinosaur collection and is the perfect place to go with your kids.
• V&A Museum  – Victoria and Albert Museum has all types of collections from all over the world. It pretty much shows you how great the British Empire was. 
• Churchill War Rooms  – Set below the heart of the government buildings is the bunker where Winston Churchill used to direct the WW2 effort. If you are a war enthusiast, this is a must-see (have to mention, this one is not free).
• Tate Modern  – One of the most prominent modern art museums in the world featuring works of Andy Warhol, Mark Rothko, and Picasso.
• Kensington Palace  – Serving as the residence of the British Royal Family since the 1600s, this palace is currently the official home of the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge. So if you find yourself near Hyde park and want to see how Royalties live, there are a few rooms open for exploration (for a fee, of course).

Selling everything from foods and flowers to modern art and antiques, London markets are everywhere, and if you have the time, you should definitely add one to your list.

Borough Market (food), Portobello Road Market (antiques), Greenwich market (arts and crafts, fashion), Leadenhall market (food), and Harrods (legendary high-end mall) are the top choices.

Do you know that London has so many green spaces that, according to the  United Nations definition , it’s technically a forest?

The most visited parks to relax from the busy city and feed some squirrels are Hyde Park, St James’s Park, Green Park, Kensington Gardens, Greenwich Park, and Richmond Park.

London is a bastion of culture, and there are plenty of shows you can go to. Check what concerts are scheduled in Royal Albert Hall, go around West End and see a musical ( like Harry Potter and The Cursed Child, Lion King, Marry Poppins, Mamma Mia, and plenty of other classics), or visit another famous London tourist attraction – Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre.

   See Also:   How to spend 3 magical days in Venice

Where to stay in London

London Marriott Hotel County Hall

There are a plethora of high-end hotels in London, but the reason why I chose Marriott is just one – the view. Of course, all luxury hotels have well-trained staff, sumptuous spas, large swimming pools, and modern rooms, but how many can offer a balcony next to the London Eye? 

How many can offer a Big Ben view from the window next to your bed? That’s right! If you’re going to pay the extra buck, you deserve the absolute best, and Marriott, due to its one-of-a-kind views, goes above the rest in my book. Check the latest prices

The Tower Hotel

Even though the Tower Hotel is a four-star one, its prices are not that high (for London, that is). It has a great breakfast, clean rooms and one of the best views in London. Seriously guys, just pull the curtains, and your jaw will drop to the ground. The perfect view of Tower Bridge! Check the latest prices

PubLove @ The White Ferry, Victoria

When in London, do as Londoners do – sleep in a pub! With convenient locations next to Victoria, Pimlico, and Sloane Square stations PubLove offers 24-hour reception, free WiFi, and free walking tours. Last but not least – dishes from the award-winning in-house kitchen. A terrific place to make memories! Check the latest prices

London Tours

• The Night one  Night tours are a must for every European capital. No matter how much you explore during the day, once the sun sets down, it’s a whole different story. Board a signature London double-decker bus and see the lights of Big Ben, Harrods, the London Eye, and Trafalgar Square. Check the latest price
• The River one  One of the must-do things in London is to go for an afternoon tea with biscuits. And what better way to do it than on a 1.5-hour Afternoon Tea cruise while checking some of the city’s historic buildings from another angle. Check the latest price
• The Jack the Ripper one  It’s no secret that the playground of the most famous serial killer in history was London. Try to catch him yourself with this interactive Jack the Ripper walking tour set in Victorian London. You even have a certified Ripperologist for a guide. Check the latest price
• The Ghost Bus one  This one combines my favorite types of tours, ghost ones, with a signature London double-decker bus. You get 75 minutes of spooky stories about London’s most significant attractions told by a certified creepy conductor. Check the latest price

London Day Trips

• Warner Bros studio Are you a fan of Harry Potter? The biggest treat for you will be visiting the studio where all the movies were made. It’s a bit tricky to get there, so I wrote a complete guide to show you how to do it. Make sure to check it out!
• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath Mystical Stonehedge, historical Windsor Castle, and the authentic city of Bath in just a day? If you have the time to spare, this tour is a must! Check the latest price
• Oxford and Cotswolds Villages This day trip will take you to the picturesque Oxford town and will complement it with the traditional stone villages of the Cotswolds. A great escape from the hustle and bustle of London that will show you more of England’s countryside. Check the latest price

When to visit London?

The best months to visit London would be between March and June. While March (46F°/9C°) and April (52F°/11C°) may be a bit chilly, the rain expectation is low and the days are long. In May (56F°/14C°) and June (62F°/16C°), the temperatures are better, but also there are more crowds, and the prices are a bit higher. 

During the summer, London is full of tourists (the weather is quite lovely though) while in the winter you won’t have enough daylight to explore everything (however, you do get to enjoy the incredible Christmas street decorations).

Do you need a visa to see London?

US, EU, CA, and AU citizens don’t need a visa to enter the UK. For all other nations, more details  here .

Is London safe?

London, or at least the touristic parts of London, are pretty safe. You should still be vigilant, though. It’s a vast metropolis, and petty crimes are a common thing there.

However, to have your mind at ease and enjoy your travel to the max, you should definitely get travel insurance. I currently use  HeyMondo  for my travels because they have proven themselves to me more than once over the years. The link above will give you a 5% discount, but If you have another favorite provider, that’s ok. Just make sure you have one because you never know what may happen.

   See Also:   The Ultimate 3-day Lisbon guide

How to get to the center of London from the airports?

If you are coming from overseas, you are most likely landing at Heathrow Airport. It’s the biggest London airport and offers the most options to get in town. 

The easiest way, of course, would be to have a rented car waiting for you at the airport (no matter which one). The most convenient tool for finding the finest rent-a-car in the UK is definitely  Discover Cars . They compare all offers among all rent-a-car providers to help you find the best one.

The second-best way is to take the Tube. The Piccadilly Line runs from three locations (just follow the arrows or ask a staff member) in Heathrow Airport and can take you straight to central London in less than an hour.

If you arrive late at night on a weekday, the Tube won’t be working, so you’ll have to take the night bus (N9 to Trafalgar Square) that departs from Terminal 5 and the Heathrow Central Bus Station (Terminals 2&3).

Another popular option is to get either a  shared  or a  private  shuttle straight to your hotel. (and from  here , you can book a return ride from your hotel to the airport).

There are also shared coaches running from the airport to the center. From Heathrow, those are  MegaBus  and  National Express .

The most expensive option is getting a taxi. While the small black cabs are certainly an experience, the journey will set you back between 50 and 75 GBP.

If you land at Gatwick, you can get a  shared shuttle transfer  to your hotel, a train to London Victoria Station, or a coach to central London from  National Express .

From Stansted, you can get a train to London Liverpool Street station or a   National Express  coach to central London.

From Luton, your options are train to London St. Pancras International or a  National Express  coach to central London.

How to get around London?

If the distances are small, go on foot. The tiny alleys can often reveal unsuspecting marvels. London, however, is a massive city so you’ll most likely have to use public transport too. 

The London Underground, also known as the Tube, is the most convenient option. It goes pretty much anywhere, and you can pay on entry with your contactless debit card (I used my  Wise  card without any issues). A handy app I used all the time to navigate the Tube is  Tube Map  ( ios / android ). The fare is calculated on the distance you travel.

Another option is the red double-decker buses. They use the same contactless system as the Tube, and a single fare costs 1.55 GBP. The cool thing about the busses is they have a cap of how much you can spend per day – 4.65 GBP. So every ride after your third one is free. Just make sure you use the same card.

If you’re not a public transport person, you can get a  Hop-on Hop-off bus ticket . It has the top open and goes around various city landmarks (just check the weather forecast).

And if you want to go outside of London for a trip to Windsor or Stonehedge, you should also consider rent-a-car.  Discover Cars  will compare all the best options in the UK to make the whole process easier.

What’s a London Pass, and do I need one?

The  London Pass  is a digital ticket to over 80 attractions and a 1-day hop-on-hop-off bus tour. Is it worth it, though?

If you follow my 2-day London itinerary, you’ll use the pass at the Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, and The Shard. The pass price is 100 EUR, while those three attractions combined are around 93 EUR.

The plus of the  London Pass  is that you have the option to add other attractions to your itinerary. If you intend to buy a hop-on-hop-off bus or go inside St. Paul, the pass will actually save you money (keep in mind that no matter what’s the duration of your London Pass, you have only one day with the hop-on-hop-off bus). 

The biggest minus – you lose flexibility. Once you have the London Pass, it’s kind of obligatory to see these attractions, or you’d have wasted your money.

In conclusion – if you’re adamant you’ll see these attractions, get the London Pass. If you prefer flexibility – skip it.

Is London expensive?

London is one of the more expensive European capitals. It’s ranked the 18th most expensive city in the world, and you should definitely be ready to spend quite the buck to have a great time.  Here’s an example of some London prices  that can help you set your budget.

What currency to use in London?

In London, you can only use British Pounds. Also, make sure you have a contactless card since many places accept only this option nowadays.

Power and Internet

The UK uses a standard 220V three-pin plug, so you better have a travel adaptor in your suitcase. As for the internet, if you’re from the EU, your mobile data should be valid (double-check with your operator). If not, you can get a prepaid travel sim card from any of the major operators.

Two Days in London Itinerary Map

Click to open in Google Maps

That’s all from me, I hope you enjoy a memorable 2 days in London. To get your even more London-excited I reccomend checking my incredible London quotes collection .    ———————————— If you haven’t planned your trip there yet, find out how I plan my trips! ———————————— I have  28 bucket list ideas  for England. See my impossible bucket list of 1700+ adventures!

Is London on your bucket list?

Some of the above are affiliate links and I will earn a percentage of the sale if you purchase through them at no extra cost to you. This helps keep my site running – so thanks in advance for your support!

Pin It on Pinterest

Ultimate Guide to 2 Days in London

Written by dena roché, travel | europe | great britain | luxury travel | restaurants | travel tips.

Only have two days in London? Check out our Ultimate Guide to 2 Days in London for insider tips to maximize your time.

London is the land of royalty, history, afternoon tea, and fish and chips. It’s also my favorite city in the world. Since I first visited as a 16-year-old, I felt at home here. If we lived past lives, I was lucky enough to live one in London. Even though he grew up in Europe, my husband never visited this amazing city.

On a recent whirlwind two-day trip, I enjoyed introducing him to my London. From historical sights and everyday neighborhoods to amazing architecture and world-class museums and theater, I was excited to share why I love London with him (and you). Read on for our ultimate guide to 2 days in London.

What's in This Article:

Historical Sights in London

Many iconic sights in London are must-sees for any first-time visitor like my husband. Our first order of business was walking through the city, seeing The Tower of London , Buckingham Palace , Trafalgar Square , Parliament , Big Ben , and Westminster Abby .

I hadn’t been inside the Abby, which was recently the site of the coronation of King Charles III (and 39 before it), so we decided to visit. Inside the church that dates to 960, we marveled at the architectural genius and the over 3,000 famous Britons buried in the Abby. It’s no wonder my mom’s friend Gladys used to always talk about the ghosts she met each time she visited here.

Iconic sights of London. Photo courtesy of VisitBritain/Nicole Hines

Museums in London

With only two days in London, deciding which of its world-class museums to visit is difficult. One of the best things about the museums here is that many are free to enjoy. I decided to take him to the newly reopened National Portrait Gallery . Closed from 2020 to June 2023, this is my favorite of the city’s museums, thanks to its extensive photography collection. This time, the image that spoke to me was Nadav Kander’s 2013 photo of King Charles III . Something about the eyes gives a different perspective on the new king.

Since it was also around Trafalgar Square, we decided to also see the National Gallery . This museum is for art lovers who appreciate anything from old European masters to Impressionism. With over 2,300 works in the collection, we decided to concentrate on the rooms focused on impressionists like Georges Seurat, Paul Cezanne, Claude Monet, and Vincent van Gogh.

The Bathers at AsniËres, by Georges Seurat, in the National Gallery. Photo courtesy VisitBritain/Eric Nathan

Markets in London

With over 160 markets in London, from street markets to specialty food markets, I think it’s one of the things that makes the city so vibrant. In the past, I’ve enjoyed strolling Portobello Market , Camden Lock Market , and Old Spitalfields Market , but this time, we decided to check out Borough Market , London’s oldest market, dating to 1014.

Located near London Bridge, it’s a fantastic market for foodies. Here, you can grab a snack, meal, or the ingredients to make an impressive dinner if you can access a kitchen. Walking through, we sampled a divine mushroom and truffle paella, and some Swiss cheese. As I nibbled on a pain au chocolat, I lamented the lack of anything like this in Phoenix, where I live.

A taste of London at its many markets. Photo courtesy of City of London Corporation/Antoine Buchet

Afternoon Tea in London

Afternoon tea is a must when in London, and in my mind, there’s no better place for it than at Ting on the 35th level of The Shard . Book table 22, and you’ll have the best view in the restaurant.

This tea is substantial, and even though it’s not traditional, I opt to do it as lunch rather than an afternoon snack. You’ll get a dizzying array of finger sandwiches (the truffle egg and cress is swoon-worthy), pastries, and, of course, scones with clotted cream and jam.

If your idea of tea is an Earl Grey or Lipton, be prepared to take your tastebuds on an adventure. From the Tie Guan Yin Tea, which our server Alex describes as the Bordeaux of tea, to a Milky Oolong that he waxes poetic about how it reminds him of his childhood in Romania, it’s like a wine tasting for tea. Speaking of wine, if you want to toast your time in London, don’t hesitate to add a glass of Veuve Cliquot to the experience.

Who can resist the afternoon tea or view at Ting? Photo courtesy of Ting

Theater in London

Only Broadway can rival London’s West End. With over 240 theaters in London, it’s not hard to find a play or musical to fit your tastes. I’ve seen everything from Phantom of the Opera to Avenue Q in London and have yet to see a stinker of a show. I wanted something with a well-known plot and musical score this time, so we chose the classic Grease at the Dominion Theatre . Discount tickets for many shows are easy to get online, so don’t waste time queuing at the traditional discount ticket booths in the city.

Kick it up in London’s West End. Photo courtesy Mark Senior

Good Eats in London

London used to get a bad rap for its cuisine, but these days, its global gastronomic approach makes it one of the best towns for foodies in the world. One of the best new restaurants in the city is Nessa Soho . Executive Chef Tom Cenci’s bistro gives classic dishes British twists, like Aged Beef Tartare served with homemade BBQ crisps.

The chef puts British twists on classic dishes at Nessa Soho. Photo courtesy Nessa Soho

Where to Sleep in London

The art’otel is one of London’s newest hotels in its newest neighborhood, Battersea Park. Just across the Chelsea Bridge from the fashionable Sloane Square and Chelsea neighborhoods, Battersea Park is a new city area anchored by a former power plant turned major shopping center. The art’otel is fun and funky and, not surprisingly, brimming with eye-catching art.

In the hotel, you’ll find sculptures, paintings, photography, and furniture created for the art’otel by its signature artist, Jaime Hayon. Time Magazine and Wallpaper recognized Hayon as one of the past decade’s most influential and visionary artists. The hotel uses local artists featured as artists-in-residence to host workshops for guests.

If the weather is good, and that’s a big if in London, don’t miss swimming in the hotel’s rooftop pool.

Boutique chic at the art’otel Battersea Park. Photo courtesy of Ben Broomfield Photography

Insider Tip for Exploring During Your 2 Days in London

London is a big city, but it’s easy to get around thanks to what I think has to be the best public transportation system of any city. The underground Tube is usually the fastest way to navigate the city, so you avoid getting stuck in traffic. When you get to London, buy an Oyster Card immediately and reload as necessary. When you leave the city, keep the card as you’re charged for the initial card, and you can reload it. After all, I know you’ll fall in love with London and will be back.

Take the tube to easily get around London. Photo courtesy VisitBritain/Hazel Parreno

Other Places to Check Out in London

I’ve been to London 10 times and still have a list of things I haven’t done and want to do. So there is no way you can see all this dynamic city has to offer in two days. Here are a few other things to consider when planning your trip.

• Schedule a visit to Tate Britain and Tate Modern Museums
• Explore the British Museum
• Picnic in any park— Hyde Park or Green Park are my favorites
• Visit St Paul’s Cathedral
• Book any London Walks tour
• Go shopping at Harrods or Selfridges

Articles Related to Spending 2 Days in London

• London in the Spring: A Perfect Destination
• Hotel Profile: Capital London
• Tips to Make the Most of a Short Trip to London
• St. Ermin’s Hotel London: Historic London Hotel with a Stealthy Past
• 5 Places to Experience London Modern Art

Exploring 2 Days in London

London is the most accessible city across the pond from the United States, with direct flights from many major American cities to London Heathrow or London Gatwick.

If you can avoid London when the summer tourists are out in force, you’ll be able to enjoy the city more. April and May or September and October are my favorite times to visit my favorite city in the world. We invite you to explore  Wander With Wonder for more of our favorite things to do when you visit Great Britain . We also have a series of Ultimate Guides to 2 Days to help you plan long weekend getaways or fun layover excursions.

2 Days Ultimate Guide | London

You may also like….

10 Travel Photography Trends to Follow in 2024

by EJ Ray | May 4, 2024 | Travel Tips , Travel

Check out this article to discover new trends in travel photography and learn what visuals are in demand on stock...

Experience Luxury at Muir Halifax in Nova Scotia

by Kathy Condon | May 2, 2024 | Hotels and Resorts , Canada , Travel

Indulge in a luxurious stay at Muir Halifax, a premier destination in Nova Scotia. Book now to experience elegance and...

5 Best Destinations for UK Family Adventures

by EJ Ray | May 1, 2024 | Great Britain , Destinations , Europe , Outdoor Travel , Travel , Travel Tips

Discover the ultimate UK family adventures! Explore thrilling destinations that are perfect for creating unforgettable...

Subscribe To Our Newsletter

Sign up for our newsletter to get the latest food, wine & travel updates! We look forward to having you Wander with us.

You have Successfully Subscribed!

2 Days in London Itinerary | How to Spend 48 Hours Exploring London

Planning a trip to England and wondering how to spend 2 Days in London …!? Well, look no further, because I’ve put together the ultimate guide for exploring London in two days, and it’s filled with loads of the best things to do, places to visit, food & drink recommendations, and so much more! While only having 48 hours to carry out your London itinerary might not seem like too long, you’d be surprised how much you can fit in!   

What is there to say about London that hasn’t already been said…?

The English capital is always buzzing, always moving, always “on.” And its status as a “world city” and major tourist destination has always topped global lists.

There’s a special magic about London that can’t be summed up in words as much as it can through seeing the city through your own eyes. It’s got such distinct character, is so beautiful and offers up so much to keep you busy, it was difficult for me to wrap up this London guide somewhere. I could have just kept going forever.

Two days in London is a tight squeeze – and I would ALWAYS recommend at least five days in this incredible city. However , if your visit to London is a quick one, my two day London itinerary is an essential read. Pick and choose the sights, smells and sounds that most interest you, and get out there and explore!

So without further ado, let’s journey to merry old England’s cosmopolitan capital together…

Where to Stay for 2 Days in London

London is jam-packed with hotels, hostels, guesthouses and Airbnb’s to suit any budget or travel style.  Here are my recommendations for the best three unique accommodation experiences in the heart of one of the world’s greatest cities.

• Converted Warehouse Loft Apartment : This updated space is modern, open concept, and incredibly gorgeous! It’s what I think is one of the best Airbnbs in London ! I thing staying in an Airbnb is the best way to experience a new city, and this one is simply perfect!
• The Z Hotel Soho : Top HOTEL Pick for London. Why? Four-Star digs in the heart of London’s buzzing West End. The Z Hotel Soho is situated minutes walk from landmarks Covent Garden, Leicester Square and Piccadilly Circus. Rooms are equipped with all the mod cons you need to make your stay the best possible, and a free continental breakfast is included each morning in the on-site cafe. There’s even a hotel courtyard for enjoying sunny London days.
• Clink78 Hostel : Best HOSTEL in Central London. Why?  Fancy staying in a converted Victorian courthouse? Clink78 is just that, retaining many of its original features to ensure a unique London hostel stay. The hostel offers free daily walking tours of London, comfy, quirky rooms (many in converted prison cells), live music, a bar and is minutes’ walk to major Tube station, King’s Cross St Pancras. Tell Harry Potter we sent ya.

Getting Around London in 2 Days

By foot : London is one of the world’s best walking cities, and you’ll smash your daily Fitbit step goal without even noticing. Wandering between the many unique central London neighborhoods is so enjoyable, with famous landmarks around each corner to marvel at.

By train : For when your feet feel run a little ragged, Tube stations are around every corner, and the underground train service is so efficient, on time and clean, you will experience for yourself why it’s been at the heart of London’s distinct identity for so long.

By bike : Don’t want to miss a beat of the action above street level? There are many bike rental companies across the city, but be careful. London streets are notoriously busy, and if you are from a country that isn’t used to driving on the left side of the road you might want to pass on this option… or stay off major thoroughfares.

By taxi : What visit to London is complete without a ride or two in a famous London Black Cab? These traditional British taxis are spacious, fun and driven by the best in the business. I’m not joking – read up on what it takes to become a Black Cab driver in London and you’ll be astounded.

By bus : Finally, who can forget about the distinct red London double-decker buses? Traveling on these is cheap and provides a great chance to catch some famous sights on the go. Similarly, the city has a Hop On Hop Off bus service that is easy to use and perfect for short term visitors that want to see the major sights.  This would actually be a great way to see all the sights in London in two days!

What to Do in London In Two Days…?

Wondering what to see in London in 2 days? Here’s your guide. Make sure you wake up bright and early, because you’ll want just about every minute of these 2 days to see everything on this 2 day London itinerary! It’s jam-packed with some of London’s best tourist hotspots!

Tea with The Queen at Buckingham Palace

Well, not really. But walking up the lengthy historical “Mall” which ends at her primary home, Buckingham Palace is a bucket list experience you must tick off. You’ll be walking the path of British royalty throughout history, and it’s also right in the center of London, so you may just stumble across it as I did without even realizing it’s so close!

Be sure to catch the historic Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace on Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Sunday at 10:45 am sharp.

Relax in Trafalgar Square

The famous pigeons of Trafalgar Square may have been removed, but it’s still a fantastic spot to rest your weary feet, people watch and enjoy a coffee. Sit under the watchful eye of Lord Nelson who sits atop Nelson’s Column, beside the famous fountain lions and in front of the National Gallery.

Meander Through Westminster Abbey

You could spend hours in iconic landmark Westminster Abbey , as it has so many areas to pique anyone’s interest. Standing proud alongside Big Ben, St Paul’s Cathedral, the Thames, Downing Street and a stone’s throw from many other London tourist attractions, this huge church is almost 1000 years old and has seen it all . Royal weddings, coronations, funerals and burials. Being interred in Westminster is reserved for the best of the best, with Stephen Hawking, Isaac Newton, Charles Darwin, Kings and Queens and many famous artists, writers and actors all resting here. And it’s a hell of a spot to rest.

London Westminster Abbey Entrance Ticket & Walking Tour : “ This is a great choice for travelers interested in exploring the highlights of London’s Westminster area in half a day. Save hours of research time and join a guide for a thorough discovery tour that covers some of London’s most notable buildings. See Buckingham Palace, Big Ben, Downing Street, the Houses of Parliament, and more. No need to wait in long ticket lines as entry to Westminster Abbey is included. ”

Ride the London Eye

Take a flight through the Heart of the City

There’s no better birdseye view of London than from the London Eye , the ginormous fixture sitting alongside The Thames river. It’s easily the most popular paid tourist attraction in the United Kingdom, and Europe’s tallest observation wheel. You won’t get views like this anywhere else, and it’s definitely one of the best Instagram Spots in London you’ll be able to find!

But fair warning, the London Eye tends to be insanely crowded, so be prepared to wait in a LONG line if you don’t pre-book tickets in advance!

Coca-Cola London Eye Fast-Track Admission : “ Experience one of London’s must-see attractions with this skip-the-line London Eye ticket. Bypass the long queue and enjoy priority access and boarding for a standard flight in a shared capsule. Then admire panoramic views over the Thames River, Big Ben and other landmarks on your “flight.”

Book your London Eye Fast Pass Ticket in Advance

Eye Off Some Impressive Art

If you’re a lover of art, then London is the city of your dreams!  But with so many galleries, museums, and exhibitions – you’ll definitely need to plan a return to visit just to cram them all in.

All of these offer FREE entry, and would be great for a quick visit! 

• The National Gallery : The story of European art, masterpiece by masterpiece!
• The Tate Britain : The home of British art from 1500 to the present day
• The British Museum : Houses a vast collection of world art and artifacts and is FREE to all visitors
• The London Natural History Museum : An immersive and informative adventure into our fascinating natural world
• The Tate Modern : International modern and contemporary art
• The National Portrait Gallery : The Gallery holds the most extensive collection of portraits in the world. Search over 215,000 works, 150,000 of which are illustrated from the 16th Century to the present day.

Marvel at St Paul’s Cathedral

Perched on the pinnacle of the City of London, St Paul’s Cathedral has stood in its current form for over 300 years. And a series of churches have occupied this same perch for well over 1,000 years. It’s one of the oldest landmarks in London and the second-largest church building in the country.

The cathedral’s enormous pale-blue dome towers boldly above the surrounding buildings, and its imposing facade is a sight to behold.

But the interior is even more striking. The ceilings are painted in ornate detail, with splashes of gold flickering from the walls and grand arches. You don’t need to be religious to appreciate the craftsmanship and design work that forged such an awe-inspiring space.

A visit here is quintessentially London, and it’s a must-see for all history-loving travelers exploring London in 2 days. You can book an entry ticket online and drop in for a trip back in time, as well as some amazing views of London from the Dome.

Take Five in London’s Parks and Gardens

Yes, ticket inspectors will come along and collect money to sit in the many deck chairs dotting the major gardens, and no, it’s not a scam. Few things in London are free, but it’s well worth it on a (rare) London sunny day to join the crowds catching some rays. St James Park, Kensington Gardens, Hyde Park, Hampstead Heath and Green Park are popular destinations for some welcome greenery in the concrete jungle.

Bike, Walk & Wander Through Hyde Park

Hyde Park isn’t just a park. It’s a sprawling destination for many events, and simply a great place to hangout while spending a few days in London.

It’s like the Central Park of Britain , full of historical monuments and lush greenery. It’s also the home of many music and sporting events year-round, and at Christmas, Hyde Park’s Winter Wonderland is a magical spot to be. No two day trip to London is complete without walking or biking through its scenic pathways. It’s a popular spot for almost all walking and bike tours of the city as well, though:

• Secret London Tour by Bike : “ Explore some of London’s more eccentric characters and hidden landmarks on this bike tour of the City and East End. From medieval history to movie star glamor, be thrilled with weird and wonderful stories of London life. “
• The Essentials! 3.5-Hour London Bike Tour : “See some of the world’s most famous places and iconic buildings on a 3-hour bike tour of London!

Get Spooky at Highgate Cemetery

One of England’s greatest treasures

“Highgate Cemetery has some of the finest funerary architecture in the country. It is a place of peace and contemplation where a romantic profusion of trees, memorials and wildlife flourish.”

A lesser-known famous London landmark, Highgate Cemetery is the resting place of over 170,000 people – many of whom are household names. Karl Marx, George Eliot, Bob Hoskins and George Michael are just a few of the famous names that reside here. If dead people don’t interest you, it’s worth a visit just to escape the hustle and bustle of London and enjoy the cemetery’s status as a nature reserve.

Take in a West End Show

London is known across the world for its stage productions, many of which started here and have spread in popularity across the globe. The West End of Central London is a hotbed of historic theatres, including the Apollo, The Lyceum, The Sondheim, the Lyric, The Playhouse, The Theatre Royal and Her Majesty’s Theatre. And that’s just a few.

Recommended shows that reside long-term in London include Les Miserables, Phantom of the Opera, Mamma Mia, The Lion King, Wicked and Oliver! and Cats. If you are willing to travel a little further afield, Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre in Bankside still stages productions even today, and is easily accessible via the Tube network. Just jump off at either Blackfriars or London Bridge Station.

• Wicked at the Apollo Victoria Theater : “ Experience one of London’s most loved traditions of seeing a show in the West End. Wicked the Musical has been seen by 50 million viewers in 14 countries and has been running at the Apollo Victoria Theatre in London for over a decade. The award-winning show tells the untold story of the witches of Oz. “
• Phantom of the Opera Tickets at Her Majesty’s Theatre : “ Let your fantasies unwind at Phantom of the Opera, now in its 32nd year at Her Majesty’s Theatre in London. Adapted from Gaston Leroux’s classic novel of mystery and suspense, Phantom features Andrew Lloyd Webber’s best-known music including “All I Ask of You” and “The Music of the Night.” Be mesmerized and entranced when you see Phantom at this historic West End theater. Guarantee yourself the seats you want at a great price point, for an experience you’ll remember for a lifetime. “
• Everybody’s Talking About Jamie – Apollo Theatre Tickets : “ Enjoy a classic night out on London’s West End when you book advance tickets to one of the city’s most talked-about shows. “Everybody’s Talking About Jamie,” inspired by a true story, follows Sheffield teenager Jamie New as he overcomes prejudice and pursues his passion for drag. “

World-Famous Shopping

Oxford Street. Carnaby Street. Bond Street. Covent Garden. Sloane Street. Notting Hill Gate. Piccadilly. Tottenham Court Road. I bet you know many of these names no matter where you’re from – even if it’s just from Monopoly.

London is renowned for its world-class shopping destinations and “high streets”, and year-round you will see throngs of locals and tourists spending their hard-earned pounds on these streets. If you want to visit some historic London institutions, Harrods, Liberty, Fortnum & Mason and Selfridges are iconic stores worth checking out.

Explore Harry Potter’s World

If you’re a Potterhead, you’re probably willing to give up a day of your fleeting two days in London to Harry and friends. Officially part of the Warner Bros. Studio Tour London , you’ll explore film sets, props, costumes and so much more from the film series.

This award-winning destination is super popular, and a magical trip here is worth extending your trip to London. The studios are located about 20 miles from Central London but are easily accessible by road or by rail! While I think this is better if you’ve got longer than 48 hours in the city, it’s a really fantastic day for Potter fans, and felt I needed to mention it in my London 2 days itinerary!

See a “Football” Match

Football (or soccer to the American readers) is basically a religion across the United Kingdom, and London is the home of many of the premier league teams . It isn’t cheap to see a game, but it is a travel story you can tell for years to come.  There are games quite often, so just do a quick search when you’re in the city, and see if you can squeeze a match into your jam-packed 2 day London itinerary!

Hunt for Jack the Ripper by Night

He eluded capture for his murders in 1888, and people are still fascinated by the notorious killer Jack the Ripper today.

Who was he? Who were his victims? Where did it all happen? You’ll hear the thrilling tale of Gentleman Jack on one of the popular Jack the Ripper tours in the East End of London. Step back in time with this unmissable 2+ hour night tour that runs every night of the week. 

• Jack the Ripper Tour with ‘Ripper-Vision’ in London : “Dare to discover the legend of London’s notorious Jack the Ripper on a tour like no other! Using state-of-the-art RIPPER-VISION™, innovative hand-held projectors help to recreate the atmosphere of Victorian London using spooky images, film clips and moving images. Follow your guide on a walking tour to explore the dimly lit backstreets of Whitechapel and hear the harrowing tales and conspiracy theories of London’s most notorious serial killer.”
• Jack the Ripper Walking Tour of London’s East End : “Descend into London’s dark history with an evening Jack the Ripper walking tour. Spend two hours exploring London’s East End with your informed guide. As you wind through the dark alleys of Whitechapel, learn the horrifying details of the 1888 killing-spree at the hand of this still unknown serial killer. Hear about the victims and theories on the suspects, then warm your chilled blood with a drink at Ten Bells pub, a key setting in the Jack the Ripper mystery.”

Jack the Ripper in action at London

Join the Crowd at Wimbledon

Are you exploring London in 2 days during June or July…?

Whether you love tennis or just want to visit a celebrity spot, Wimbledon is absolutely a must-visit!

The weather is warm, the sun is (mostly) out and you’ll see some of the best in the grand slam biz smashing it out for the Wimbledon championship.

Wax On, Wax Off at Madame Tussaud’s

The royal family, Sherlock Holmes, sports stars, film icons, world leaders and great artists – just to name a few – all live in this building in London. Okay, maybe not the actual people, but their wax sculptures do.

The original, and the best, branch of the Madame Tussauds chain is a must-see , and hundreds of figures (and counting) are on show here in their Marylebone home.

Buy Discounted Madame Tussaud’s Tickets NOW

Brave the Tower of London

Heads have been removed here, many have been imprisoned and the lore of the Tower of London lingers on even today. This fortress is still standing in Central London 1000 years on, and millions of tourists a year roll through its doors, eager to see this spooky historical landmark.

See the Crown Jewels and hear some spooktacular tales from the best storytellers and tour guides in the business.

After your visit to the Tower of London, wander over to Tower Bridge and check out its recognizable design.

Tower of London opening times:

• Tuesday-Saturday: 09:00-17:30
• Sunday-Monday: 10:00-17:30

Walk with the Animals at London Zoo

Regardless of whether you’re traveling with kids or are just a big kid yourself, no two days in London would be complete without checking out their incredible zoo located right in the city!  With lots of animals and shows in a beautiful park setting, London Zoo comes highly recommended, especially if the kids don’t have much interest in art, history, shopping or the royal family.

London Zoo: Entry Ticket + Skip-the-Line : “With over 720 animal species, exciting and innovative new exhibits and heritage buildings almost as famous as their inhabitants, it’s a great day out for visitors of all ages spending 48 hours in London. Gorillas, penguins and more await!”

Book your London Zoo Tickets NOW

Stroll Through London’s Many Markets 

The market is an important part of everyday life in many English cities and villages, and Londoner’s can put one on like few other major cities. Wherever you are staying, the odds are there’s a great market not far from you, selling all kinds of wares and food and offering up a terrific way to while away a morning – or a day.

The most well-known markets include Portobello Road Market in affluent Notting Hill, The alternative Camden Markets, Borough Market, Victoria Park Market, Greenwich Market and Brixton Market. Just check opening times, as some only operate on weekends.

48 Hours in London – Food and Drink Recommendations

Whether you’re an amateur foodie or an experienced culinary aficionado, you can bet London has a dining (and drinking) experience to “wet your whistle”.

London really is a melting pot of cultural influences, and that culture naturally flows over into their massive food scene. If you know exactly what you fancy, here’s just a few of my top-shelf recommendations to get you in the British mood.

An Authentic Pub Meal

If you can’t find a great local pub meal in London, there’s something wrong with you. The city is packed with pubs, both old and new, that serve up an affordable feed in a cozy location. For a taste of England, you can’t pass up a plate of fish and chips, a Sunday roast, bangers and mash, pie and chips or a “full English”, a huge breakfast that will fill you up before a busy day.

A Brick Lane Curry

For one street in such a massive city, Brick Lane has done well to achieve such a cult status as a global food destination. Located in London’s East End, Brick Lane is a fun and vibrant neighbourhood that is most well known for its incredible Asian eats, particularly Bangladeshi food. If you mention being hungry to any local, you can guarantee an authentic curry on Brick Lane will be one of their top recommendations.

A Traditional High Tea

There are few things more British than an afternoon High Tea, and it’s a fantastic way to break up your busy itinerary. Tea houses can be found throughout London at all price points, but to me, you can’t go past Afternoon Tea at The Savoy or Claridge’s for the best of the best high tea experience in London. Most elite hotels have a specific high tea package, but if you are reigning in the spending a bit, I love Beas of Bloomsbury and The Modern Pantry for a budget-friendly offering.

Posh Eateries

British chefs are some of the best in the world, and the world has had a taste of their skills thanks to celebrity chefs Gordon Ramsey, Jamie Oliver, Heston Blumenthal and Nigella Lawson. If you’ve got pounds to splurge, there’s tons of exclusive London restaurants to make a fancy reservation at. Dinner by Heston Blumenthal, Alain Ducasse at The Dorchester, Hakkasan Mayfair and Veeraswamy on Regent Street all boast Michelin Star food and service.

Nightlife for Two Days in London

A night out in London is always amazing, and no matter what your partying style is, you’ll find it in this sprawling city. From a cozy night slamming pints in pubs, an all-out rager at a great nightclub (the flagship Ministry of Sound club is located in Central London) or tagging along on one of the many tourist pub crawls – London is an incredible night out.

For a kitschy event you won’t forget, the Monopoly Board Pub Crawl is so fun and entertaining and will take you to all the hotspots featured on the famous board game. It covers all 26 locations mentioned in the game, so rest up and line your stomach beforehand. Trust me. 

Or you could check out the popular West End Pub Crawl as well! It’s a fantastic area to explore the local bars, and is a favorite among locals and tourists alike!

London Travel Tips…

• The London Explorer Pass is a fantastic bundled package that includes entry to many of the city’s major attractions. Recommended to save some serious pounds.
• London is a relatively safe city, but being aware of your surroundings and keeping an eye on your belongings is recommended – as with anywhere.
• Student, youth or seniors cards can get you a hefty discount on entry to many major landmarks, public transport and even savings in many stores. If you have a valid concession, use it with abandon in pricey London.
• London has SO MANY free attractions, which is great considering it’s one of the world’s most expensive cities. Some of the free museums and galleries in London include The British Museum, Natural History Museum, National Gallery, Tate Modern, Victoria and Albert Museum, The Science Museum and the Museum of London.
• If you are staying in London for more than a few days, pick up an Oyster Card to use on their public transport system – it will save you a lot of time and money! The card itself is free for a small refundable deposit, so you’ve got nothing to lose and only cash to gain.
• Staying outside of the busy centre of London will keep costs down a little, and the Tube is so great you won’t even notice.

• Speaking of the Tube, it’s an unwritten rule that people are generally very quiet on the Tube, so keep the loud talking or rowdiness to a minimum – or at least until you disembark. Those English are a dignified lot!
• Wear sensible walking shoes – this is one of the best walking cities in the world.
• Queueing is a mandatory custom in Britain, so don’t be impatient as others won’t take well to it. Again, dignified.
• Many Tube lines run all night on Friday and Saturday nights, which makes London ideal for a big weekend night out!
• Like many European cities, London has its fair share of scammers trawling the streets for their next target. Don’t stop – keep walking.
• It rains in London – a lot. And the brilliant sunshine can disappear at a moment’s notice, giving way to frigid cold. Always, always take a jacket – and an umbrella.
• Allow for lots of time at Heathrow! This major international airport is HUGE. So huge, in fact, that there’s a board in departures that estimates how long it will take you to walk to your gate, and the airport itself has THREE Tube stations beneath it and FIVE terminals in total. When flying in or out, don’t think you can leave it until the last minute. Not only are lines extremely lengthy and customs very thorough, but you may get distracted by the vastness of the duty free shopping on offer…
• Tipping in London isn’t mandatory or expected like in the U.S, but hospitality wages are on the lower end of the scale here, so a small tip is greatly appreciated.
• The British drive on the left side of the road and have right-hand drive cars. Good to remember when crossing roads (or getting in cabs!)
• Surprisingly, London isn’t great for free wifi, so it’s recommended you pick up a cheap sim card on your arrival. It’ll save you the burden of roaming charges.

Am I Missing Anything from my 2 Days in London Itinerary…?

England’s capital really is one of the best cities in the world, and there’s simply no shortage of incredible top things to do in London in 2 days while you’re visiting.

This two-day London itinerary is actually more of a destination travel guide, and I hope it’s given you tons of fun ideas on how to spend your time in this incredible city!

If you’ve been to London recently and think I need any specific tour, restaurant, landmark, or whatever else to this list – please do reach out to me and let me know!  I’d love to keep this London travel blog as up-to-date as possible! 

Planning a Trip to the U.K & Europe…?

My website is filled with fun articles and itineraries that help you sort out tons of epic adventures, music festivals, weekend travel guides, and so much more.  Take a read-through some of my favorite articles below, and let me know what you think!

• The 30 Best U.K Music Festivals To Experience Before You Die
• Top 20 Techno Festivals in Europe To Experience Before You Die
• Top 18 Music Festivals in Scotland to Experience Before You Die
• The 23 Best Music Festivals in Ireland To Experience Before You Die
• Top 10 Music Festivals in Leeds to Experience Before You Die
• 2 Days in Madrid | How to Explore Madrid in 48 Hours
• 2 Days in Copenhagen | The Best 48 Hours/ Weekend Guide to Copenhagen
• Flashpacking Finland | My Northern Lights Bucket List Adventure
• The 20 Best Techno Festivals in Europe to Experience This Summer
• 2 Days in Budapest | The Ultimate 48 Hour Weekend Guide to Budapest
• 2 Days In Berlin itinerary | How to Explore Berlin in 48 Hours
• 2 Days in Prague | What to See & Do in Prague in 48 Hours’
• 2 Days in Athens | The Best 48 Hours Guide to Athens
• The 20 Best Music Festivals in Sweden
• The Ultimate Weekend in Rome Itinerary

Thanks for reading my 2 day London Itinerary!

Share this london 2 day itinerary with your travel squad.

A wonderful London itineray full of brilliant tips, thank you for sharing!

Amazing blog, really interesting I loved reading it, so well written, please keep on writing blogs like this.

Trackbacks & Pingbacks

[…] 2 Days in London Itinerary | How to Explore London in 48 Hours […]

[…] 2 Days in London Itinerary | How to Spend 48 Hours in London […]

Leave a Reply

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Photography Gear

Work With Me

Privacy Policy

Destinations

Music Festivals

Travel Itineraries

Inspiration

Travel Gifts

Southeast Asia

London in 2 Days Itinerary: the Best 48 Hours in London

This post contains affiliate links for which I may make a small commission to help keep the site running. You will not be charged extra for these items had you not clicked the links. Thank you for your help to keep the site running!

I recommend more than 2 days in my guide on how many days to spend in London , but sometimes you just have work with what you have and need a London 2 day itinerary.

Maybe you’re coming for a weekend in London as a trip from another European country, maybe your vacation time is short so you’re zipping around the UK – whatever the reason, this the best way to spend 48 hours in London, including where to eat, where to stay, where to visit and how to get around.

GET A FREE LONDON INTRO GUIDE and ACCESS TO MY FB GROUP

Start your planning with this “Intro to London” guide and access to my London planning Facebook group!

I consent to receive this book and other e-mails from Girl Gone London

The Absolute Must-Knows (from a Londoner)

• 😍 Cheapest Way to See it All: Get the London Pass here (yes, it’s worth it)
• 🎭 Cheapest site for West End theatre tickets: London Theatre Direct
• 🚕 Cheapest and most reliable airport transfer service: Welcome Pickups
• 🚉 Cheapest Way to Book Train and Bus Tickets: Omio
• 🔌 Most Reliable Adapter for UK Plugs: This one

Hey! Want more honest UK tips and planning advice? Click here to join my London and UK Travel Tips Facebook group , where I can answer more of your questions!

Check out the YouTube channel for more London tips

Tips for Visiting London in 48 Hours

Whether you follow this exactly itinerary or not, here are some tips to keep in mind when you want to see London in 2 days.

• time is of the essence , so don’t spend time criss-crossing the city by public transportation for hours. I’ve planned it to put you in different “zones” on each day, which eliminates the need to waste a lot of time in transit
• Understand your priorities and that everything else is a bonus. Sure, 2 days is an extra 24 hours above my 1 day in London itinerary , but this city isn’t going to be fully explored in one week, much less 2 days or even with 3 days in London . Have each person choose their “must-do” and make sure to get to those before spending time exploring other places, and that way everything else is the cherry on top rather than things that distracted you from seeing what you really wanted
• Take daylight hours into account. Attractions have shorter opening hours in the winter and the sun can set as early as 3pm in December, whereas the summer months can see daylight until 10:30pm or later. Having an idea of the daylight hours for when you’re visiting will help you plan an itinerary that lets you actually see attractions instead of seeing London in the dark (don’t get me wrong, London at night is awesome, but you don’t want to be surprised when it’s dark at 5pm when you planned to see the outside of Westminster Abbey in all of its glory!)

🛎 Still looking for somewhere to stay in London?

My favorite hotel in London for all visitors is the Strand Palace ( click here to check prices ). ⭐⭐⭐⭐

Where to Stay for 2 Days in London

Similar to if you’re only in London for a day , those wondering what to see with 2 days in London are going to want to not miss a single beat and that means staying pretty central.

For this itinerary, I recommend staying in the Covent Garden area, one of my most recommended areas to stay in London.

I particularly recommend the Strand Palace hotel, a safe, modern hotel near some of London’s most popular attractions.

It’s been recently refurbished and always has rave reviews from my readers who use it as their home base when in London.

IMPORTANT: are you coming to the UK from abroad?

In case you’re reading this from outside the UK and will be a foreign visitor here, you need to know these 2 things to stay safe and save money.

• Travel insurance – you need it when going overseas! I use this site to get the best quotes and purchase my packages from. Do not skip this – having medical coverage abroad as well as other coverage in case of missed flights, lost luggage, etc is essential. As I said, I have never gone wrong using this site .
• International debit cards without fees – do not get stuck paying extortionate foreign fees when using your card abroad (and the UK is almost all card these days). I use the Wise debit and travel card which you can apply and learn more about here .

What to Pack for London in 2 Days

Don’t forget to check out my London packing list for a full guide on what to bring to London, and the only difference if you’re coming for 2 days is that obviously you’ll need to bring less for the London portion – cut that clothing list way down and don’t you dare bring more than one pair of jeans!

Other items to make sure get shoved in your suitcase are:

• waterproof shoes – unless you’re coming in the height of summer and the forecast is trying to guarantee you no rain, having waterproof shoes like this means that you’ll be prepared for whatever the London weather can throw at you
• daybag that zips up or buckles – from not losing your wallet from just falling out of your bag to not losing it to a thief in a crowded area, having a bag that zips up or buckles and doesn’t just stay wide open is essential to staying safe in London
• umbrella or rain jacket – pick one or the other and make sure you have your gear rain proofed! Especially for visitors who are out and about in London all day and not able to hide away in offices when the rain comes, you want to be able to soldier through any drizzle and still have fun without ended up too wet

2-Day London Itinerary: The Full Rundown

I’m going to start this itinerary from the morning of Day 1, assuming you have two full days in London.

Adjust as needed if you have to travel from airports or need to cut your time early to get to your next destination.

Have breakfast at a Bill’s location in London.

This chain of restaurants has plenty of location options, and they serve up a great English breakfast to get you fueled up and trying some classic British foods like beans on toast!

Late morning : After breakfast, head to Buckingham Palace to see the Changing of the Guards, if it’s on.

Changing of the Guards usually happens around 10am, but you can check the schedule ahead of time here to make sure you’re informed about your specific date.

You should get to Buckingham Palace about an hour early if you want an excellent viewing spot, but can arrive even as late as 5 minutes before if you just want to catch a glimpse of the iconic guards marching.

As soon as the Changing of the Guards is over and you’ve gotten 271 pictures of Buckingham Palace to post on Instagram, walk to Westminster Abbey where you’ll spend the rest of the morning.

This is one of the most iconic attractions in all of London, and in my guide to how long to spend at London attractions , I recommend about 2 hours at Westminster Abbey.

You’ll get to go inside and go on a self-guided tour of all of the royal history, as well as see where famous worldwide names are buried like Charles Dickens and Isaac Newton.

At lunchtime, walk across Westminster Bridge to see Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament, then turn left at the end of the bridge to go past the London Eye .

Keep walking just a minute or two and you’ll be on the Southbank, a vibrant part of London with plenty of casual restaurant options depending on what sounds good.

If you’re visiting London in winter , Southbank will be a Christmas market which doubles the festive fun.

After lunch, walk across Waterloo Bridge (the one directly in front of the National Theatre) and then turn left at the end of the bridge.

Keep walking and you’ll hit Trafalgar Square – an iconic London meeting spot and famous square with Nelson’s column and the four surrounding lions.

Trafalgar Square is always abuzz with activity during important protests or events like the Olympic countdown in 2012, Christmas carols in December, and more.

Pop into the gorgeous building at the top of the Trafalgar Square steps, the National Gallery – London’s leading art museum that also happens to be free!

From here, after all the walking and art viewing, you should be about late afternoon, with a little more walking to go to finish exploring this area of Central London.

Early evening

Walk from the National Gallery to Piccadilly Circus, the “Times Square” of London that is a famous London filming location and fun to take a panoramic photo of!

From there, you’ll walk through Chinatown in Soho , admiring the vibrant red and yellow decorations and the delicious smells of authentic Chinese food,

You’ll also pass famous theatres like the Palace Theatre which is home to Harry Potter and the Cursed Child, a huge draw for Harry Potter lovers in London .

Once you get to Mercer Street, take a ride and walk through the very Instagrammable Seven Dials, seven roads converging on one circle, and continue on into Covent Garden.

If you’re hungry at this point, head into dinner at a pub in Covent Garden like the Lamb & Flag.

This pub is known for its authentic food in the upstairs eatery, as well as a great drink selection downstairs.

Pubs in London are open to people of all ages, including children with parents, as they don’t just act as bars but also restaurants.

After dinner

Explore Covent Garden and the nightlife street performers and shopping options in this vibrant part of London.

You will be very close to some of London’s best theatres, so if a musical or play is on your mind, book tickets for tonight as they usually start about 7:00pm or 7:30pm so you can get in an earlier dinner and then enjoy the entertainment.

Day 2 in London

It’s Day 2 in London and this means we’re in a different part of the city, taking in new sights and trying to cram in as much as possible so you can see the best things to see in London in 2 days.

The day starts with to-go breakfast from somewhere like Café Nero, which serves muffins, breakfast sandwiches and croissants for you to eat as you go.

The reason you’re eating on the go-this morning is because you have a jam-packed day that should start early!

Spend your morning at the Tower of London , London’s iconic fortress that has been used for everything from holding polar bears (seriously) to imprisoning people.

Take a free tour from a Beefeater, the iconic guards of the Tower who lives on-site and know its history inside and out.

Explore the medieval torture devices, the suits of armor, and most importantly, the Crown Jewels – the royalty’s most prized possessions that are locked up in the Tower.

You can spend a good 2 to 3 hours at the Tower of London, which is why I suggest starting at its opening time (around 9am depending on the time of year) and getting a jump on your day.

Late Morning

After the Tower of London, walk towards Tower Bridge and snap some pictures before walking over this famous London bridge.

Did you know? Tower Bridge is often mistakenly called “London Bridge,” whereas the real London Bridge is a nondescript bridge that is definitely not the highlight of your trip!

After you cross Tower Bridge, take a right and walk along the river until you come across London’s best food market, Borough Market .

This is a fantastic spot for lunch because you can sample as many British foods as you want, including foods from around the world, and everyone can get exactly what makes them happy.

There are places to sit down if you can snag one, or you can just walk and talk as you munch your way through the stalls.

After lunch, keep walking along the river in the direction you were originally going, away from Tower Bridge, and you’ll come across both Tate Modern and Shakespeare’s Globe .

Either pop into Tate Modern, a free modern art museum famous the world over, or take an hour guided tour of Shakespeare’s Globe (book ahead of time) if you’re more interested in theatre.

Both are amazing options and you can’t go wrong.

In the early evening, it’s time to cross the Millennium Bridge, the bridge used in the iconic Harry Potter films where the dementors blow up London in the sixth movie (sorry, spoilers, but if you haven’t seen them by now, that’s on you!).

You’ll run into St. Paul’s Cathedral at the end of the bridge, a London architectural masterpiece designed by Sir Christopher Wren and an important symbol of the city’s hope, past, and future.

Depending on time here, you can enter as a visitor and spend time looking around, or you can simply admire the outside and sit on the steps appreciating the buzz around you.

Dinner tonight is going to be at the Blackfriar , one of London’s best pubs and one of historical significance due to the friary that used to be on-site.

This is known as one of the most beautiful pubs in all of London with a great atmosphere to go along with it.

After Dinner

Finish off your second day in London with a ride on one of the Thames Clippers boats, departing from Blackfriar Pier.

These boats are not accompanied by guided audio, but they are a fantastic and cheap option to take a cruise on the Thames and see London at night .

How to Get Around London in 2 Days

I’ve designed this itinerary so that you are primarily walking most of the day – not incredibly long distances, with lots of stops in between, but seeing London on your own two feet.

When it comes to getting to and from your hotel, check out my guide to getting around London , using the tube in London , and Oyster cards in London .

The tube and London buses are great options for those who are happy taking a spin at London’s very safe public transportation, but if you have mobility issues or would prefer not to take public transportation, you can hail a London black cab or you can download the Uber app which also works in London.

What else should I not miss in London?

If you’re visiting London soon, here’s a very brief rundown of a few of my other favorites to make sure you don’t miss anything!

• Hidden London Walking Tour – this tour is the absolute best if you want to see London in a different light and uncover hidden nooks, crannies, and histories that you won’t get on your normal, run-of-the-mill London walking tour. Click here to check prices and book.
• Historical Westminster Walking Tour with Churchill War Rooms – if you’re a history buff or even mildly interested in all of the insane things that have happened in London, particular during the wars, you have to book this tour which is an absolute bargain for the tour + entry to the Churchill War Rooms (basically two must-dos in one). Click here to check prices and book .
• Cutest London Afternoon Tea on a Bus – want to see the sights and enjoy afternoon tea at the same time on the upper deck? Yes, absolutely you do. This afternoon tea is a real delight and helps you get out and about while also putting your pinkies up. Click here to check prices and book.

UK Travel Planning Guide: the FAQs

🏥 Should I buy UK travel insurance?

Absolutely yes. Basic coverage is not expensive, and as a visitor you are NOT covered under the NHS. Compare policies and prices with Travel Insurance Master here , a big name in the travel insurance business, and cross that off your list.

🔌 Do I need travel adapters for the UK?

Yes, you do, otherwise you won’t be able to plug in your electronics/phone/lifelines. I recommend this one , which is all-in-one so you can use it in other countries.

🚗 What do I need to drive in the UK?

The first thing you need to check out if you’re planning on renting a car in the UK is this guide to driving in the UK for visitors – the roads, signs, and driving experience will likely not be what you’re used to and it’s essential to prepare yourself to stay safe and aware.

🛌 What’s the best way to book hotels in the UK?

For UK hotels, Booking is the best site as it offers free cancellation on many properties. If you want an apartment, I always recommend VRBO over AirBnb.

📳 Will my phone work in the UK?

Yes – if you set it up right. Check out my guide on making your foreign phone work in the UK to ensure that you get the type of service you need.

🚿 Can I drink the water in the UK?

Yes, UK water is great and perfectly safe. But drink out of taps in any kitchen or use water fountains. Double check before drinking out of the taps in hotel bathrooms, though, as they may be on a different system. London water is safe to drink .

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

2 Day London Itinerary – How To See London in 2 Days Only!

Categories Itinerary , London

If you only have 2 days in London to explore I, (an adopted Londoner) want you to see the top tourist attractions in London , especially if you’re looking for what to do on your first trip to London , but also the more local side to London , and that can be done based on this London 2 day itinerary and this London travel blog.

The best way to see London in 2 days is to split your days into specific areas of the city . The London Underground Tube is so good however London is very walkable too. So keep this in mind when you read through the below 2 day London itinerary and when planning your London City Break!

2 Day London Itinerary!

Keep reading for the best London 2 Day itinerary from a local!

London Itinerary Overview.

• Here are the places you can visit in London with 2 days in London using this 2 day London itinerary:
• Westminster & London Eye
• Southbank & Tower Bridge
• Borough Market
• Nottinghill
• Buckingham Palace
• Leicester Square
• Covent Garden
• Primrose Hill
• Hampstead Heath

How To Get To London.

London is served by 5 Airports – London Heathrow, London Gatwick, London City, Luton Airport and Stansted Airport.

How to Get Around London.

The London Tube is the best way to get around London as it’s quick and easy to use.

If you are travelling with a contactless bank card that doesn’t charge you fees every time you use it to pay for your tube journeys by you can tapping it. There is a cap the cost the end of the day/week depending on when and where you use it.

The other option is to buy an Oyster card like a local and top it up with credit . This is much easier and more time-efficient than buying tickets every day, even when you have just two days in London!

Where to Stay in London.

With 2 days in London, I recommend you book accommodation in London that is central so you do not spend too much time travelling into the centre of the city, as the below London 2 day itinerary is based around Zone 1 and 2 in London, so book accommodation within Zone 1 or 2 and you’ll be central!

Hotels & Hostels in London!

London has so many hotels and hostels available to book. Bare in mind that you pay for what you get in London and space might be tight so be sure to check the reviews, I use Booking.com to book my hostels and hotels so search for you London accommodation here on Booking.com !

Airbnb in London!

London has so many brilliant Airbnb options like this ! To get £25.00 / $30.00 off your London stay, create a NEW AIRBNB ACCOUNT USING THIS LINK ! Here are my favourite London Airbnb Accommodations or search for more here :

London 2 Day Itinerary.

Day 1 –  river thames & east london.

Start your 2 day London itinerary by taking the tube to Westminster station to see the top London attractions of  Westminster , Big Ben , London Eye .

Spend the rest of the morning walking along the River Thames to the East exploring the Southbank to see the famous London icons such as the  Millennium Bridge & Tate Modern Museum.

• Related Post:
• A River Thames Walking Guide From Tower Bridge to the London Eye!

St Paul’s Cathedral is somewhere you must visit when planning things to see in London in 2 days because it is a total icon so make sure you cross over the river to see it properly! Things to do near St Paul’s Cathedral include going to the top floor of the One New Change shopping centre to see a free view of London from above.

Head back onto the River Thames and keep walking along the Thames until you reach the Tower of London , Tower Bridge and The Shard !

You can get London attraction   tickets  or a  London Pass to enter the Tower of London, the Shard and even go up inside the famous Tower Bridge. I’d recommend getting tickets in advance and using Get Your Guide to get the best prices. But also be sure to look out for  2 for 1 London Tours to help you save money! Here are some great London tour options :

Views from the Southbank are the best way to start your London 2 Day Itinerary!

You can’t miss seeing Tower Bridge!

Talking of London Attraction Tickets Let Me Introduce You to The London Pass!

The London Pass offers access into 80+ of the top London attractions . If you plan on going on the London Eye, taking Boat Trips, going into Tower Bridge and St Pauls Cathedral and even plan on going outside of London to Windsor Castle or Hampton Court Palace, it would be cheaper to buy the London Pass so you save money on entrance fee’s and get fast track entry , perfect for if you only have a few days in London!

The London Pass is valid for 2 years once purchased and you can buy a 1, 2, 3, 6 or 10-day pass so you can visit so many of London’s best attractions in the cheapest possible way !

Click here to look into the options and to buy your pass now while you’re thinking about it!

There are lots of lunch places close to the Tower of London and Tower Bridge.  Borough Market behind London Bridge station one of the best street food markets in London so I recommend going here to make the most of London 2 day itinerary!

Borough Street Food Market is a great place to go for lunch on this London itinerary!

Late Afternoon:

Walk North away from the River Thames with your aim being to reach Spitalfield’s Market and Liverpool Street station in East London. In-between the River and Liverpool Street station is the business part of the City of London, on the weekend it is very quiet but on weekdays it’s pretty busy with office workers.

If you want to jump on the tube to save you time you can get the Northern Line North from Borough Station or London Bridge Station to Moorgate Station and then walk into Shoreditch from Moorgate Station as it’s very close or get on the Circle / Metropolitan Line East one stop to Liverpool Street Station.

For the best things to do in London in 2 days, you need to head to  Shoreditch  because this is one of the hipster parts of London and one of the best areas to see in London, it’s really diverse and one of my favourite areas so make sure you explore this more local side of London.

Walk along Brick lane, go to Shoreditch Box Park and look out for lots of street art! For more idea’s on what to do in Shoreditch I have a  Shoreditch Guide here !

Use Box Park as a pin of where you need to head to to see Shoreditch!

There’s so much street art in Shoreditch!

Curries are a popular thing to eat on Brick Lane because there are so many Indian Restaurants along Brick Lane and they’re cheap and yummy. There are also lots of food markets in Shoreditch and Hoxton like  Box Park , Urban Food Fest , Dinerama  so you could go to one of these for a real local London experience and most of the time they are filled with Londoners.

For the best bars in Shoreditch go to Shoreditch High Street . I like Barrio Shoreditch and The Queen of Hoxton is good with an awesome rooftop!

Sleep! – Ideally in one of these lovely Airbnb’s in London !

Do you have longer in London like 3 days in London or 4 days in London? Check out this 4 Day London Itinerary!

Travel Insurance for London!

If you are visiting London from oversea’s, have you got travel insurance yet? I’m covered by World Nomads who I recommend because they have great customer service and lots of policy options!

Day 2 in London – West London, Central London & North London!

For the best way of how to see London in 2 days you need to head to West London too, so on the morning of day 2 on this London 2 day itinerary, in the morning take the tube to Notting Hill Gate Station .

From the station head towards Portobello Road (on Saturdays this area is busy with the markets but on the weekdays it’s a lot nicer as its quiet). Explore Portobello Road and the colourful houses off of it.

Brunch in London is so popular so if you want brunch in Notting Hill  like a local, check out Farm Girl & Granger & Co Notting Hill . For your 2 days in London  Tripadvisor  is a good way to check the best restaurants in London so you don’t waste any time!

For more brunch ideas check out my post: My Ultimate List of Recommended London Brunch Spots!

Colourful Portobello Road is a great place to start day 2 of your 2 day London itinerary!

Go back to Notting Hill Gate Station and take the tube 1 stop to High Street Kensington (Circle or District Line), or walk you can walk. 

From High Street Kensington walk towards the Natural History Museum but take all the smaller side streets to see all the posh houses and to come across London’s famous Mews!

For more information on where to see the best mews in London and what to do in Kensington, check out my Kensington London Guide .

There are 3 world class London museums in South Kensington – the Natural History Museum, Science Museum and the V&A. Visiting the museums are a great way to spend a rainy day in London  but to be honest, on this London 2 day itinerary I suggest seeing them from the outside as going in will take up too much time!

The Natural History Museum, my favourite London building!

If you want to see  Buckingham Palace in London take the Piccadilly line from South Kensington Station to Green Park, walk through Green Park to the Royal Buckingham Palace.

Get back on the tube at Green Park and go to Leicester Square station, also on the Piccadilly line. 

You are now close to Covent Garden and Chinatown , there are plenty of places to eat lunch in Leicester Square and Covent Garden. Here’s my guide to Covent Garden for more information!

After lunch, explore Covent Garden and walk down to   Piccadilly Circus , then onto Trafalgar Square to see a few more London attractions in the afternoon!

If you go into Covent Garden be sure to find the colourful Neals Yard!

For the ultimate end this 2 day London itinerary I say you have to see London’s skyline  from a park! This is a must if you have 2 days in London in Summer as it stays so light late into the evening in the UK in the Summer so you’ll have time to fit it in!

I recommend going to Primrose Hill  near Camden!

You’ll have to get the Northern Tube Line to Camden Station and walk through Camden , or if you’re short on time go straight to Chalk Farm Station and then walk to Primrose Hill via Regents Park Road.

Walk up to the highest point of Primrose Hill which looks over Regents Park as well as the whole city and gives an amazing, fairly up close view of the whole city. To help you get there, check out my Primrose Hill guide .

The view from Primrose Hill is the perfect way to end your 2 days in London!

London Resources.

LONDON PASS

The London Pass is valid for 2 years once purchased and you can buy a 1, 2, 3, 6 or 10 day pass so you can visit so many of London’s best attractions in the cheapest possible way !

LONDON TOURS

To help you see London in the best way possible, I do suggest mixing exploring on your own with some London tours! Get Your Guide is by far the biggest operator of tours in London with so many tours to choose from so get planning your 2 day London itinerary with them:

TRAINS TO & FROM LONDON  

Remember, if you’re not in London already and need to book train tickets to London, even from London’s Airports, be sure to check out The Train Line . I use them all the time to compare the best train times, journey lengths and prices!

• More of my London Posts:
• Complete Guide to Camden Town!
• Things to do in Shoreditch!
• The Best Places to Get Brunch in London!
• Things To Do in London When it Rains!
• 3 Day London Itinerary!

If you liked this please share it! 🙂

• Click to share on Facebook (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Twitter (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Pinterest (Opens in new window)
• Click to email a link to a friend (Opens in new window)

By using this form you agree with the storage and handling of your data by this website. *

Vida Jaugelis

Wednesday 15th of May 2019

We just got back from London. Although we could not duplicate your 2 day itinerary (we are in our sixties!) we really wanted to go up to Primrose Hill to say good-bye to the city on our last evening. The skies were clear and the city looked fabulous lit up by the setting sun. Thank-you for sharing this gem - we never would have known or found it on our own.

TheWanderingQuinn

That’s so good to hear, I’m so glad you got to go to Primrose Hill and especially during the evening, it’s such a nice time of day then. Thank you for letting me know too :)

London in Two Days

London in two days  can be an unforgettable experience, as you will find that you can squeeze quite a bit and see a lot of London if you plan your 48 hours well, but the most likely thing is that you will leave London wanting to come back again soon!

You will be able to see all the must-sees of London in two days and even visit some of the attractions or one of London’s fantastic museums.

First time in London?

If it´s your first time in London you definitely need to see the most important attractions in the city, such as the Big Ben , the  London Eye , famous Oxford Street and Regent Street , Soho , and we would also recommend that you visit one of London´s famous markets , maybe Camden Town or Portobello Road . This way you will leave London with the feeling of having seen a lot.

In order to help you plan your trip to London, we have designed two options for you to consider so that you can make the most of your two days in London.

London in two days option 1: Hop-on Hop-off bus tour and River Cruise

We suggest that you do the river cruise  from Westminster to the Tower of of London, allowing you to alight at  the  Tower of London , being then able to explore the area and even visit the magnificent Tower of London, as this will take you about two hours. You can buy  tickets for the Tower of London  in advance, saving money and not having to queue at the ticket office, or you can enter for free without having to queue if you have a  tourist pass that includes the entrance to the Tower of London, such as the  London Pass . Then you can hop on the bus tour  right here and continue your open bus tour to explore more of London.

If you’re visiting London in two days, as well as visiting the Tower of London you should also have time to visit the  London Eye,   St Paul’s Cathedral  and Westminster Abbey .

London in two days option 2: Exploring London by Foot

If you’d rather see London in 2 days on foot, then you might find our walking routes useful. With these walking routes, you will get to see most of London’s big attractions, but remember, the duration of each walking route depends on the number of attractions you would like to visit.

Don’t forget that you will be able to follow our walking routes and itineraries with our  free London travel app for android.

London in two days by foot: Day 1 in London

Changing of the guard at buckingham palace.

Westminster Abbey, Houses of Parliament and London Eye

Once we have walked through St James’s Park and crossed Horse Guards Parade , we will walk along Whitehall, going past 10 Downing Street, and making our way towards Westminster Abbey . It really is a shame to visit London and not visit Westminster Abbey, so it´s definitely something that we would recommend. If you buy your tickets in advance you´ll skip the queues and it will be cheaper than buying the entry ticket at the door. It will take you around 2 hours to visit Westminster Abbey.

From here we´ll walk past the Houses of Parliament and we´ll be able to admire the Big Ben , obviously one of London´s most famous landmarks. We will cross Westminster Bridge and get the perfect photo of the Big Ben and the London Eye , which is located on the other side of the river Thames.

Trafalgar Square, Piccadilly Circus, Regent Street and Carnaby Street

From here we would recommend that you walk along Regent Street , where you will find  Hamleys,  London´s most famous and biggest toy store. We will then go past Liberty , one of London’s most famous stores and discover Carnaby Street and London´s famous Soho . We will end our route through Soho exploring the infamous Chinatown of London.

Leicester Square and Covent Garden

We will then discover Leicester Square , where you will come across another two very famous shops – M&M’s and Lego Stores. Leicester Square is where London’s Film Premieres take place, so you might bump into a famous actor if you’re lucky! From Leicester Square it’s only a short walk to Covent Garden , one of London’s most beautiful places, perfect to end your very first busy day of your trip to London. You will find lots of restaurants in this area, so it’s the perfect place to have something to eat or drink before heading back to your hotel.

This is also the area where the vast majority of theatres in London are, and what better way than ending your first day in London than by going to see one of the most famous musicals in London .

Day 1 Itinerary Map:

More information about this walking route: Itinerary 1: Buckingham Palace to Covent Garden

London in two days by foot: Day 2 in London

If you’re visiting London in two days, then we would recommend that you spend your second day in London visiting the famous Tower of London and admiring Tower Bridge as well as taking a pleasant walk along the south bank of the Thames, not forgetting to see or even visit  St Paul’s Cathedral .

Monument and North Bank of the river

Our route starts at Monument’s Tube Station, where we will start walking towards London Bridge. You will see The Monument to the Great Fire of London on your left-hand side, which has a viewing platform reached by a narrow winding staircase of 311 steps. As you continue walking you will reach London Bridge, and you are then able to walk along the South Bank of the river Thames. From here you will get some awesome views of Tower Bridge and The Shard, London’s tallest building.

Tower of London and Tower Bridge

Our next stop will be Tower Bridge , and not only do you get to see it, but we will cross Tower Bridge on foot. Before we go up the steps to get to Tower Bridge, though, I would recommend that you have a wander around St Katharine’s Dock , as it’s one of London’s best-kept secrets. There are numerous restaurants in this area, so it’s the ideal place if you are looking to have lunch somewhere. In St Katharine’s Dock is where we can find The Dicken’s Inn, a unique pub housed in a beautiful 18th-century warehouse serving pub food as well as fine grill and pizzeria.

We continue to walk across Tower Bridge, admiring its beauty. Tower Bridge Exhibition has a viewing platform that you can visit, and you can also buy the tickets in advance or enter for free if you have a London Pass .

Once we cross Tower Bridge, we will be able to walk along the South Bank of the river Thames, a very enjoyable walk that will allow you to get a proper feeling of what it means to visit London. You will first walk past London’s City Hall (Greater London Authority’s headquarters) and the HMS Belfast ,  Europe’s only surviving second world war cruiser, a historic warship and museum where you will get the opportunity to explore what life was like at war at sea. You can buy tickets in advance to visit HMS Belfast or enter for free if you have a London Pass .

As we continue walking along the South Bank, we will get to Hay’s Galleria , one of my favourite places in London. Here you will find a selection of restaurants and cafes as well as a few shops and stalls. Our next stop will be Borough Market , one of the most spectacular markets in London . Make sure to visit during market opening days (Wednesday – Saturday) as this area is not the same if the market is closed.

Continue walking along the South Bank, passing Shakespeare’s Globe , and Butler’s Wharf until you reach the Tate Modern and the Millenium Bridge , with a perfect view of St Paul’s Cathedral on the other side of the river. You can then cross the Millenium Bridge to go and see St Paul’s Cathedral or continue walking along the South Bank, as you can walk to the London Eye , something that I would highly recommend if you have time.

Day 2 Itinerary Map:

Best Travel Options when visiting London in two days

If you are visiting London in two days, the best way to get around the city is by using an oyster card, a visitor oyster card or a contactless debit or credit card. This is the cheapest way to get around London in two days, and you can use any of those cards to go on public buses, tube, dockland light rail trains or trains within London’s Travel Zones .

Related Posts

Changing of the guard in london: dates 2024, the best black taxi tours in london, best musicals in london in 2024, thames river cruises in london: options, offers and available routes.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Notify me via e-mail if anyone answers my comment.

Type above and press Enter to search. Press Esc to cancel.

Le Travel Style

by Courtney Delfino • a San Diego based travel + lifestyle blog inspiring you to travel in style

Europe , Travel , Travel Guides · Last Updated: February 22, 2023

A Complete 2 Days in London Itinerary

London is a captivating city known for its history, royalty, museums, palaces, and the arts. If you’re looking to visit Europe for the first time, London is a great place to start, especially if you plan on a multi-city trip. London is filled with endless sights, a bustling food scene, high-end shopping, public markets, and an active nightlife. It’s no small feat trying to plan 2 days in London Itinerary being that there is so much to offer. However, this guide will share the best things to do in London, the best places to shop, where to eat, and so much more!

When to Visit London

The weather in London can be quite tricky as it rains 106 days out of the year. The summer months are the driest but also highly visited. I would opt to visit London in Springtime (mid-March-April) because the blooms add to London’s charming streets and tourism is lower. Furthermore, the fall is a great time to visit (October-November) we visited the first week of November and the last week of October and we had a pleasant visit in regard to weather and crowds. Finally, London goes all out for Christmas so while it is crowded is another magical time to visit London.

Best Things to Do In London

While all opinions and recommendations are always my own, my content on this blog post may contains affiliate links for hotels I’ve traveled to, tours I’ve completed, and products I recommend. This means I get a small commission (at no additional cost to you) if you book a stay or purchase a product after clicking one of these links. As always, I am so thankful for your support so I can continue to offer free resources!

Visit Big Ben

Big Ben is notably the most famous clock in all the land spanning 55 meters high. It is the epitome of London tourist attractions and it’s also home to The Houses of Parliament. Recently it underwent a 6-year renovation and it is looking better than ever these days! Finally, for a great viewpoint of this stunning clock head over to the south side of the Thames underneath Westminster bridge or near the London Eye for another great perspective.

Tower of London

Easily the coolest part of our trip was visiting the Tower of London. The most secure castle in the world this Tower protected the royal family and its fortune for years. Still to this day 37 military personnel referred to as “beefeaters” call the Tower home. They have been guarding the tower since medieval times.

You can visit today by booking a tour in advance. For the least amount of crowds consider booking the first slot in the morning where you’ll be guided by a beefeater. Make sure to check out the crown jewels exhibit while visiting. Finally, it costs 36£ for an adult entrance fee.

Walk Across the Tower Bridge

Adjacent to the Tower of London is The Tower Bridge. The Tower Bridge was built in 1894 and at that time it was the largest bascule bridge ever completed. Originally it was painted brown and didn’t receive its royal red white and blue makeover until the queen’s jubilee in 1977. Today, it’s a London icon that you can walk across, visit the interior for a full-on exhibition, or even climb to. the top. Finally, to bundle the experience purchase this VIP access to the Tower of London and Tower Bridge along with witnessing the crown jewels exhibit.

Visit Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace is home and headquarters to the monarch of the United Kingdom aka the royal family. This palace is a cultural landmark and if you’re a royal fanatic like myself, you will LOVE a trip to Buckingham Palace. This palatial palace has over 750 rooms, a police station of its own, and masterpieces of art. Over 50,000 visitors make it inside the palace yearly. Furthermore, palace tours are allowed in the staterooms but only in the summer months. Did you know there is a way to know if The King is home (I still can’t believe I am writing that RIP Queen Elizabeth)? If there is a union flag flying then he is not home but if you see a royal standard flag then King Charles is in the building.

Finally, to catch the changing of the guard happens daily in June & July. And in all other months, it takes place only on Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and Sunday. Times are scheduled to change so check out the timetable before visiting.

• Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey is an architectural masterpiece of the 13th to 16th centuries. This gothic church is full of history and some of Britain’s most notable people are buried beneath the church. It’s also been the venue for every single coronation of the monarchy along with 16 Royal Weddings. The most recent being Prince William and the new Princess of Wales, Kate Middleton. Currently, it costs £12 to visit the church.

Visit Trafalgar Square

Trafalgar Square is central London at its best. It’s a public square situated near tons of London landmarks. It is often referred to as the heart of London. It was designed in the 1800s to commemorate the British victory over the French and Spanish fleets in the battle of Trafalgar. Today it’s the perfect spot to people-watch and admire the art surrounding the square. Finally, each year it houses a Christmas tree gifted by Norway.

The London Eye

Built for the 2000 Millenium celebration is the London Eye. Europe’s tallest observation wheel which is situated along the Thames. Over 3 million visitors ride this wheel yearly being that it offers beautiful 360° views of London. In total it takes 30 minutes to ride the wheel and costs $39 per person. Finally, book your time slot beforehand since tickets sell out fast!

• Thames River Cruise

The Thames River is the largest river in England which runs through the heart of the city. The Thames makes up for 2/3 of the drinking water in London and you used to be able to ice skate on it in the winter. Additionally, it is best experienced on a river cruise. Whether you want to dine on a boat under the stars and the Tower Bridge, take in the sights during the day for a lunchtime cruise , or simply just cruise with no frills – there is a tour for everyone!

Stroll through Hyde Park

Kensington palace & gardens.

Kensington Palace was once Nottingham House a small suburban villa the royals used as their country home. It was then Queen Victoria’s childhood home and most recently was home to our queen, Princess Diana. Today, the palace is open to visitors which can experience a museum and exhibitions and is open daily. Book your ticket in advance. Finally, the gardens at Kensington Palace are extravagant and an oasis of calm so add it to the list!

Visit Notting Hill

Notting Hill is the quintessential neighborhood in London. Charming streets filled with colorful row homes and conventional London vibes. This vibrant area is also filled with trendy cafes, vintage fashion, colorful homes, and upscale boutiques. The main road is Portobello road filled with bohemian shops and vintage galore. On the flip side, Westbourne Grove is home to upscale shops and chic victorian row homes. It’s easy to take the tube to Notting Hill Gate and then approximately a 15-20 minute walk through the neighborhood to get to the colorful row home streets. Finally, if you’re looking for a cute cafe check out Biscuiteers.

Colorful row home streets:

• Lancaster Road
• St Lukes Mews (a favorite of mine!)
• Westbourne Park Road
• Colville Terrace
• Elgin Terrace

Explore Piccadilly

London’s most famous square is Piccadilly Circus. It is reminiscent of Times Square in New York City with large billboards and tons of retail shops. An entire surrounding area is a happening place where you’ll find posh hotels, trendy restaurants, English pubs, and the theatre district. It’s a high tourist area so be aware of your surroundings when visiting.

Explore the National History Museum

The Natural History Museum, formerly named the British Museum, is a scientific museum comprised of 70 million specimens from all parts of the world, historical collections, and a leading research science center. This famous museum represents the discovery and enjoyment of the natural world through exciting exhibits. The most popular part of this museum is the blue whale skeleton they have hanging on the main promenade.

Unique Places to Visit in London

If you can add a day or two to your itinerary consider visiting these unique places in London.

St. Dunstan in The East – a church built in the 1400s St. Dunstan has stunning grounds with cloisters. It’s a popular photo spot so expect crowds.

Leadenhall Market – a covered market with tons of narrow passageways filled with stores and restaurants.

Convent Garden – a shopping and entertainment hub in London’s west end filled with craft stalls, upscale restaurants, and live street artists.

Goodwins Court – this alley is known for being the inspiration for Diagon Alley in Harry Potter. Once you walk through you can see why. There is even a small owl pictured in one of the windows further confirming the inspiration. Finally, if you’re a huge HP fan consider booking this Harry Potter filming locations walking tour .

Sky View Garden – London’s highest public garden situated at the top of a skyscraper. Tickets are free to visit however you must make reservations in advance.

Best Restaurants in London

Circolo Popolare ($$) – From the infamous Big Mamma restaurant group comes Circolo Popolare in Fitzrovia. This restaurant’s interior is over the top and decorated with 20,000 bottles lining the walls. Not only that but the food is incredible with the menu changing each month.

Amazonico ($$$) – Located in the trendy Mayfair neighborhood is Amazonico London. The menu combines a blend of Latin American cuisine with inspiration from the countries of the Amazon and Asia. It’s quite eclectic. They have a live band most nights and the cocktails we’re the best part of this restaurant.

Chiltern Firehouse ($$) – Housed in an old firehouse (hence the name) is Chiltern Firehouse. This celebrity hotspot is known for its contemporary Italian cuisine. The bucatini was heavenly and you need to make reservations for this hotspot.

Brunch/Lunch

Sketch Tea Room ($$$) – Sketch is filled with unique art sculptures and different concept rooms. It’s the most Instagram-famous spot in Mayfair. The most famous is the tea room which was re-done in 2021 and now showcases a yellow theme. Afternoon tea costs $75 per person and comes with a decent amount of pastries and tea sandwiches along with unlimited teas to choose from. The coolest part? The bathroom houses private porter potty-Esque eggs and a colorful ceiling. If it sounds weird, it’s because it is but it’s a must-see!

The Wolseley ($$) – Housed in a 1920’s old car showroom in Piccadilly is The Wolseley Restaurant. Known for its exceptional service and exquisite interior. I had the best eggs benedict here and would highly recommend it for brunch.

Peggy Porschen ($$) – Peggy Porschen Cakes is renowned for its delicious and luxurious decorated Birthday cakes and cupcakes. Not only that but its insta-famous exterior makes this bakery well recognizable.

Best Bars in London

Churchill Arms ($$) – You can’t go to London and not visit the Churchill Arms pub – it’s iconic. The annual flower bill is 25,000 pounds a year. So, be prepared to be blown away by the exterior!

Sherlock Holmes Pub ($$) – This pub is tucked away a few streets east of Trafalgar square. Inside you’ll find Holmes-inspired memorabilia and Holmes films playing on the screens.

Mr. Fogg’s ($$$) – Mr. Fogg’s house of botanicals is a unique place in which it houses flowers and fauna from around the world. It gives off an Alice and Wonderland vibe with its beautiful displays. Finally, it is well known for botanical craft cocktails.

Searcys at the Gherkin ($$$) – Housed on the 39th floor this bar and restaurant offer 360 views of London. Come here for a cocktail at sunset, the views are incredible!

Best Hotels in London

There are many different areas of London so inevitably there are many hotel options that are well worth your stay. A few of our favorites:

Conrad St. James ($$) – Luxury hotel in St. James down the block from the Abbey. We really enjoyed our stay here. It was conveniently located across from the tube. You can’t beat the customer service either – the concierge was really on top of their game!

The Ampersand Hotel ($$) – The Ampersand is surrounded by some of London’s most famous districts, from Knightsbridge and Mayfair to Hyde Park and Chelsea — all within walking distance – which makes this a premier place to stay!

Brown’s Hotel ($$$) – Located in the trendy neighborhood of Mayfair is the Brown’s Hotel A Rocco Forte Hotel. The exclusive private member’s feel of this hotel will make you feel as if you’re the only one staying in this 5-star!

The Langham London Hotel ($$$) — A true London Icon, the Langham London Hotel has been serving guests since 1865. It’s located on one of the most popular streets in London (Regent Street) and has an award-winning spa to relax in when visiting London.

2 Days in London Itinerary

• Morning breakfast at The Wolseley
• Walk through Green Park to visit Buckingham Palace
• Tube to Tower of London
• Visit and walk across the Tower Bridge
• Visit the London Eye
• Walk across Westminster Bridge to see Big Ben
• Dinner in Mayfair at Amazonico
• Morning in Notting Hill
• Tube to Hyde Park
• Visit Kensington Palace
• Shopping at Harrods
• Afternoon Tea at Sketch London
• Shopping around Mayfair
• Visit Piccadilly circus
• Walk to Trafalgar Square
• Visit the National History Museum or Convent Garden
• Dinner and drinks at Searcy’s at the Gherkin

How to Get Around London

London is a busy city so with that comes traffic and high prices for taxis. I highly recommend taking public transportation, The Underground or as Londoners say “The Tube”, it’s reliable, easy to get around, and I felt safe during all my travels.

• The Underground ($) — The easiest/most cost-effective way to get around the city is also referred to as The Underground. The map is easy to follow, the tube station is clean, and the transportation is reliable. If you’re going to be in London for a couple of days, your best bet is to buy a visitor oyster travel card to get the most bang for your buck.
• Taxis ($$$) — London’s “black cabs” are very quintessential to London. But can be very expensive. Plan to spend a pretty pound if you opt for the Taxi life (most accept credit cards). However, you should take at least one to say you did it!
• Hop on hop off bus ($$) — Super touristy but instead of schlepping all around the city on the tube or taxis, this is the best way to get the most out of your time. It goes all around the city and stops at all the main attractions.
• The Heathrow Express ($) — The best way to get into the city of London is from the airport. It takes only 15 minutes from the airport to Paddington Station (a major tube hub) and can get you anywhere in London with a quick transfer. I would only advise against this if you have a lot of luggage.

Best Shopping in London

• Harrod’s ($$$) – Home to London’s most luxurious shopping. Founded in 1894 and owned by the state of Qatar, this department store is the largest in Europe covering 1.1 million square feet across 7 floors. You have to swing by Shoe Heaven (yes it’s literally called that) containing 17 high-end shoe boutiques that will make you want to drop your entire year’s salary in one swipe.
• Carnaby Street ($$) – In the heart of London’s West End is this unique shopping & dining area which covers 14 streets and has over 100 shops and 60 restaurants. It was the birthplace of the fashion and cultural revolution in the ’60s and is commonly known as the “Capital of Cool”. Don’t miss a visit to Kingly Court – an open-air restaurant hub with tons of great eats to choose from!
• Mayfair ($$$) – the neighborhood of Mayfair is as posh as it gets ladies and gents. Surrounded by the top luxury designers including Dior, Cartier, and Chanel. Along with that,
• Fortnum & Mason ($$$) An iconic department store located in Piccadilly known for its exterior displays, delicious chocolates, and fancy teas.

I hope you enjoyed this “Complete 2 days in London Itinerary” and that it helped you make the most of your time in this gorgeous city! If you have any further questions I didn’t cover please drop a comment below. Don’t forget to check out more of my European travel guides !

pin this post for later

You’ll Also Love

January 27, 2023 at 5:26 pm

Hi Courtney, Thanks for the great tips! What is a typical day in terms of time? When do you start/finish in order to accomplish everything on the itinerary?

February 11, 2023 at 12:41 pm

Hi Kellie! I typically head out before 8 am and am in the hotel by 8 pm so it’s a marathon day but I’m able to get so much sightseeing done. Sometimes I have time to take an hour’s reprieve during the day. Hope that helps!

January 11, 2024 at 11:03 am

Since my husband has difficulty walking, who do you suggest for a private tour.

January 14, 2024 at 8:41 pm

Hello! Here are a few private tours that I would recommend.

https://www.viator.com/tours/London/London-City-Highlights-Tour/d737-106826P3?pid=P00048101&mcid=42383&medium=link&campaign=london

https://www.viator.com/tours/London/Private-Tour-Black-Taxi-Tour-of-London/d737-2496LONSIGHT?pid=P00048101&mcid=42383&medium=link&campaign=london1

https://www.viator.com/tours/London/The-Ultimate-Full-Day-London-Classic-Tour/d737-106826P1?pid=P00048101&mcid=42383&medium=link&campaign=london1

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

The Ultimate 4 Days in Paris Itinerary

• Privacy Policy
• Work With Me

Copyright © 2024 Le Travel Style · Theme by 17th Avenue

The ultimate itinerary for 2 days in London

As one of the world’s oldest, most historically significant and iconic cities, it’s no wonder London, England is also hugely popular with travellers.

Whether it serves as the start of a backpacking trip around Europe , the gateway to exploring the UK or simply a stopover en route to far flung destinations, it’s inevitable that jet setters end up here at some point.

However, cramming everything onto your London itinerary is no small feat, what with its countless landmarks, museums, bustling markets, expansive gardens, towering monuments and palatial palaces. In fact, even those who live here will tell you they’re still happening across new spots every day, whether it’s a gentrified neighbourhood, hot restaurant or pop-up art space.

The best way to visit the city as a first-timer is to come to terms with the fact that you’ll never see everything, so you might as well start with the most popular landmarks so you can cross them off the list and seek out lesser-known gems the next time you come back.

With that in mind, here’s how to make the most of only two days in London.

London trip itinerary, Day 1

Buckingham palace, trafalgar square, covent garden, parliament street, big ben, westminster abbey, london eye, river thames sightseeing cruise, tower bridge, the shard or sky garden.

Most of the top things to see in London in 2 days are easy walking distance from Buckingham Palace , so kick off your visit there in royal fashion. 

During summer, the regal  State Rooms are open to visitors who are curious to see the interior. Otherwise, you can explore the sprawling grounds which includes highlights like the Victoria Memorial and Canada Gate , and should try to time your arrival for the Changing of the Guard.

Buckingham Palace tours

Wander down The Mall which runs parallel to leafy green St. James’s Park , and passes under the stately Admiralty Arch to Trafalgar Square . The pretty plaza is anchored by the grand National Gallery , and visitors love the fountains and towering Nelson’s Column.

Continue up the Strand and make a quick detour into Covent Garden , which is actually a shopping district—not a park as its name would suggest. Beautiful sandstone buildings hold trendy shops like Burberry and Chanel, alongside independent boutiques and plenty of dining options which make it the perfect place to grab lunch.

The next stop as you make your way back down the Strand toward the River Thames will be familiar: Parliament Street , accented by Big Ben himself.

Famous spots in this area include the prime minister’s residence 10 Downing Street , the parliament buildings and Westminster Abbey where Will and Kate—as well as plenty of other royals—tied the knot.

Enjoy the waterfront views at the Westminster Bridge , stop at one of the food markets , and make your way across to the gargantuan London Eye . The ferris wheel is nearly 500 feet tall, and its clear domes reveal a birds-eye view of the city below. Queues can be long during high season, so spring for a fast-track ticket to jump the line (especially if you’re exploring London with young ones ) or go all out and enjoy some bubbly by reserving their Champagne Experience.

Tip: If you don’t have time for the ride or don’t feel like shelling out for it, there’s another way to enjoy a panoramic view of the city for free…continue reading to find out how!

London Eye tours

Since you’re probably tired of walking by now, hop on one of the boats anchored along the river bank and enjoy a cruise down the Thames (some also serve afternoon tea ). Most last about 40 minutes, and will zip you along the waterway granting a unique vantage point of the main sights. Marvel at the crisp architecture of the Golden Jubilee footbridge as you glide under it, and keep your eyes on the shoreline as you pass the popular Southbank Centre (which has fantastic food stalls) and St. Paul’s Cathedral.

Tip: To save money, buy a London Pass which includes a hop on-hop off boat ride along with admission to many top attractions.

Hop off at the grandiose Tower Bridge , then finish your first day in London by watching the sunset from more than 60 stories up. You have two choices: The Shard or Sky Garden . The Shard bills itself as London’s highest and best view, which includes an open-air Skydeck and fabulous restaurants and bars. However, there’s a steep entrance charge—unless you’re savvy enough head to the 33rd floor instead. There, you can enjoy a cocktail at Hutong for less than the price of admission, and still enjoy the panoramic city views.

The other option is Sky Garden, which juts 155 metres above the skyline. The open-air terrace and observation decks make it a crowd pleaser, as does the fact that entrance is free. However, they limit the number of tickets per day which means you’ll need to book weeks in advance. Here’s a great side-by-side comparison of The Shard and Sky Garden to help you make up your mind about which one to visit.

RELATED: The best way to get to London from Heathrow

London itinerary, Day Two

Notting hill, st. luke’s mews, little venice, marylebone, mayfair, hyde park, albert memorial, kensington palace.

Start the second of your 2 days in London in quaint Notting Hill , which is a colourful kaleidoscope of shops, classic English pubs and adorable mews houses. Snap a token tourist photo of the Notting Hill Bookstore (sorry, chances are Hugh Grant won’t be inside), and browse in the shops before continuing to St. Luke’s Mews . Easily one of the cutest rows of houses you’ve ever seen, this hidden gem is what Instagrammers’ dreams are made of, and your camera will get a workout capturing the details of the pastel-hued homes.

READ MORE:   Why St Luke’s Mews is one of the cutest London photo spots

Notting Hill tours

A short walk away is the aptly-named Little Venice , an area made up of canals which looks more like Amsterdam or Venice than a neighbourhood right in the middle of bustling London. Grab a drink at one of the cafes or bars along the water, stroll along the adjacent pathways under the shade of leafy green trees, or hop in a narrow boat for a canal tour that will see you navigate the tranquil waterways.

The walking tour continues by heading through the Paddington district, made famous by the children’s book character Paddington Bear. You can find a bronze statue dedicated to him on Platform 1 inside Paddington Station, then head back out to marvel at the area’s fancy houses and quaint English pubs decorated with flower boxes overflowing with bright blooms.

It’s not much farther to Mayfair , an affluent, exclusive district with designer boutiques, ritzy hotels and grand townhouses.

The entire area has a sophisticated air about it, with clean, quiet streets, wine bars instead of pubs, and bordered by the trendy West End and Hyde Park. In fact, Mayfair is one of the most expensive neighbourhoods in the entire world, which is how it landed the most coveted spot on the British version of the Monopoly board. Chances are you won’t want to open your wallet anywhere near here, but it’s definitely worth strolling through.

The last stop on your London itinerary should be Hyde Park , which is one of London’s largest green spaces. Stretching more than 350 acres in the heart of the city, it has lakes, tennis and volleyball courts, gardens, running paths and restaurants, just to name a few.

But perhaps the biggest draw for royal watchers is that it’s linked to Kensington Gardens , which is where Will and Kate have their apartment and there is also a playground dedicated to Princess Diana.

As the skies darken and dusk arrives, make your way to the striking Albert Memorial which was built in honour of Prince Albert and is anchored in the south end of the gardens. Marvel as the sun sets behind its golden facade, capping off a whirlwind trip seeing London in two days.

Tours to help you visit London in 2 days

If you haven’t noticed yet, London is both huge and expensive! Save your tired feet and wallet, and get one of these passes to save money on attractions and transportation:

This article was originally published in August 2017 and updated in April 2020

YOU MIGHT ALSO ENJOY:

• 5 things to know before visiting a European Christmas market
• The ultimate Ireland itinerary for one week of exploring the Emerald Isle
• A grand European adventure with Air Transat: London and Portugal
• Brecon Beacons National Park: Pen y Fan and the Four Waterfalls Trail

SHARE THE PINSPIRATION! CLICK THE IMAGES BELOW TO PIN:

This post may contain affiliate links, which Globe Guide receives compensation for at no additional cost to you.

About The Author

Tamara Elliott

26 thoughts on “the ultimate itinerary for 2 days in london”.

Pingback: A grand European adventure with Air Transat: London and Portugal - Globe Guide

What a handy guide. There’s so much to see in London and you’ve really broken it down and managed to cover a lot. Paddington is such a cute area. Your photos came out great. Did you use a wide angle lens?

Thanks Debra, yes I love my wide-angle!

Great itinerary for a two days stay in this huge city! I’ve been to London many times, but there are a couple of places you’ve mentioned here that I haven’t been to (I can’t believe I still haven’t made it to Notting Hill!! haha..). So I’ll pin this for our next trip to Britain’s capital. Thank you for your tips!

Oh man you HAVE to get to Notting Hill!

This is a very practical guide. I’ve been to London some times now and I love this City (wouldn’t want to live there though). You made me really want to go to Litte Venice and Paddington! Paddington Looks exactly like the area I’d love to Hang around 😀 Thank you for your inspirational post! PS: My favorite area in London is Camden Lock

It is true that you cannot see everything in London. I have lived there for a year and I still see photos of places that I haven`t visited.

You saw a lot in two days! I’m from the UK and I am very impressed how you managed it! I would of got tired! I love your photos, you got some great shots of the city. I agree with you, when visiting London for the first time, see the main sights first. Great read.

Thanks Lucy!

What a great guide to the sites in London. This definitely hits the highlights and there is so much to see and do. I loved Paddington and mostly for nostalgic reasons – big fan of the books when I was a kid. By the way what kind of camera did you use? Great shots!!

Oh thanks! Just an old Canon Rebel- lenses are the trick 🙂

This is definitely a jam-packed day! I’m heading to London for the first time in May – we’re staying for a month, but I know that a lot of these are on the list! I had no idea there was a little Venice in London though. How cool!

If you’ve only got 2 days, it’s best to make the most of them! Thank you for this informative guide. I have only visited London on a quick layover (8 hours!) so I’ll definitely be returning. And when I do, I’ll reference this!

What a great guide for spending a couple of days in London. I live in London and I would recommend the same places you mentioned. London is a huge city and there are many places and if someone to want to see more of the city, should stay longer than two days

Pingback: Why St Luke’s Mews just might be London’s cutest street - Globe Guide

Pingback: Globe Guide’s travel bucket list - Globe Guide

Pingback: Mayfair, Visiting The Cultural Core Of London - Mostly Amélie Mostly Amélie

Pingback: The ultimate Ireland itinerary for one week on the Emerald Isle

Thank you so much for the elaborate post as it is helping me to plan my vacation. 5 star rating for this as you have included the map as well.

Awesome Bindu, so glad you found it helpful. Enjoy your trip!

Thanks a lot for the detailed itinerary. I would like to book a Notting hill walking tour for 3 person for May 2022 but I am not sure it will include all the places mentioned for your day 2 itinerary- Notting Hill, St. Luke’s Mews, Little Venice, Marylebone, Mayfair, Hyde Park, Albert Memorial, Kensington Palace. Please advice and help me get to a decision. Regards, Madhu.

Last summer, I had the opportunity to embark on an incredible adventure in London. It was a vacation filled with enchanting sights and unforgettable experiences. After going to your blog, I found myself again back on vacation. I am excited and want to visit again.

So great to hear Oliver, it’s an incredible city I hope you get to go back soon!

Thanks a lot for the advice. I followed this guide, although I did not actually accessed any of the attractions (I only had day and a half), but the recommended places are just awesome. The same steps, accessing all of the places will take a week 🙂 I will do it again if I have the chance,such a beautiful city. Although I looked for the Paddington bronze statue, I missed it… :-

I like such huge cities. I have been to a couple of years ago in this London. This post has an elaborate guide.

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

The ultimate 2 days in London itinerary

Are you going to spend 2 days in London and are looking for the best way to spend 48 hours in London? Having lived in London for 9 years I never became jaded about the amazing places in London to see, but my best experiences were always those of spending a weekend in London. I adore London and have spent many happy days exploring the City.

With so much to see in London and so little time and the expense of some of London’s most iconic sites you may want to see when you’re visiting London I recommend just taking pictures but not going inside unless that is something you really feel you must experience personally.

There never will be a perfect London itinerary unless of course you win the lottery but you can take in the highlight when you’re only in London for a few days. Ultimately London is one of the best cities in the world to return to over and over again.

2 days in London Itinerary – Things to see in London

How to get around london, accommodation in london, getting to london, attractions included in the london pass, how to spend 2 days in london, 2 day london itinerary overview – historic sites, piccadilly circus & leicester square, trafalgar square, the national gallery, the tower of london, tower bridge, the houses of parliament and big ben, visit westminster abbey, the london eye, kensington palace, museums: victoria & albert museum, natural history museum & british museum, buckingham palace – tours and the changing of the guard.

• St. Paul's Cathedral

2 Day London Itinerary Overview – Shopping and Vintage

Oxford street, camden village and camden market, leadenhall market: harry potter filming locations, kensington and chelsea, notting hill, london street markets, 2 day london itinerary overview – foodie recommendations, famous london food halls, leather lane, covent garden, drury lane and the westend theatre district, borough market, where to stay in london for 2 days.

Xyuandbeyond is reader-supported. When you buy through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission .  You can read my privacy policy  here.

Because I’m a housesitter and have spent many weeks in London I get a lot of questions from people that want to spend a weekend in London, so these London in two days itineraries focus on all the best things you can do in London in 48 hours depending on your favourite things to do. 

To be honest I usually arrange my London sights visit according to the mood I’m in – do I want to see the street markets and have some amazing food? Or do I fancy visiting the historic spots in London? London is a huge city and although there is lots of public transport there is just so many sites in London to see you have to keep coming back for more.

Is 2 days enough in London? No – but it will give you a taste of the city and you can always (and should) come back. When planning your London sightseeing itinerary I always recommend a hop-on hop-off bus if you have never been to a city before. These HOHO buses will give you a good idea of the layout of a city and places you will want to come back and spend more time at.

There is lots of walking but for anyone wishing to get the most out of their things to do in London in 2 days, this guide has all the information you need to make sure you see the best of the city during your stay in London for the weekend.

Now a 2-day itinerary in London may not seem like a lot of time to explore but here are some of the top sites to visit around London. I know the London transit system may see complex and overwhelming but here’s everything you need to know about using the Tube system.

It’s one of the best ways to see London for 2 days and it can seem daunting but it’s really easy to use. Get yourself an Oyster travel card or you can use your debit card on buses and tubes if you don’t have the Oyster. I use my Canadian debit card on my trip to London for all the public transportation methods which gave me plenty of opportunities to see in London what was on my bucket list. 

Deciding on where to stay in London can be a difficult decision London has accommodation in a huge range of styles and prices you should do your homework and decide upon the area you want to stay in and depending on the season you are truly best to book ahead and plan where you want to be based in London.

If you are planning on doing London on a budget there is a vast range of places to stay some of the best hostels are seriously budget-friendly and they give you a chance to meet up with other travellers.

Getting to London has never been easier or more convenient. You can fly into many different airports and take a vast array of tours and sites to see. However, if you are just dropping in for two days in London say as a layover this itinerary may be for you. But take from it what you will, these are just some of the incredible sites that London has to offer and hopefully you can pick and choose your favourites for your 2 days in London.

Buy a London Pass

I would highly recommend that you purchase your tickets for many of these sites online before you arrive in London. That way you won’t waste your 2 days in London in queues for tickets for the various sites you may want to see.

Depending on the attractions in London you want to see this may or may not be a good idea for your 2 day London Itinerary. The London Pass does include the London tourist attractions as noted below but might be a bit expensive given  your limited time to visit. 

London Pass holders are currently granted free admission to over 90 iconic London museums, monuments, palaces, castles, tours, and other attractions. These include some of the most popular London attractions such as:

Westminster Abbey

Tower of London

The View from the Shard

St. Paul’s Cathedral

Shakespeare’s Globe

Hampton Court Palace

Here is my list of the top things to do in London in 2 days. I know it seems like a lot but as an example, if you visit Piccadilly Circus you are only a short walk from Trafalgar Square and Oxford Street.

Since London is such an expensive city one way to see all the sites is to take a Thames River Cruise. This way you can enjoy views from a different angle and get some fantastic photos.

London is also a foodie’s paradise and has some of the best and most unique restaurant s in the world. On top of that (literally) you will find some of the most awesome rooftop bars in London for fabulous views with your cocktails.

Can I just mention that if you are lucky enough to get to spend Christmas in London then you will want to check out the glorious Christmas Markets that are held all over the City.  There are lots of things to spend your money on that you won’t find anywhere else and there are drinks, rides and lots of food.

London is a shopping mecca and if you have enough time you must explore the super cheap London shopping spots. These can range from the fabulous markets of London to shops like Primark on that famous part of London – Oxford Street. You may need another suitcase to bring home all your amazing buys. 

Day 1:  Piccadilly Circus, Trafalgar Square, National Gallery, Tower of London, Tower Bridge, the London Eye, Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, 

Day 2: Kensington Palace, V&A Museum, Buckingham Palace, St Paul’s Cathedral

Day 1: Your London Itinerary – Historic Sites

This is where I would begin my London stay – Trafalgar Square and Picadilly Circus are two main items that everyone wants to see when they get to London.

Admire the Piccadilly statue of Eros, a beautiful winged archer poised with his bow, located in Piccadilly Circus. Erected at the end of the 19th century to commemorate Lord Shaftesbury’s philanthropic work, the original name of the monument was Shaftesbury Memorial Fountain.

An 8-minute walk from Picadilly Circus is the famous Leicester Square. The 1960s saw the likes of Rolling Stones, Sex Pistols, The Who and The Clash play early gigs at the legendary Cavern in the Town – now Leicester Square Theatre.

Surrounded by museums and galleries Trafalgar Square is located in central London. It is a public square built around the area that used to be known as Charing Cross. It commemorates the Battle of Trafalgar a British Naval victory that took place during the Napoleonic Wars.  Nelson’s column commemorates the hero of that war Lord Nelson and it stands in the centre of the square.

The National Gallery in Trafalgar Square is free to visit and has paintings from artists like Constable to Monet and has a daily tour around 11.30 am every day which is also free.

The collections are displayed in chronological order and it’s pretty easy to find some jaw-dropping art from Van Gogh’s Sunflowers to Titian’s and Rembrandts.

If you love a great museum as I do and you have kids with you on these 2 days in London you need to read Catherine’s Best Free London Museums with kids.

It’s an expensive tour that’s for sure so my top tip is to use the London Pass. For the 2 days in London Pass you are looking at  £99 but it includes entry to over 80 attractions and includes the Hop on Hop Off bus, The Tower which is £30 alone, the Shard’s brilliant views and much more. 

Located on the North Bank of the Thames right beside the iconic Tower Bridge the best way to see the Tower is via a guided tour.

Tickets Here:  Tower of London Ticket with Crown Jewels Exhibition

Tickets Here:  Tower of London Early Access with Beefeater Keys Ceremony

You can’t miss Tower Bridge which can be seen from the Tower of London. You can walk the high-level West Walkway, and take in stunning panoramic views and experience the thrill of seeing London life through the Glass Floor. Discover the historical events that led to the Bridge’s construction, how Tower Bridge was built, and how it lifts the road for river traffic as well as some of the key and quirky events from the Bridge’s history.

Built between 1886 and 1894, the Bridge has spent more than a century as London’s defining landmark, an icon of London and the United Kingdom.

One of the most iconic of London sites everyone has to get photos of the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. You must take a guided tour of the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben which can be a little tricky if only visiting and spending 2 days in London. Security is very tight after the terrorist activities and awful deaths and of course the historic  Guy Fawkes trying to blow up the building.

You can simply tour the area by yourself and wander the squares checking out the statues of the famous and infamous. There’s also usually some kind of protest taking place which can be very interesting.

You also can get a glimpse behind the scenes at the House of Lords on an organised tour of the Houses of Parliament. The visitor route will take you through highlights such as the Robing Room, Royal Gallery, Peers’ Lobby and the chamber.

The vertical tower that houses the huge bell otherwise known as Big Ben is really named Elizabeth Tower. It chimes on the hour and has rarely ever stopped.

Westminster Abbey is a stunning historic gothic abbey church near Big Ben. Famous the world over, Westminster Abbey has seen over 16 royal weddings, including Will and Kate’s, and is the burial location of 17 monarchs.

Additionally, it has held globally watched events, such as the funeral of Lady Diana Spencer, and is also home to the United Kingdom’s Tomb of the Unknown Warrior.

I am an absolute fiend for wanting to visit Cathedrals and ruined abbeys the European history of these sacred buildings is riveting. England is a phenomenal place to visit if you love these kinds of then Great Cathedrals of England and Ireland is a fantastic read to figure out which ones you want to see.

Tickets:  London Westminster Abbey Entrance Ticket & Audio Guide

The London Eye on the South Bank officially known as the  “Coca Cola London Eye” is the most amazing way to get views of London to die for. The London Eye lineups appear to be immense and you think you may be in the queue for the rest of your life or at least a good portion of the day.  However, they move very quickly and within 10 minutes we had our boarding tickets and we headed to Line A.  This is an absolute must-do when visiting for 2 days in London.

The cool thing is that the London Eye is also wheelchair accessible, and if you are mobility challenged it’s pretty easy to get on the capsules as well.

Day 2: Your London Historic Sites Itinerary

At Kensington Palace, you can explore the birthplace of Queen Victoria and home to young royals for over 300 years. Walk in the footsteps of royalty in Victoria’s re-imagined childhood rooms and the magnificent King’s State Apartments and  Queen’s State Apartments.

The V & A is free but the special exhibitions do have a cost associated with them from around £8-20. We stood outside the Museum just marvelling at the size of the building and the fact that we were finally here. The stunning Chiluly chandelier greets you and we really enjoyed the Punk Rock clothing exhibit.

At the British Museum you can explore 2 million years worth of history and explore free galleries full of artefacts from Egypt, Persia, the United Kingdom and the World.

The Natural History Museum is famous for its exhibition of dinosaur skeletons and its exquisite architecture. This museum contains everything from the natural world from bugs to Oceans.

You can’t go to Buckingham Palace and not watch the Changing of the Guard but make sure you check the times before you go and I recommend getting there early so you can find a good spot to see everything. 

You can also take a tour through some of the Palace when the royal family is on summer holidays. So depending on when you plan to spend your 2 days in London check for these tours.

If as a child you watched Mary Poppins and saw the old woman “Feed the Birds” you will know that this was filmed on the steps of St. Paul’s Cathedral .  An adult ticket to tour St. Paul’s costs  £17.00 St Paul’s is open for sightseeing from Monday to Saturday, 8.30 am to 4 pm.

Located on Ludgate Hill St. Paul’s was designed by Christopher Wren. It is dedicated to the Apostle Paul on this site which was a Christian church dating back to AD 604. The Cathedral as it stands now has been destroyed by the Great Fire of London and suffered at the hand of bombs dropped during WWII.

Day 1. Oxford Street, Camden Market, Leadenhall Market

Day 2. Kensington and Chelsea, Notting Hill, London Street Markets

Day 1: Your shopping and vintage itinerary

Oxford Street is the most famous street in London and it is an absolute mecca for the shopaholic. I strongly recommend you start out as early as the shops open it will be somewhat less busy than later in the day. Oxford street for me is hell on earth – I just don’t like shopping that much but having said that if you want to admire some incredible shops like Selfridges or John Lewis go for it.

If you cannot resist a street market head to Camden Village . Whether you’re an old punk into goth or retro – as in those 70’s style platform boots or steampunk Camden Market has it all. It’s only one of many street markets in London but it has the punkiest style for sure.

Leadenhall Market is a covered market in the City of London, designed in 1881, with cheesemongers, butchers, florists, and some commercial retailers.

Potterheads will recognize Leadenhall Market as the area where Harry Potter and Rubeus Hagrid passed through Leadenhall Market on their way to the Leaky Cauldron and Diagon Alley.

Diagon Alley was of course inspired by The Shambles the oldest medieval street in the World in York. You can also indulge is some adventurous High Teas from Harry Potter to Drag Queens or Shakespearean.

Day 2: Your shopping and vintage tour

Kensington and Chelsea, Notting Hill, London Street Markets

Chelsea in London the home of the mega-rich, celebrities and politicians and officially known as the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea mere steps from the beautiful Hyde Park. It is one of the smallest Boroughs in the UK but it is also the most densely populated. Not only that but it contains many of London’s finest museums in a short stretch plus a myriad of other attractions to visit.

If you are a dedicated follower of fashion you are sure to have heard of the infamous Sloane Rangers. A Sloane Ranger was a young upper-class female who lived around Sloane Square and had a home in the country. Sloane Rangers were characterized by their clothing which was expensive but informal country dressing. Tweed jackets, jodhpurs, jeans, cardigans and pearls. Diana, Princess of Wales was considered the archetypal Sloane Ranger of the 1980s by The Official Sloane Ranger Handbook.

At one end of Sloane Square is the stylish King’s Road while Sloane Street runs off the square and links to Knightsbridge. This location puts it within walking distance of some of the best attractions in London, from bars and clubs to hotels and restaurants.

The main reason we wanted to visit the Notting Hill attraction s was to see the Portobello Road Market. Of course, we also watched the Notting Hill movie before we went so we could see if we could find some of those Notting Hill attractions and all the best places in Notting Hill.

Visiting Notting Hill is a must when visiting London. We easily travelled to Notting Hill when housesitting in London . We took the tube to Nottinghill and when coming out of the tube station simply cross the street and then turn right at the next street and wander down you will see the Portobello Road market right away.

Traditional street markets in London have been my obsession for years. I love the fact that I can go to virtually any neighbourhood and find a great market in London. From foodie street markets to vintage clothes and antique markets to your basic get your fruit and veg here street markets. London is an absolute mecca for the street market lover.

How many markets in London? London currently has 162 markets, including traditional street markets, street food markets that specialize in takeaway foods, specialist markets for goods such as books, antiques or clothes, and farmers’ and specialist food markets.

Day 1. famous London Food Halls, Chinatown, Leather Lane, 

Day 2. The Shard, Covent Garden Market, Drury Lane, Borough Market

If you are a total foodie like me you need to take time in your 2 days in London to take a food tour. Now it can be a struggle to figure out which one you want but I suggest reading 10 of the best London Food Tours by Lucy. The article describes tours from Billingsgate Fish Market to fancy afternoon teas a must for any foodie. 

If you fancy a superb Afternoon Tea you will be spoiled for choice there are all kinds of themed Afternoon Teas from tea on a bus to Alice in Wonderland and Harry Potter at various locations around the city.

Day 1: London Itinerary Overview for foodies

Food Halls in London are a foodie’s dream come true. A cross between a farmer’s market and a gourmet store these great British Food Halls serve up everything from fresh fruit and veg to champagne and oysters. Known for its quirky foods , London’s Food Halls are a cut above the usual grocers.

Fortnum & Mason’s is reputed to be the best store in the world, so much so that this is where the King of England shops. The store is known for its incredible hampers that are taken everywhere with the rich and famous.  

At Harrods you may get to spot the rich and famous shopping in Harrods but my favourite part was Harrod’s Food Halls. Full of fabulous prepared meals, fancy pastries and gorgeous chocolate who could resist picking up a snack or two?

I love Chinatown London I mean who can fault a place that has great people watching and some of the most interesting South Asian food outside of South Asia? Chinatown is also where I appeased my appetite for dim sum and sushi that I had so missed in Ireland.

All I can say about Leather Lane is that this is the place for funky street art and some of the best street food in the City.

Day 2: London Foodie Itinerary

You absolutely can’t miss Covent Garden in the West End. Historically a fruit and veg market these days has become so much more. Grab some lunch at a fancy restaurant or a simple little local caff. You can buy some great designer fashion, listen to amazing musicians, or watch the street performers on weekends.

Don’t miss Neal’s Yard a totally instagrammable location adjacent to Covent Garden. Lots of colour, flowers and ivy abound in this iconic little yard. Originally named after a 17th-century developer, Thomas Neale. In 1976 the derelict warehouse was bought by a radical activist and entrepreneur who started the Whole Food Warehouse.

If you aren’t careful you could spend your whole 2 days in London right here at Covent Garden market.

Wander around some of London’s hidden secret places

You can’t head to Covent Garden Market and miss the Westend Theatre District right next door. The term “Drury Lane” is often used to refer to the  Theatre Royal, Drury Lane , which has in different incarnations been located in Drury Lane since the 17th century. By the way, Drury Lane is a short walk from either Piccadilly Station or Trafalgar Square . 

The Shard, also referred to as the Shard of Glass , Shard London Bridge and formerly London Bridge Tower. It’s an expensive site and there are three different types of tickets: a standard ticket costs 32£. a premium ticket costs 42£ and includes fast track entry and a panoramic guide booklet. a VIP ticket cost 52£ and includes fast track entry, a panoramic guide booklet, a glass of Champagne or a soft drink and a souvenir digital photograph.

One of my favourite places for dining is Borough Market which has been around for 1000 years. Borough Market features everything from cheese and deli vendors to fresh flower and artisan chocolate stands to global cuisine.

Looking for the best places to stay in London , then you need to read Sydney’s article on her blog A World in Reach.

So there you have it a perfect 2 days in London seeing all the major sites. There is so much more to see than you could possibly take in in 2 days in London but guaranteed you will come back – you won’t be able to help yourself London is addictive. Hidden gems of London, getaways from London

 If you are planning to spend 2 days in London, you are in for a treat! This vibrant city has so much to offer that it can be overwhelming to choose what to do in such a short amount of time. Remember to take some time in London to take a stroll along the River Thames and enjoy the stunning views of the city’s skyline.

Or perhaps take a walking tour and don’t miss out on the world-class museums and galleries, such as the British Museum and the Tate Modern. Indulge in the city’s diverse cuisine or traditional English foods and desserts by trying out local dishes in one of the many bustling food markets.

To truly experience London’s culture, catch a show in the West End or explore the trendy neighborhoods of Notting Hill and Camden. End your two days with a visit to one of the beautiful parks, like Hyde Park or Regents Park, where you can relax and take in the beauty of nature amidst the hustle and bustle of the city. Two days may not be enough to fully immerse yourself in London, but it will certainly give you a taste of this cosmopolitan hub. 

You might also like to read

The London Postal Museum a fascinating history

Easy getaways from London

Where is the famous Abbey Road crosswalk?

The 7 Best Places to See Street Art in London

Hidden gems of London and off the Beaten Path sites

Faith was born in Ireland raised in Canada and has lived in over 10 countries in Europe including England, Ireland, Scotland, France, Spain, Northern Ireland, Wales, along with Mexico, Antigua, the US and has slow travelled to over 40 countries around the world. Graduating with a degree in Anthropology and Women's Studies Faith is a student of history, culture, community and food and has written about these topics for over 40 years.

View all posts

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

I have read and accepted the Privacy Policy *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

13 Ideas For A 2-Day Trip To London With Kids

L ondon is one of the oldest and most exciting of the world's great cities. From phenomenal shopping to award-winning restaurants to some of the globe's best attractions, this exceptional city offers everything you'd want from a family vacation. Although it would take days, or better yet weeks, to truly explore the U.K.'s buzzy capital, there are plenty of ways to make the most out of a quick, 48-hour visit with kids.

Traveling with an aspiring history buff? The Tower of London will pique their interest with tales of war, murder, and imprisonment. Have a budding actor in tow? A West End musical is sure to inspire their love of theater. Perhaps your little one is obsessed with all things vehicular. Whether they adore buses, trains, or horses and buggies, they'll find it, and so much more, at the London Transport Museum. 

Although two days is a short time to spend in one of the world's greatest cities, it's easy to placate every family member with such an exhaustive list of places to visit. In addition to seeing the essential big-ticket attractions (i.e. Big Ben and Buckingham Palace), this list of the best things to do on a 2-day trip to London with kids will ensure you'll also experience some local, family-friendly fun.

Read more: 28 Bucket List Destinations That Everyone Needs To Experience At Least Once

Day One: Eat A Full English Breakfast

Assuming you aren't jetlagged, it's best to rise early and get the most out of your 48 hours in London. There's little worse than dragging hangry kids on a day of sightseeing, so feed them a hearty meal before setting off. London is known for its full English breakfasts, which consist of sausages, potatoes, eggs, tomatoes, and mushrooms.  Regency Café tops many lists of best breakfasts in London. Known for its affordable, full English breakfast, this is a hot spot for tourists and locals alike. You may recognize its Art Deco-styled interior from films like "Layer Cake" and  "Rocketman." Opened in 1946, this London staple lies in the borough of Westminster, almost equidistant from Pimlico and St. James Park tube stations. It's a mere 12-minute walk from Westminster Abbey and Big Ben, making this a perfect place to start a day of visiting attractions. 

Not a fan of the full English? There are plenty of tasty brekkies on offer at pubs and restaurants throughout the city, many of which include the classic jam and scone. Or, treat the kids to a meal they won't forget at Duck & Waffle , on the 40th floor of 110 Bishopsgate in London's business district. This "gastro diner" is open 24 hours, seven days a week, and is named for its signature dish. Don't worry, there are also plenty of kid-friendly options like bacon, eggs, pastries, and a vast array of flavored waffles to go with the impeccable view. 

Take A Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour

While riding The Underground is one of the fastest (and cheapest) ways to get around London, climbing aboard a hop-on hop-off bus tour is much more fun, not to mention educational. Plus, it's rare to meet a kid who hates double-decker buses. Blanketing 607 square miles, the U.K.'s largest city provides tourists with a lot of ground to cover. And if you only have two days to explore London with kids, you'll want to make things as simple as possible. 

London's Big Bus Tours are more than worth the $58 for a one-day adult pass and $46 for kids. The 48-hour pass costs only $14 more, which is a bargain. These tickets also include a one-way Thames River cruise, which runs in either direction from Westminster to Tower Pier. Just hop back on the bus from a nearby stop to get back. To really package a deal, the Essential Ticket, which lasts 48 hours, gives you access to three guided walking tours -- Changing of the Guard, City of London, and Jack the Ripper. 

No matter which ticket you book, expect to see London's best attractions.  The three routes (Red, Blue, and Green) are covered on each tour and include stops at The London Eye, Whitehall, Covent Garden, London Bridge, Buckingham Palace, Hyde Park Corner, and Piccadilly Circus, to name a few. Let your mood, or better yet the kids, guide you to where you'll hop off next.

Ride The London Eye

Hop off the bus at The London Eye and get ready for a spectacular vista. Originally called the Millennium Wheel, this massive Ferris wheel (it's 443 feet tall) was supposed to be a temporary attraction. In fact, this extraordinary landmark was designed to be dismantled after five years. However, people wanted it to stay indefinitely. So it did! Today, the London Eye is the most popular paid-for visitor attraction in the U.K. The wheel consists of 32 "ovid capsules" that transport visitors super slowly (each one only revolves twice in one hour). They represent the 32 boroughs that make up Greater London and each one can hold 25 passengers. 

From the capsule, you'll be given a bird's eye view of London's architectural gems, like Westminster Abbey, Lambeth Palace, the Natural Museum of History, Buckingham Palace, and Whitehall Court. On a super clear day, you may even spy Windsor Castle and Wembley Stadium. Make the most of your  ride on the London Eye by booking tickets in advance. Also, try to plan your visit outside of holidays and summer weekends, if possible. When you've returned to the ground, walk across Westminster Bridge, stopping halfway for a photo op with the most magnificent backdrop -- Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament. 

Say Hi To Big Ben

Visiting London without seeing Big Ben is akin to visiting Rome and skipping out on the Colosseum -- it just shouldn't be done. There's something magical about standing beneath the famed clock tower, which is actually named the Elizabeth Tower -- Big Ben is the name of the great bell inside. A whopping 226 feet high, this often-photographed monument is as tall as 21 London buses stacked on top of each other. While the tower's smaller quarter bells chime every 15 minutes, Big Ben itself tolls upon the hour.

With experience as a guide, it's recommended that you cross the street to Parliament Square. Kids will love running up and down the pathway to examine the bronze statues of Nelson Mandela and an imposing Sir Winston Churchill in the garden. Westminster Abbey lies just across the Square. If your little ones are up for exploring this beloved attraction, you'll be happy you spent the time. While inside, ask a staff member to point out the Family Trail. Kids can get a free badge at the shop after they've found the items on the list. Once finished at the Abbey, walk back towards Elizabeth Tower and you'll find Westminster Pier. This is a popular launch for Thames River cruises.

Take A River Cruise

River Thames sightseeing cruises leave from Westminster Pier and travel as far as Greenwich Pier. If you didn't opt for a bus tour that includes a cruise, this is a bucket-list activity your family won't want to miss -- seeing London's landmarks from the river offers a whole new perspective of their magnificence. Since you're pressed for time, the best route is a one-way ticket to Tower Bridge Quay. The trip will take about 30 minutes and passes many impressive attractions along the way, including the OXO Tower, St. Paul's Cathedral, The Tate Modern, Globe Theatre, and The Shard. At around $15 for adults over 16 and $10 for children ages 5 to 15, one-way cruises are pretty cheap.

The crew and skippers on these cruises are friendly and knowledgeable, offering interesting, and often funny, historical tidbits during their commentary. This is where many tourists learn about the (possibly true) legend of OXO's clever marketing scheme. When their application to add an illuminated sign outside their building was turned down in the late 1920s (advertising wasn't allowed on the South Bank), they integrated their three letters into the design. It still stands today. When the tour comes to an end, you'll embark at the Tower Bridge Quay, mere steps from one of London's most famous landmarks -- The Tower of London.

Tour The Tower Of London

As mentioned above, it's a short walk from Tower Bridge Quay to the Tower of London . Tower Hill Underground Station is five minutes away by foot and multiple buses stop nearby, making this an easy place to visit no matter where you're staying in London. Plan to spend a minimum of two hours at this attraction as there's a lot to see. Highlights include ogling the Crown Jewels, seeing the Royal Armories collections in The White Tower, and visiting the prison in the Bloody Tower. This is where you'll learn about murder plots and discover ancient torture methods. Search the Beauchamp Tower for graffiti made by prisoners in the 16th century. Your kids won't forget this experience!  

Two main eateries lie inside the Tower for when hunger pangs hit -- New Armories Café and Ravens Café. But, the meals can get pricey and often aren't as tasty as the nearby, budget-friendly, and kid-loved noodle restaurant, Wagamama. The Tower Hill location is just outside the main gate and boasts a fabulous view of Tower Bridge and a children's menu. Tickets to the Tower cost about $41 per adult and $20 per child between 5 and 15, so stay as long as possible to get your money's worth. Tip: Save money by purchasing The London Pass by Go City. You'll save up to 50% off major attractions like Westminster Abbey, The Tower of London, and Kensington Palace, as well as hop-on-hop-off bus tours and more.

Visit A Museum

If anyone has energy left, make your way to the Science Museum in South Kensington. It's one of the best museums to visit in London  with children. If your kids don't find hands-on gaming experiences, interactive experiments, or rockets exciting, the Natural History Museum and its vast display of dinosaurs are a mere one-minute walk away. And the V&A (Victoria & Albert) museum's art and design exhibits are just as close. Tip: The V&A Café is a must-visit if only to gawk at the impressive architecture and décor. It's the world's oldest museum restaurant. Enjoy a quick tea and scone or play hide and seek around the columns. Museum Mile, which is home to 13 museums, is located in the center of London. If those three don't pique your interest, you're sure to find something everyone will love. The best part? Admission is free for almost all of these museums

South Kensington is packed with restaurants that will please pretty much any palate. From oysters to Italian food to Indian dishes and high-end fare, tourists are spoiled for choice. If your crew is hungry, choose a restaurant that's right for you before heading back to your hotel.

Day Two: Wave To The King At Buckingham Palace

Start day two with a trip to Buckingham Palace. The London home of Britain's Royal family since 1837, this famous landmark is worth a visit, even if you merely walk around the perimeter. The State Rooms are open for tours over 10 weeks each summer. Book in advance as they fill up quickly. Certain exclusive guided tours are also available in winter and spring. Those hoping to witness the Changing of the Guard ceremony should plan to arrive by 10:30 a.m. as the ceremony starts at 11 a.m. It doesn't last long and gets very crowded during the high season. Also, it's best to confirm the date and time before you go. The ceremony doesn't always take place. 

The Palace neighbors St. James's Park, known as "the most royal of London's Royal Parks." This is where you'll find impeccable views of Buckingham Palace from across the lake, and you may come face-to-beak with a pelican. Popular attractions like the Horse Guards Parade and the Admiralty Arch are also found here.

Walk To Trafalgar Square

From Buckingham Palace, walk along the Mall to Trafalgar Square, which will take about 20 minutes. You'll pass St. James's Park on your right and the Horse Guards Parade, as well as the Admiralty Arch. A great route for sightseeing, you'll pass enough attractions along the way to keep kids of all ages interested. They may even be distracted enough to not realize how far they've walked. Once you reach Trafalgar Square, it's time to take the obligatory tourist photos of the bronze lions and Nelson's Column. You'll have to stand quite far back to fit the entire column in the frame. There are public toilets as well as a café here if any of your crew is in need of a quick respite. 

Otherwise, you can head into the National Gallery to soak up some culture and admire the incredible works of art on display. Admission is free, the bathrooms are much nicer than those found outside, and there are three places to grab a warm coffee or bite to eat. Throughout the year, there are family activities, like kid-friendly tours and creative drawing programs.

Watch Buskers And Visit The Transport Museum In Covent Garden

If the kids are still up for walking, make your way to Covent Garden, which is another eight minutes away on foot. Otherwise, hop back on your bus tour or hail a black cab. Buskers, sweets shops, and the Transport Museum will have children enthralled by this bustling neighborhood. Covent Garden's Market plays host to a bevy of handmade jewelry, arts, crafts, and soaps, among other products, and Neal's Yard is home to colorful shops and delicious restaurants.  St JOHN Bakery  serves up "London's fluffiest doughnuts," while Homeslice boasts pizza so delicious, you'll want seconds.

While you're in the West End, why not check out a musical? Many offer matinee performances once during the week and on weekends. Children under age 4 aren't permitted at some theaters, and others say children between ages 3 and 7 will be asked to leave if they become too restless, so keep that in mind if you're traveling with little ones. The Theatre Royal Drury Lane (which is currently showing "Frozen: The Musical") is a four-minute walk from Covent Garden.

Shop At Hamley's

Placate the kids with a shopping spree on Regent Street, which is easily reached by hopping on the Tube at Covent Garden Station. Want to win parent of the year? Get off at Picadilly Circus and walk the eight minutes to Hamleys , deemed by many to be the "finest toy shop in the world." It's also the largest, boasting seven floors filled with every stuffed toy and gadget a child could dream of. Shopping here is an adventure in and of itself. There are often toy demonstrations that include free manicures (for kids) and testing of the latest and greatest gizmos. Don't miss the life-sized LEGO statue of King Charles. Regent Street's not just for kids. 

This shopping wonderland is home to Massimo Dutti, Karl Lagerfeld, Burberry, and the stunning Liberty London, a historic department store set in a heritage-listed building. There are also cafés, restaurants, and pubs on hand to satiate anyone who's ready for a snack. When you've finished giving your wallet a workout, hop back in the tube at Oxford Circus and make your way to Queensway. Walk into Kensington Gardens and you'll find the Diana Memorial Playground on your right before you reach Kensington Palace and Round Pond. 

Run Around At Diana Memorial Playground

Park yourself, and your newly purchased packages, on a bench while the kids run wild at this Peter Pan-themed play space. Built in honor of Princess Diana, children can walk the plank on a pirate ship, hide in a teepee, or dig for buried treasure in the ginormous sandbox at this fantastic playground. A highlight for tourists traveling to London with kids, this park receives more than one million visitors each year, so be prepared to wait, especially if you're planning to arrive during a holiday, in summer, or on a warm and sunny day. At peak times, the wait can be up to one hour. Luckily, the Broad Walk Café is open daily from 9 a.m. to serve parents a much-needed specialty coffee or tea, as well as pastries, pizza, sandwiches, and ice cream for little ones.

Save a bit of time to wander around Kensington Gardens, another magnificent Royal Park that was once the private gardens of Kensington Palace. Lead the kids on a scavenger hunt to find the Peter Pan statue. It lies by The Long Water, just across from Hyde Park.

Have Afternoon Tea

What's a trip to London without afternoon tea ? While there are plenty of places to get a proper tea service, there are also plenty of kid-friendly tea options. Head to The Ampersand Hotel in South Kensington (by black cab is easiest) for an experience every child will love -– Kid's Jurassic Afternoon Tea. For around $43 per child, they'll fill up on enough sammies, scones, and pastries that they probably won't need dinner. Everything is served in a tiered dinosaur tray with dry ice. 

Peppa Pig's Afternoon Tea Bus Tour is a must for fans of The Pig Wonder. For a full 90 minutes, you and your tykes will be transported via double-decker bus past some of London's most famous landmarks. As you ride, Peppa Pig will guide you on a built-in tablet. There's a sing-a-long, too, so warm up your voices before boarding and prepare to oink. You'll also receive a themed tea service. These tours are available two to three times daily from Thursday to Sunday and depart from Somerset House. Tickets begin at $59 per adult or $47 per child. 

Another fun option is the Paddington Afternoon Tea Bus Tour. This 1:45-hour ride takes visitors past Paddington's favorite Central London attractions with narration from the bear himself via a tablet at each table. Tours run twice daily from Wednesday to Sunday and leave from Trafalgar Square. Tickets start at $55 per adult and $43 per child and include marmalade sandwiches (obviously) as well as other tasty treats and tea, of course.

Read the original article on Explore .

• International edition
• Australia edition
• Europe edition

Local elections 2024: full mayoral and council results for England

From the new mayoralties through to bellwether councils, find out what happened in your area

• Council results – visual analysis

Latest councils declared

North Tyneside

Epping Forest

Councillor change

Council control change, how the election works.

On 2 May, 107 English councils held elections with more than 2,000 seats being contested. Some were for metropolitan boroughs such as Manchester city council and others for unitary authorities such as Bristol or Dorset. Both structures are single-tier authorities with responsibility for the whole range of council services, including education, social care, rubbish collection and parks.

There were elections for 58 district councils, lower-tier authorities whose responsibilities are more limited, but include planning, housing and recycling. District councils typically elect a third of their seats each year on a four-yearly cycle, and elect the upper tier council — usually the county council — in the fourth year.

There were elections in London for the London assembly as well as 11 mayors including those of London, greater Manchester and Liverpool. These were subject to changes in their voting system since the last time they were up for election. They are now elected on a first past the post basis. Police and crime commissioners were also up for election.

Councils of interest

These are some of the councils that show the key trends in the elections. The charts show the percentage of seats held in each council, by party.

North East Lincolnshire

Nuneaton & bedworth, welwyn hatfield, where parties gained councillors.

Regions in white are up for election. The size of the circle indicates gained seats as a percentage of the number of seats up for election.

Strong gains in Hartlepool, Rushmoor, Hyndburn, Milton Keynes, Tamworth and Adur were positive for Labour. They also gained 15 seats in the traditional bellwether council of Nuneaton and Bedworth, which will please Labour strategists.

Conservative

The Conservatives hardly made any gains, instead losing scores of council seats across the country including in some key general election seats. Despite this, the fact that Tory majorities held in Harlow and Fareham will present some relief.

Gains in Watford, west Oxfordshire, Tunbridge Wells and Winchester gave the centrist party reasons to be hopeful. They also enjoyed increases in councillors in the wider south-west, previously a Lib Dem stronghold.

Greens became the largest political group in Hastings, where they gained eight seats. They also gained ground in other seats across England, including Norwich, Bristol and south Tyneside.

Independents

Independent candidates made significant gains in the election. The most notable examples of this were Oldham and Kirkless, where independent candidates picked up seats and pushed the councils out of Labour control.

Reform has won only two seats, both in Havant, although it is important to note that it only stood 316 candidates across the country, which is a comparatively low number.

All council results

London mayor, london assembly elections.

In London voters choose an assembly member for a constituency and cast another vote for London-wide top-up seats. In the chart, the large number in bold represent the the total seats won, while the smaller number show change in assembly members.

Regional and city mayors

East midlands, greater manchester, liverpool city region, south yorkshire, tees valley, west midlands, west yorkshire, york & north yorkshire, about these results.

These results are provided by PA Media newswire (PA). Numbers for change in seats are calculated against the state of the council just before this election. Other organisations calculate using the previous election, and this can lead to discrepancies.

PA release results for each council only when its full count is complete. PA collates results only for elections that were due in this electoral cycle, meaning there may be council byelection results in other parts of the country that are not included. There are frequent changes in ward boundaries, sometimes accompanied by changes in the number of councillors overall.

• Local elections
• Conservatives
• Liberal Democrats
• Mayoral elections
• Police and crime commissioners

More on this story

Toxic Tories doomed as Sunak hunkers down and Labour sticks the boot in

Labour ‘working to get support back’ after losing votes over Gaza stance

Lib Dems gain most council seats in last five years, party’s data shows

Braverman tells Sunak to ‘own’ dismal election results and ‘fix it’ but says it’s too late for Tories to change leader – as it happened

Suella Braverman says no time to oust Sunak so he must ‘own this and fix it’

Sadiq Khan elected London mayor for third term in further boost for Labour

Boris Johnson ‘pays tribute’ to polling staff who refused to let him vote without ID

Ben Houchen victory bucks anti-Tory trend as Labour wins three mayoral contests

Conservatives crushed by ‘worst local election result’ in years

Key points as local election results show major Tory losses

Most viewed.

I-95 in Connecticut will be closed for days after fiery crash damages bridge, governor says

HARTFORD, Conn. — The major traffic artery linking New England with New York will be closed in Connecticut for days after a tanker fire damaged a bridge over Interstate 95, Gov. Ned Lamont said Thursday.

The tanker truck filled with gasoline burst into flames in a three-vehicle crash Thursday on I-95 in southwest Connecticut, closing the East Coast’s main north-south highway and causing major traffic jams. While Lamont said there were no serious injuries in the 5:30 a.m. accident in Norwalk, the crash caused damage to the bridge above it.

“The heat from the burning fuel compromised some of the bridge, so that bridge is going to have to come down and that demolition is going to start first thing tomorrow morning,” Lamont said at a briefing Thursday evening in Hartford.

He said the hope is to reopen the interstate by Monday morning.

Norwalk Mayor Harry Rilling said his city’s schools will be closed on Friday. It’s unclear whether they’ll reopen Monday. He urged local employers to consider allowing employees to work from home on Friday, if possible, or use the MetroNorth commuter rail. Additional trains are being added to the rail line, officials said.

While the bridge was less than 10 years old, “the damage was pretty severe due to the amount of gasoline that was in the tanker ignited directly underneath the bridge structure,” Connecticut Department of Transportation Commissioner Garrett Eucalitto said. “The steel did begin to overheat and warp.”

The tanker had been carrying a load of about 8,500 gallons (about 32,000 liters) when it crashed beneath the Fairfield Avenue bridge, officials said. The overpass did not appear in danger of collapsing, said Scott Hill, chief engineer for the Connecticut Department of Transportation.

Eucalitto said it’s unsafe to allow any traffic to pass underneath the bridge in either direction, so the entire bridge, which has beams that cross both spans of highway, has to be removed.

Large equipment was being brought to Connecticut Thursday evening to complete the demolition, which is expected to begin around 3 a.m. on Friday. Lamont said the work could take 24 hours or longer to complete. After that, the roadway may need to be repaved before it can reopen.

It will likely take about a year to replace the bridge, a major artery for the city of more than 91,000 people. Lamont said he is hoping to receive federal reimbursement to cover the cost.

“I’m glad everyone is OK,” Lisa Brinton, who lives south of I-95, told Hearst Connecticut Media. “My concern is the after effect. Norwalk is divided in half by 95 and I drive over Fairfield Avenue bridge everyday.”

The cause of the crash remains under police investigation and no charges have been filed.

About 160,000 vehicles travel that portion of I-95 in both directions daily, Eucalitto said.

Traffic was backed up for dozens of miles during the morning rush hour, and lengthy delays remained in the area into Thursday evening and were expected through the weekend. Slow-moving detours were set up, taking traffic off the highway and around the accident scene. The crash left other highways and secondary roads in gridlock. The major alternate route in the area, the Merritt Parkway, cannot be used by trucks because the underpasses on that highway are too low.

Text alerts were sent to residents of Connecticut, New York and New Jersey, and trucking companies who use the section of I-95 were notified to find alternative routes and means of travel, he said. U.S. Secretary of Transportation Pete Buttigieg also was notified.

“I know what an incredible inconvenience this is for people and all I can ask you to do is stay away from that area as best you can,” Lamont said during an earlier briefing in Hartford. “The traffic jams are horrendous.”

Crews offloaded about 4,000 gallons (about 15,142 liters) of gasoline that was unburnt and remained on the tanker. Utility crews were also working to replace downed wires.

Environmental crews worked to clean up gasoline and firefighting foam. The Department of Energy and Environmental Protection said the runoff was contained to a retention pond and did not make it into the Norwalk River or the city’s harbor.

The accident was reminiscent of  last year’s  deadly accident in Philadelphia along I-95 when a tractor-trailer carrying gasoline lost control and caught fire, destroying a section of the highway.

The crash also came just over a year after a similar wreck on I-95 in Connecticut that forced the closure of the highway.

In April 2023, another fuel truck caught fire after colliding with a stopped car on the Gold Star Memorial Bridge between New London and Groton. The fuel truck driver was killed. The crash shut down the southbound side of the bridge for hours, while the northbound side was closed briefly.  The driver of the car  was recently charged with negligent homicide.

The Associated Press